CHENNAI METRO RAIL LIMITED

CHENNAI METRO RAIL PROJECT PHASE – II, CORRIDOR – 4

Tender No. C4-AES-05-L&E

“Design, Manufacture, Supply, Installation, Testing

& Commissioning of Heavy Duty Machine Room
Less Lifts and Escalators”

PART - 2 : EMPLOYERS REQUIREMENTS

SECTION – VI-B
1. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - LIFTS

JANUARY 2022
 BIDDING DOCUMENTS
Composition of Documents
Part 1 Bidding Procedure

Section I Instructions to Bidders (ITB)

Section II Bid Data Sheet (BDS)

Section III Evaluation and Qualification Criteria (EQC)

Section IV Bidding Forms

Section V Eligible Source Countries of Loans

Part 2 Employer’s Requirements

Section VI-A General Specifications including Appendices

1. Technical Specifications – Lifts
Section VI-B
2. Technical Specifications – Escalators

Section VI-C Employers Drawings

Section VI-D OHS&E Requirements

Part 3 Conditions of Contract and Contract Forms

Section VII General Conditions of Contract (GCC)

Section VIII Particular Conditions of Contract (PCC)

Section IX Annex to PCC – Contract Forms

 CHENNAI METRO RAIL LIMITED
CHENNAI METRO RAIL PROJECT PHASE II
TENDER NO. C4-AES-05-L&E
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 Introduction ................................................................................................................................. 1
1.1 Scope and Purpose .................................................................................................................... 1
1.2 Definitions .................................................................................................................................... 1
1.3 Relevant Documents .................................................................................................................. 1
1.4 Design Service of the Works ..................................................................................................... 2
2 Overview of the Project .............................................................................................................. 3
2.1 General ......................................................................................................................................... 3
2.2 Chennai Metro Phase 2 Project ................................................................................................. 3
2.3 Chennai Metro Rail Project-Station Details ............................................................................. 3
2.4 Key Challenges ........................................................................................................................... 3
3 Scope of Works ........................................................................................................................... 6
3.1 General ......................................................................................................................................... 6
3.2 Scope ............................................................................................................................................ 6
3.3 Services ........................................................................................................................................ 6
3.4 Documentation ............................................................................................................................ 7
3.5 Other statutory requirements .................................................................................................... 9
3.6 Provision of Works Areas .......................................................................................................... 9
3.7 Items of Work Excluded from Contract ................................................................................... 9
3.8 Quality Management ................................................................................................................. 10
3.9 Interface Management Requirements. ................................................................................... 10
3.10 Reliability, Availability, Maintainability (RAM) ...................................................................... 10
3.11 Works Area ................................................................................................................................ 10
3.12 Packaging, Storage, Shipping and Delivery .......................................................................... 10
3.13 Key Dates and Access Dates .................................................................................................. 10
3.14 General criteria for the lift contractor..................................................................................... 10
4 Design and Performance Requirements ............................................................................... 12
4.1 General ....................................................................................................................................... 12
4.2 Design Environment ................................................................................................................. 12
4.3 Basic Design Philosophy and Requirements ....................................................................... 12
4.4 Design Management and Control ........................................................................................... 13
4.5 System Integration Process .................................................................................................... 13
4.6 Interface Management Plan ..................................................................................................... 14
4.7 Design Submission Requirements ......................................................................................... 14
4.8 Performance Features Required ............................................................................................. 14
4.9 Reliability, Availability and Maintainability (RAM) Requirements ...................................... 14
4.10 Safety .......................................................................................................................................... 16
4.11 Conformity with Governing Specifications and other Statutory Requirements .............. 17
4.12 Functional Requirements – Machine Room Less & Gear Less Lifts ................................. 17
4.13 Lifts Schedule ............................................................................................................................ 18
4.14 Codes and Regulations ............................................................................................................ 19
5 Design Criteria And Performance Specification ................................................................... 21
5.1 Technical Requirements .......................................................................................................... 21
5.2 General Requirements ............................................................................................................. 30
5.3 Electric Traction Drive System................................................................................................ 33
5.4 Hoisting Rope/Belt .................................................................................................................... 35
5.5 Counterweight ........................................................................................................................... 36
5.6 Clearances and Run-by for Car and Counterweight ............................................................ 36
5.7 Guides and Fixings ................................................................................................................... 37
5.8 Lift Car ........................................................................................................................................ 37
5.9 Lift Doors.................................................................................................................................... 42
5.10 Car Operating Panel (COP) ...................................................................................................... 44
5.11 Car Position Indicator............................................................................................................... 45
5.12 Lift Inter-Communication System ........................................................................................... 46
5.13 No-Smoking Notice ................................................................................................................... 46
5.14 Certificate Holder ...................................................................................................................... 46
5.15 Hallway Equipment ................................................................................................................... 46
5.16 Lift Functions............................................................................................................................. 49
5.17 Operating and Safety Devices ................................................................................................. 50
5.18 Electrical Requirements ........................................................................................................... 52
5.19 Interfaces with other systems ................................................................................................. 55
5.20 Remote Monitoring System (RMS) ......................................................................................... 56
5.21 Lift Fault Diagnostic System ................................................................................................... 58
5.22 Pit Facilities................................................................................................................................ 58
5.23 Corrosion Protection ................................................................................................................ 59
5.24 Provision for Differently abled persons and Handicapped ................................................. 60
5.25 Miscellaneous ............................................................................................................................ 60
5.26 Earthing ...................................................................................................................................... 61
5.27 Special Requirements for Lifts with car and landing doors made of glass panels with
stainless steel frame ................................................................................................................. 61
5.28 Special Cable Requirements ................................................................................................... 64
5.29 Ride Comfort.............................................................................................................................. 64
5.30 Energy Monitoring Device ....................................................................................................... 65
5.31 Special Emergency Operation of Lifts ................................................................................... 65
5.32 Automatic/ Emergency Rescue Device (ARD) ...................................................................... 66
5.33 Condition Based Monitoring (CBM) for Lifts ......................................................................... 66
6 Design Services ........................................................................................................................ 68
6.1 Design Requirements ............................................................................................................... 68
6.2 Endorsement Requirement...................................................................................................... 69
6.3 Co-ordination with Designated Contractors ......................................................................... 69
7 Installation.................................................................................................................................. 70
7.1 Site condition inspection ......................................................................................................... 70
8 Testing And Inspection ............................................................................................................ 72
8.1. General ....................................................................................................................................... 72
8.2. General Requirements for Type Tests and Acceptance Tests ........................................... 72
8.3. General Requirements for Tests during Manufacture ......................................................... 72
8.4. Test Specification ..................................................................................................................... 73
8.5. Testing of Materials and Details ............................................................................................. 73
8.6. Lift Prototype Tests .................................................................................................................. 74
8.7. Lift Type Tests ........................................................................................................................... 74
8.8. Lift Routine Tests ...................................................................................................................... 77
8.9. Lift Site Checking and Inspection........................................................................................... 78
8.10. Lift Commissioning and Acceptance Tests (System Acceptance Tests) ......................... 79
8.11. Interface and Integrated Tests ................................................................................................ 81
8.12. Certificate of Taking Over ........................................................................................................ 81
8.13. Certification................................................................................................................................ 82
9 Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) and Electromagnetic Interference (EMI)
Requirements ............................................................................................................................ 83
9.1 General ....................................................................................................................................... 83
9.2 Inter-System EMC ..................................................................................................................... 83
9.3 Harmonic distortion .................................................................................................................. 83
9.4 Electro-Magnetic Interference (EMI) Suppression/Shield ................................................... 83
9.5 Installation and Mitigation Guidelines ................................................................................... 83
10 Material And Workmanship ..................................................................................................... 85
11 Comprehensive Annual Maintenance Contract (CAMC) Requirements .......................... 86
11.1 General ....................................................................................................................................... 86
11.2 Employer’s Maintenance Strategy .......................................................................................... 87
11.3 Minor and Major Breakdown Rectification Time during CAMC.......................................... 88
11.4 Warranty Period during DLP ................................................................................................... 88
11.6 Competency of Personnel ....................................................................................................... 88
11.24 Printed maintenance Records/Books .................................................................................... 92
11.25 Penalty during CAMC period:- ................................................................................................ 92
12 Spares, Special Tools And Test Equipment .......................................................................... 96
12.1 General ....................................................................................................................................... 96
12.2 Spares ......................................................................................................................................... 96
12.3 Test Equipment ......................................................................................................................... 96
12.4 Special Tools ............................................................................................................................. 96
12.5 Second Sourcing for Non-Proprietary Items......................................................................... 97
12.6 Long Lead Times....................................................................................................................... 97
12.7 Routine Change......................................................................................................................... 97
12.8 Shelf Life .................................................................................................................................... 97
12.9 Manufacture, Delivery and Warranty ...................................................................................... 97
12.10 Purchase of Spares from Vendors ......................................................................................... 97
13 Training ...................................................................................................................................... 98
13.1 General Requirements ............................................................................................................. 98
13.2 Scope of Training ...................................................................................................................... 98
13.3 Training Programme ................................................................................................................. 98
13.4 Training Plan.............................................................................................................................. 99
13.5 Training Courses....................................................................................................................... 99
13.6 Training Manuals, Materials – Operation, Maintenance and Records ............................... 99
13.7 Transfer of Technology (TOT) ............................................................................................... 100
13.8 Training Module for Employer’s Training Instructors (ETI) .............................................. 101
14 Operation And Maintenance Documentation ...................................................................... 102
14.1 General ..................................................................................................................................... 102
14.2 Operation Manuals .................................................................................................................. 102
14.3 Maintenance Manuals ............................................................................................................. 102
APPENDIX - A .......................................................................................................................................... 104
APPENDIX - B .......................................................................................................................................... 105
APPENDIX - C .......................................................................................................................................... 107
APPENDIX - D .......................................................................................................................................... 110
 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts

1 Introduction
1.1 Scope and Purpose
1.1.1 This specification defines the objectives, guidelines and requirements for the
contractor’s Design, Manufacture, Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of
the Machine-room less & Gearless Lifts, primarily for the use of passengers including
differently abled persons & elderly persons and CMRL O&M staff at various
stations/depot of Chennai Metro Rail Limited (CMRL) Phase 2 Network.
1.1.2 The works to be executed under the Contract include the Design, Engineering,
Manufacture, Verification, Testing at Manufacturer’s works before dispatch, Packing,
forwarding, delivery, Storage, Installation, Labor and all material necessary to form a
complete installation including integrated testing and commissioning, adjustment,
technical support, maintenance as prescribed and all other incidental assorted
components necessary, together with necessary work force labour for installing such
components, for the complete execution of the works and for the proper operation of
the installation including CAMC.
It shall also include all necessary co-operation with other contractors involved on the
Site in respect of co-ordination, programming, scheduling interfacing and sequence
of installation of the works.
It shall also include technical support, maintenance, training of Employer’s staff and
documentation for a complete System necessary to deliver the requirements of this
Specification.
1.2 Definitions
1.2.1 The following terms used on drawings and in the specifications are synonymous
and may be used interchangeably: “Elevator” and “Lift” or “Elevators” and “Lifts”.
1.2.2 Terms used are defined in the latest version of the Safety Code for Lifts, EN 81 &
European Machinery Directive (98/38/EC), NBC 2016
1.2.3 Reference to a device or a part of the Equipment applies to the number of devices
or parts required to complete the installation i.e., singular definitions shall equally
apply to the plural, as required.
1.2.4 Provisions of this specification are applicable to all Lifts unless specifically stated
otherwise.
1.3 Relevant Documents
1.3.1 This Specification should be read in conjunction with the General Conditions of
Contract (GCC), the Particular Conditions of Contract (PCC), the Part-2, Employer’s
Requirements and any other document forming part of the Contract and Bid document
drawings.
1.3.2 In the event of a conflict between the Employer’s Requirements and this Specification,
this Specification shall prevail.
1.3.3 In the event of a conflict between this Specification and any other standards or
specification quoted herein, the requirements of this Specification shall prevail.
1.3.4 Notwithstanding the precedence specified in clauses above the Contractor shall

Section VI-B 6B-1 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts

always immediately seek advice from the Employer in the event of conflicts between
Specifications.
1.3.5 The order of precedence, with item No.1 having the highest priority, is:
a) Technical Specifications
b) General Specifications
c) Indian Standards
d) International Standards referenced herein
e) Other International Standards
f) Other National Standards
1.4 Design Service of the Works
1.4.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for the design service of the Works and shall
satisfy himself that the sizes, ratings and quantities of equipment as specified herein
meet the functional and operational requirements of all the stations.
1.4.2 The contract price shall be deemed to include any additional equipment, accessories,
assemblies, sub-assemblies, equipment of higher capacities or higher ratings for the
systems and sub-systems necessary for the complete, safe, reliable and operable
system.
1.4.3 The proposed capacities, sizes, ratings of equipment in Lift system, as a result of the
design development shall be demonstrated by a proper design and testing /
simulation study and subject to review by the Employer’s Representative.

-END OF CHAPTER 1-

Section VI-B 6B-2 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts

2 Overview of the Project

2.1 General
This Chapter gives an overview of the Project and the information provided in this
Chapter is for reference only.
2.2 Chennai Metro Phase 2 Project
2.2.1 Chennai Metro Corridor 4 is expected to have following routes along with 27 metro
stations and 1 depot:

Sl. No. Corridor

1 Light House Metro to Barathidasan Road Metro
2 Boat Club Metro to Kodambakkam Flyover Metro
3 Kodambakkam Power House Metro to Porur Jn Metro
4 Porur Bypass Metro to Poonamallee Bypass Metro

Depot: Poonamallee Depot

2.3 Chennai Metro Rail Project-Station Details
2.3.1 The Phase – 2, Corridor 4 of Chennai Metro Rail Project comprises of following Corridors:
NO OF STATIONS EXPECTED
REVENUE
STAGES CORRIDOR UNDER
ELEVATED TOTAL OPENING
GROUND DATE
CORRIDOR -1 & 2

Poonamallee Bypass to
Stage-1 Kodambakkam 18 18 June’2025
Powerhouse Metro

Kodambakkam Flyover
Metro to Light House
Stage-2 9 9 Dec’2025
Metro + Remaining part
of the whole project
Total 27
The alignment of above corridors, number of stations and revenue opening date may change
during design and construction stage.
2.3.2 Operation Control Centre
OCC for Phase 2 has been planned at Koyambedu

2.4 Key Challenges

2.4.1 The following are the Key Challenges shall be follows but not limited to;
a) The Technical Specifications, General Specification and Drawings are
intended to be mutually explanatory, and all works required in one, even if
not in the other, shall be fully executed.
b) These documents are intended to be the basic design guidelines for the
Contractor to develop with the relevant standards and complete in all aspects
to the satisfaction of Employer/Employer’s Representative.
c) The Technical Specifications describe the Scope of Works and the technical

Section VI-B 6B-3 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts

requirements of all systems, equipment and components to be Designed,

Supplied, Installed, Tested and Commissioned under this contract.
d) Detailed Design of the System/Lot listed in the scope of works including the
requirements that are not specified here in but are required for the successful
operation of the system/Lot.
e) The Lifts installed under the contract shall be highly reliable and shall provide
the level of service required for Mass transit application.
f) The specified level of Reliability, Availability, Maintainability and safety
requirements of the these systems shall be achieved and verified by the
Contractor by analysis, simulation, testing and commissioning, and system
demonstrations as required in this Specification.
g) The Contractor shall carefully study the space layouts allocated for the
installation of machine-room less Lifts to ensure that all relevant safety
clearances and rules are complied with and performance requirements are
fully met.
h) The space requirement given in the tentative layouts of various stations/depot
shall be critically reviewed by the Contractor to economise on space and
also to provide a layout amenable to good maintenance and operation
practices, to achieve an overall economic design.
i) Various interfacing issues with other designated Contractors are required to
be resolved to ensure timely completion of the Works. Whilst some of the
interface issues have already been addressed, some of them are yet to
be identified or finalised. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to ensure that all
interfacing issues are clearly identified, defined and agreements sought from
all other Contractors as well as from the local authorities in accordance with
the General Specifications and the interface requirements.
j) The System Design shall meet the specified performance and operational
requirements stipulated in this Technical Specifications. The Contractor shall
conduct Simulation Studies in early design stage, to ensure that the system
capacity and equipment design meet the Employer’s Requirements.
k) The entire Scope of Works shall generally meet design requirements of fire
safety in accordance with NFPA-130 (latest version) Standard for Fixed
Guide-Way Transit System, with latest versions / amendments, except where
amended by this Technical Specifications.
l) The entire installation shall meet the protective provisions relating to electrical
safety and life safety described under various standards.
m) The System Design shall meet the specified Maintenance Management
Information System, Internet of things (IIoT), Condition Based Monitoring,
Vibration Analysis, Remote Monitoring System, Web based latest
maintenance applications for fault alert along with escalation matrix,
Diagnosis system and report generation, Maintenance Schedules, SMS
Alerts as approved by the Employer.
n) The contractor shall comply with cyber security policy /guidelines for the web-
based software applications and its infrastructure to reduce the risk of cyber-

Section VI-B 6B-4 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts

attacks and protect against the unauthorized exploitation of systems,

networks, and technologies as per the latest CEA (Cyber Security in Power
Sector) Guidelines 2021 issued by Government of India.

-END OF CHAPTER 2-

Section VI-B 6B-5 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
3 Scope of Works
3.1 General
This Specification establishes requirements for the Design, Manufacture, Delivery at Site,
Installation, Testing and Commissioning, Operation and Maintenance Manual preparation,
Training of Maintenance/Operation Personnel, DLP & post DLP Comprehensive Annual
Maintenance Contract (CAMC) of the Machine-room Less & Gear Less Lifts system for
Elevated, Underground Stations and Depot of Chennai Metro Phase 2 Corridor 4 Network
for 27 metro stations from Poonamallee Bypass to Light House and Poonamallee
Depot– 107 Nos.) at Chennai.
The contractor shall be required to interface closely with the station contractors appointed
by the Employer for stations and registered contractors working on corridors. The contractor
shall also be responsible for obtaining clearance from statutory authorities, whenever
required.
3.2 Scope
The Contract shall include but not be limited to the following works: -
a) Providing of approx. 107 Machine-room less & Gearless Lifts at Stations/Depot
Building for the movement of Passengers including disabled persons.
b) All minor civil works including but not limited to pocket cutting, buffer blocks,
machine foundation, truffing, holes for armoured cable entry, louvers and
cutouts (by providing proper size wooden blocks to civil contractor) or
modifications required for installation of the equipment and restoring to final
finishes. The lift contractor shall coordinate with Designated Contractor for
proper fixing of load hook as per site requirement.
c) Transportation of materials and equipment for installation purposes.
d) Supply of Spare parts, special tools, testing and diagnostic equipment and
measuring instruments.
e) Shaft lighting (Bulkhead + Switch and socket + complete wiring) and all
Scaffolding works required for Lifts systems.
f) Training and Transfer of Technology.
g) Documentation.
h) Defect Liability period (DLP) for specified period.
i) Services as in clause 3.3.
j) The details of the above works are given in the relevant Chapters of this
Specification.
k) Maintenance for specified period
3.3 Services
The Services to be performed by the Contractor shall include, but not be limited to the
following:
a) Design, manufacture, supply, system quality management, installation, testing
including integrated testing and commissioning of the complete system as brought
out above;
b) Presentations, reviews, and audit support as specified in this Specification

Section VI-B 6B-6 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
c) Interface management as specified in this Specification
d) System operations and maintenance support services
e) Training for Employer’s staff
f) Decommissioning, removal and/or disposal of temporary work
g) Proto type
h) Defect liability of Permanent Works after commissioning as stipulated in the General
Conditions of Contract (GCC) and Particular Conditions of Contract (PCC)
i) Obtaining statutory clearances for the commissioning and operation of Lifts from
authorities concerned
j) Signage and graphics on Lifts equipment for guidance of passengers
k) All minor civil works or modifications required for installation of the equipment and
restoring to final finishes.
l) Transportation of materials and equipment for installation purposes.
m) Shaft lighting (Bulkhead + Switch and socket + complete wiring) and all Scaffolding
works required for Lifts systems.
n) Special tools, testing and diagnostic equipment and measuring instruments.
o) All cabling and wiring necessary for the Works.
p) Enclosures and supporting brackets for housing and fixing equipment shall be
universal type brackets for car and counter weight guide rail fixing for any type of wall
structure like RCC, Brick, Steel Member, Separator Channel etc..
q) All equipment, fixtures and material required for interface with other Contractors
r) All software and hardware required for Lifts including development System, license
of all applications and Operating System software, etc.
s) Contractor shall identify and provide Storage cabinets for spares and records
t) Comprehensive Annual Maintenance Contract (CAMC) -2 Years Defect Liability
Period (DLP) and 5 years post DLP
u) Single PC Based Remote Monitoring System for Lifts and Escalators with different
monitoring and control signals.
3.4 Documentation
3.4.1 Design Stage
The Contractor shall perform all design functions necessary for the development,
manufacture/procurement, installation and site testing of the system, sub-system and
components to provide complete and operable electrical installations as described in this
Specification. These design functions shall include but not limited to, the following;
a) Description of general design philosophy
b) System reliability, availability, maintainability and safety evaluation reports
c) Automatic fault identification and isolation arrangement
d) Determination of equipment ratings
e) Determination of space requirement
f) Design and proving protection devices/ systems and its validation
g) Type test reports for equipment selected
h) Detailed design drawings and reports
i) Detailed interface reports and interfacing design drawings
j) Hazard identification and control documentation

Section VI-B 6B-7 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
k) Specify values for Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability (RAM) for
equipment / components in Lifts.
l) Scaled and fully dimensioned layout for each Lift including plan of shaft (floor
wise), machine area indicating equipment arrangement, location, longitudinal
and cross sectional elevation of shaft and car wall elevations.
m) Enlarged details indicating coordination with building structure and relationships
with other construction.
n) Design, fabrication and erection drawings including part lists and other
information showing such details of work as required by the Employer’s
Representative.
o) The drawings shall indicate all steel connection details and shall be fully
coordinated with respective Architectural drawings and other services
requirements.
p) Lifting beams or other facilities for supporting lifting tackle in the machine area
and / or lift well.
q) Details of structural steelwork for lift machinery in the lift machine area.
r) The location and dimension of openings required in the lift machine area and
at landings for call buttons and indicators.
s) The construction details and dimensions of the cars and the landing door frame
and surrounds.
t) Shop drawings detailing fabrication of structural steel components for review
u) Indicate and submit for approval any proposed variations from specified
requirements.
v) Design Information: Indicate Equipment lists, maximum dynamic and static
loads imposed on building structure at points of support and design information
on layouts.
w) Power Confirmation Information: Include motor horsepower, class of
insulation, starting current, full-load running current, and demand factor.
x) Include, if requested, graphics and details of mounting provisions.
y) Electrical single line diagram including the details of power distribution and
control for all the Lifts.
z) The ventilation system requirements for the lift motor areas.
aa) Product Data: product data including capacities, specified speed, sizes,
performances, safety features, finishes, type tests of components, system
operation details, details of control and safety equipment, etc.
3.4.2 Construction Stage
The Contractor shall perform all construction functions necessary for the development,
manufacture/procurement, installation and site testing of the system, sub-system and
components to provide complete and operable electrical installations as described in this
Specification. These functions shall include but not limited to, the following.
a. Construction and Installation Plan including site safety plan
b. Factory Acceptance Test Plan for equipment
c. Quality Plans
d. Installation, operation and maintenance instruction of all equipment
Section VI-B 6B-8 January 2022
 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
e. Operation and Maintenance Manuals
f. Records and drawings of equipment installed
g. All other records of construction, including hidden parts
h. Site test report of equipment
i. As built drawings including interface drawings
j. Other documentation as required, by the Employer
k. On completion of the Contract Works, the certificates and operating permits
evidencing inspection acceptance by statutory authorities having jurisdiction
over Lifts for their normal, unrestricted use
3.5 Other statutory requirements
3.5.1 The Contractor shall be fully responsible for obtaining relevant safety certificate or license
or any other documents required from statutory authorities for commissioning and regular
operation of Heavy Duty Lifts. The renewal of the license/safety certificate during
Comprehensive Annual Maintenance Contract (CAMC) including Defect Liability Period
(DLP) will be the responsibility of the contractor. Fee, if any for obtaining such license/
certificate shall be borne by the contractor.
3.5.2 The Contractor shall submit the relevant safety and clearance certificates obtained for each
equipment from the statutory authorities to the “Employer’s Representative”.
3.5.3 The Contractor shall provide adequate signage and graphics as being statutory
requirements, for the safe and proper utilization of each equipment, in adequate number
exhibited at required locations without any additional cost.
3.6 Provision of Works Areas
3.6.1 The Designated Contractor shall provide the Contractor specified Work Areas at
designated locations during construction. The locations specified area and probable date
of access is given in the 3.13. The locations indicated are tentative and may change
depending upon the availability and utilization of land. The Contractor shall hand over back
the Works area to the designated Contractor after the expiry of specified period,
reinstatement.
3.7 Items of Work Excluded from Contract
The following items of work associated with the System will be provided by other
Contractors and are excluded from the Contract. However, the Contractor shall provide
timely inputs such as necessary drawings, instructions, hardware and materials to the
relevant other Contractors as required.
3.7.1 The relevant Civil Contractors will provide Major Civil Works including access roads,
fences and building services.
3.7.2 Double Earthing in the form of earth strip from Lift Main Earth terminal/ earth bus till the
dedicated Lift Earth Pit shall be provided and installed by the Designated Contractor. The
Lift contractor shall interface with the designated contractor for the location of Earth pit.
The Lift contractor shall be responsible for further Earthing the Lifts, LV Panels and all
other associated equipment from the nearest tapping point provided by the Designated
Contractor.
3.7.3 The incoming LT cable from LT switchboard up to the the Lift controller/MAP shall be

Section VI-B 6B-9 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
provided by Designated E&M Contractor. Necessary interface shall be done by the Lift
Contractor.
3.8 Quality Management
Please Refer Part-2, Section-VI-A- Employer’s Requirements,
Appendix 6:- Quality Management.
3.9 Interface Management Requirements.
Please Refer Part-2, Section-VI-A, Employer’s Requirements Appendix-13
3.10 Reliability, Availability, Maintainability (RAM)
Please refer Clause 4.9, Chapter-4 of this Technical Specifications and Part 2, Section VI-
A, General Specifications
3.11 Works Area
Please refer Part-2, Section-VI-A- Employer’s Requirements,
Appendix 2 A:- Works Area.
3.12 Packaging, Storage, Shipping and Delivery
Please Refer to Part-2, Section-VI-A, Employer’s Requirements,
General Specifications:- Packaging, Storage, Shipping and Delivery
3.13 Key Dates and Access Dates
Please Refer to Part-2, Section-VI-A, Employer’s Requirements,
Appendix 2B
3.14 General criteria for the lift contractor
3.14.1. Architectural intent shall be maintained at all times.
3.14.2. The entire work shall be carried out strictly in accordance with the true intent and meaning
of the specification and drawings taken together regardless of whether the same may or
may not be shown particularly on the drawings or described in the specification provided
that the same can be reasonably inferred from there. In general, the system should be
engineered to suit the aesthetics and performance requirements, taking into consideration
the necessary factors to suit fabrication and the site conditions for erection.
3.14.3. The Lift contractor shall strictly follow, at all stages of work, the stipulations contained in
the locally applicable safety code or its equivalent British standard for ensuring the safety
of man and material.
3.14.4. Shop and field materials and workmanship shall be subject to inspection of the “Employer’s
Representative” at all times. Such inspections shall not relieve the Lift contractor from
obligations to provide material conforming to all the requirements of the contract
documents / specifications and industry standards with respect to material quality.
3.14.5. The Lift contractor is fully responsible for design & engineering, shop drawings,
procurement of materials, fabrication, installation, and warranties. All approvals,
instructions, permission, checking, review etc. whatsoever by the Employer’s
Representative shall not relieve the Lift contractor of his responsibility and obligation
regarding adequacy, correctness, completeness, safety, strength, quality, workmanship
etc. of the Lift installation and its performance.

Section VI-B 6B-10 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
3.14.6. The Lift contractor shall thoroughly check all shop drawings before submission with regard
to measurements, materials and detail to satisfy himself that they conform to the intent of
the drawings and specifications.
3.14.7. Approval of drawings shall not be construed as authorizing variations or increased costs
and increase in delivery time.
3.14.8. Where errors or omissions are found later, the Lift contractor shall rectify / supply and
replace the defective items at no extra cost.

-END OF CHAPTER 3-

Section VI-B 6B-11 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
4 Design and Performance Requirements
4.1 General
4.1.1 The design, manufacture, supply, installation, testing and commissioning of the
Machine- room less Lifts shall meet the design and performance requirements within the
design environments specified in this Technical Specifications.
4.2 Design Environment
4.2.1 Climate Conditions/ Operating Environment stipulated in General Specification shall apply.
4.2.2 Isoceraunic level: Average 30 thunderstorm days per year as per IS 2309:1989.
4.2.3 The stations are exposed to extreme/harsh weather conditions such as heat, dust,
humidity and occasional seepage. The system design shall, take into consideration these
conditions and ensure that performance of the system remains unaffected due to such
conditions.
4.3 Basic Design Philosophy and Requirements
4.3.1 Proven Design
a) The Contractor shall develop the detailed design based on this specification and
on proven and reliable engineering practices. The detailed design shall be
submitted with technical data and calculations to the “Employer’s Representative”
for review. On obtaining the clearance, the contractor shall proceed to the next level
of action.
b) The System, including all Sub-systems and Equipment shall be of proven design.
c) Where similar equipment or Sub-systems of a different rating are already proven in
service, then the design shall be based on such equipment. In case these
stipulations are not fulfilled, before proceeding to next level the contractor shall take
approval and furnish sufficient information to prove the basic soundness and
reliability of the offered Sub-system.
d) The Lifts Sub-systems and Equipment proposed by the Contractor shall have been
in use at minimum two MRTS Projects and have established their performance
reliability over a period of at least five years.
e) All design submission should be verified with reference to relevant code and
standard.
4.3.2 The design philosophy should meet the following criteria:
a) Application of state-of-the-art Technology.
b) Service proven design.
c) Complete System Design life of 30 years.
d) Minimum life cycle cost.
e) Low maintenance cost.
f) Use of interchangeable, modular components.
g) Extensive and prominent labelling of parts, cables and wires.
h) Use of unique serial numbers for traceability of components.

Section VI-B 6B-12 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
i) High reliability and ensure Zero passenger trapping.
j) Low energy consumption.
k) System safety.
l) Adequate redundancy and factor of safety.
m) Fire/smoke protection
n) Use of fire retardant materials.
o) Environment friendly.
p) Adherence to operational performance requirements.
q) Maximum utilization of indigenous materials and skills, subject to quality
conformity.
r) Not Used
s) Security system: Provision (spare cores) to be made available in Travelling cable
for CCTV Camera requirement
t) Lighting in conjunction with station lighting and architecture.
u) Lift Intercom System
4.3.3 Adequate margin shall be built into the design particularly to take care of the higher ambient
temperatures, dusty conditions, and high seasonal humidity, etc. prevailing in Chennai
Region.
4.4 Design Management and Control
4.4.1. In order to ensure that the requirements of this Technical Specifications are met, the
Contractor shall establish and maintain documented procedures using ISO 9001:2015 to
control and verify the design of the System and all its equipment. These procedures shall
be subject to review by the “Employer’s Representative”.
4.4.2. The Contractor shall establish and maintain a systematic, documented, comprehensive,
and verifiable system integration process throughout the execution of the Contract.
4.4.3. This process shall ensure that interfaces and interaction between Rail System, Civil
infrastructure, sub-systems, software, and operating and maintenance requirements have
been identified and engineered to function together as a system.
4.5 System Integration Process
4.5.1. The Contractor shall systematically identify and formally document all design,
manufacturing and operational interfaces between equipment within the System, and
between the System and external systems, facilities, operations and the environment likely
to affect or be affected by the System.
4.5.2. The Contractor shall define methods to confirm compatibility between System equipment
and carrying out integration tests at different stages of the design and interface
management process to demonstrate that all equipment functions perform properly, both
individually and as part of the complete System.
4.5.3. The Contractor shall ensure that performance, availability and safety requirements are
addressed in the design process and the reliability and maintainability of all equipment

Section VI-B 6B-13 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
meets the required service performance.
4.5.4. The system integration process shall be capable of audit by the “Employer’s
Representative”.
4.6 Interface Management Plan
4.6.1. The Contractor shall submit to the “Employer’s Representative” for review an Interface
Management Plan (IMP) and Detailed Interface Documents, in accordance with the
Employer’s Requirements, Section VI-A which defines how the Contractor will
systematically identify and document technical interfaces. This will not absolve the
contractor of the ultimate responsibility for ensuring timely & appropriate interface.
4.7 Design Submission Requirements
4.7.1. The Contractor shall perform his designs for the Contract in accordance with the
requirements of this Technical Specifications and the General Specification. The
Contractor shall submit to the “Employer’s Representative” for his review, relevant design
information as identified under each stage. Such submissions shall incorporate the
relevant Standards applicable.
4.7.2. The design submission requirements are detailed in the General Specification.
4.8 Performance Features Required
4.8.1 The Contractor shall provide built-in diagnostics and remote monitoring functions for each
microprocessor-based equipment and module of the systems such that the
performance requirements can be demonstrated.
4.8.2 The reliability and maintainability processes and procedures shall be planned, integrated
and developed in conjunction with the operating environment, and the design, development
and production functions to permit the most effective and economical achievements of the
systems and equipment design objective.
4.8.3 A high design standard incorporating redundancy if practicable, flexible system
arrangement, together with good quality products, and adherence to strict construction
standards, are required to ensure high reliability of systems installed for smooth operation.
4.8.4 The systems shall meet or exceed the requirements for safety and reliability as specified
in National or International Standards for such mass rapid transit system. The reliability of
the systems designed, supplied and installed is the principal element for availability. It is
essential that the System reliability is as high as reasonably practicable.
4.9 Reliability, Availability and Maintainability (RAM) Requirements
4.9.1 RAM Requirement will be as per the details as mentioned below as part of this Chapter-4,
of this Technical Specifications
The reliability, availability and maintainability requirement of Lift are as below:
4.9.1.1. Reliability Requirement
The Reliability requirements of this Technical Specifications shall be subsidiary to the
Availability and Maintainability requirement of this Technical Specifications. The
reliability of equipment should be of level that it does not result in passenger
trappings in the Lift due to equipment failure. Any claim/ Damage /Compensation
claimed by the affected passenger/ Lift user on account of equipment failure shall be
Section VI-B 6B-14 January 2022
 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
recovered from the Contractor. In addition, CMRL shall impose a penalty @ INR 25, 000/-
(Indian Rupees Twenty Five Thousand Only) per case including Man-Trap. This penalty is
applicable during CAMC (including DLP & post DLP) period.
4.9.1.2. Availability
Service Availability Targets:
a) The Systems shall be designed to ensure that failure of any major equipment,
caused by an external accident or negligence of internal staff, will not lead to
unavailability of the whole System, other than temporary outage of the failed
equipment.
b) All elements of the systems shall be able to be maintained during out-of- traffic
hours to avoid disturbing passengers.
c) If Lift is kept out of service for more than 6 hr. during operational hours due to non-
availability of spares or due to lack of proper attention, Employer shall impose a
penalty of INR 25,000/- (Indian Rupees Twenty-five Thousand Only) per day, for
each such case. This penalty is applicable during CAMC (including DLP and post
DLP) period.
d) The Employer will assess the reasons for the equipment not being in service,
accordingly the penalty will be imposed. The Employer’s decision is final.
The measure for Availability for the Lifts shall be based on failure reported and as
per the formula noted below.
Availability =
[{(No. of days/month X 20 hrs.) X No. of Lift population in each station} – (Total
Unavailability hrs. in one month)]
____________________________________________________________
{(No. of days/month X 20 hrs.) X No. of Lift population in each station}
The Lift/Station should achieve minimum availability of 99.9% calculated as above.
During CAMC, the Availability of all the Lifts equipment should be maintained at 99.9 % on
monthly basis for each station and arrangements should be made for attending all the faults
on the same day without any further delay as per conditions of the contract.
For the purposes of availability calculation, the Contractor shall assume that the service
operating hours are 20 hours per day (04:00 AM to 00:00 Hrs. mid Night or as decided by
the employer), for No. of days in a month for the design life.
4.9.1.3. Maintainability
a) The Contractor shall undertake maintainability analysis to assess the preliminary
maintainability targets of the systems.
b) The Contractor shall state the maintainability requirements and demonstrate that
System maintainability is sufficient to support the claimed System reliability and
availability performance. The Contractor shall demonstrate that maintenance errors
have been considered, and as far as is practicable, the risk of maintenance-induced
faults has been mitigated by the appropriate design.
c) The equipment to be supplied by the Contractor must be designed for minimum or

Section VI-B 6B-15 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
no maintenance. Maintenance activity required must be capable of being performed
with minimum or no impact on the train service.
d) Maintenance activities may be classified into two areas, routine preventative and
corrective, both of which affect service availability. Other maintenance strategies
such as condition monitoring will be incorporated.
e) Routine/preventive maintenance periods shall be limited to non-operational
maintenance hours during the night or if essential during off peak periods.
f) To optimize speedy corrective maintenance, techniques employing automatic
diagnostics test points, and rapid repair facilities shall be provided.
g) The Lifts shall achieve MTTR of 30 minutes.
h) The MTTR time measurement shall include on site diagnostics and rectification of
the failure up to the point that the system is restored to full functionality. In the event
that the failure cannot be rectified, the measurement shall include the time
necessary to remove the failure piece of equipment from the system and replaced
it with a functioning module.
4.9.1.4. Call out ratio
Failure: Lifts not available for more than one hour for passenger service shall be registered
as a failure provided:
1. Failure is attributable to:
a) Design defect.
b) Equipment failure / replacement.
c) Manufacturing defect.
d) Wrong Erection.
e) Maintenance lapse (during DLP by the contractor).
4.9.1.5. The call out ratio: i.e. Contractor engineer visit to the site for non-schedule maintenance
for the failures as defined above should not exceed 2 on any one of the Lifts in a year. The
average call out ratio should not exceed 1.5 for the number of Lifts provided by the
contractor under this contract. The period one year will commence from date of Revenue
Operation or Taking over whichever is later. If the visit of Contractor engineer for non-
schedule maintenance exceeds 2 per Lifts per year and 1.5 average call out ratio exceed,
a penalty of INR 20,000/- (Indian Rupees Twenty Thousand Only) shall be imposed for each
such visit. Penalty is applicable CAMC (including DLP and post DLP period).
4.10 Safety
4.10.1 Safety Requirements
a) The installation design shall incorporate measures to avoid presenting safety
hazards to people.
b) The Systems design shall incorporate measures to provide for its safe
management and operation.
c) The Systems shall not give rise, or be subject to, dangerous interactions within the
railway or with other systems.
d) The installation shall meet the fire safety requirements generally as per NFPA-130
latest version.

Section VI-B 6B-16 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
e) The design of the Earthing system shall conform to IS 3043 latest versions.
f) Safety Requirements as per EN81 and IS 14665 and its latest versions.

4.10.2 Safety Targets

a) The Contractor shall show that the Systems can be maintained safely. The
Contractor shall prepare a Quantified Risk Assessment (QRA) to model the risk to
(a) travelling public and (b) maintenance and operations staff. The QRA may be
based on a comparison of System features and operating practices with
other metro systems for which risk levels are known.
b) The contractor shall demonstrate that the systems have been designed to minimize
the risk due to operator and maintainer error, considering both ergonomic aspects
of the system designed to reduce the likelihood of the error, and protective
measures to mitigate the consequence of such error.
c) The Contractor shall demonstrate that risk to passengers, members of public,
including trespassers is as low as reasonably practicable.
4.11 Conformity with Governing Specifications and other Statutory Requirements
4.11.1 The work shall be carried out in accordance with but not limited to the following governing
specifications and other statutory rules:
a) Central Electricity Authority Regulation with latest amendments.
b) Indian Electricity Act with latest amendments.
c) Rules and Regulations prescribed by local authorities as applicable.
d) NFPA-130 latest revision
e) Relevant Indian Standards, IEC Standards, EN Standards, British Standards, and
other National/International standards as applicable.
f) Indian Energy Conservation Act with latest amendments.
4.11.2 The Contractor shall furnish information asked for by a statutory body (e.g., Inspector of
Lifts and/or Escalators/Moving Walks, Commissioner of Railway Safety, Chennai Fire
Services etc.) in particular format as directed by “Employer’s Representative”.
4.12 Functional Requirements – Machine Room Less & Gear Less Lifts
In line with the architectural drawings Machine-room less & gearless Lifts shall be provided
in the stations to facilitate the movement of commuters, handicapped persons, disabled
persons, staff and cash trolleys between the different levels of the stations from Ground
level to the Concourse or from Concourse to Platforms.
The Contractor shall verify the number of Lifts, vertical rises, travels, stops, delivery routes
and all other relevant information by co-ordination with the respective Civil Contractors. It
shall be responsibility of the Contractor to provide the Lifts suitable for the constructed
shaft. No variation on this account will be payable.
The Lift Contractor shall satisfy himself and Employer/Employer’s Representative’s about
the Lift Pit area walls water tightness to ensure no water ingress. If the Lift shaft/pit open
to ambience and not watertight, sump with submersible pump requirement shall be
deemed necessary and shall be met by interfacing with concerned Contractor(s).
Section VI-B 6B-17 January 2022
 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
4.13 Lifts Schedule
The following table summarizes the number of Lifts to be provided:
A. Elevated, Underground Stations and Depot:
Quantity of Lifts height wise - Total for the Project
Sr.No. Height (in Quantity (Nos.) Stage 1 No. of Stage 2 Qty No. of
meters) Qty (Nos) Stops (Nos) Stops
Stage 1 & 2
1 4 7 7 2
2 5 0
3 6 4 4 2
4 7 38 37 2 1 2

9 6 2 3 2
5 8
4 4 3
6 9 18 7 2 11 2
8 3 2 5 2
7 10
1 1 3
8 11 1 1 3
9 12 4 3 3 1 3
10 2 2 2
13
1 1 3
11 14 0
12 15 1 1 2
13 16 0
14 17 0
15 18 0
16 19 0
17 20 5 2 2 3 4
18 21 0
19 22 2 2 4
20 23 2 2 2
Total 74 33
Grand Total 107
TABLE 1A: Heavy Duty Machine Room Less & Gearless Lifts

Section VI-B 6B-18 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
Note:
a) The above Travelling height may vary by ± 0.5* m based on site conditions.
However the contractor shall not be entitled for any extra payment on account of
this variation in case height of Lifts falls in two categories of rise/height, the lower
band/category of height shall be applicable, e.g. lift with rise of 4.5m will be
considered in the category of rise/height of 4m instead of band/ category of 5m.
b) Passenger Lifts shall have carrying capacity of 1000 Kg/ 13 passenger and 1800
Kg/26 Passengers.
c) The station wise number of lifts, type of Lift and height of travel within these bands
shall be confirmed to the Contractor 90 Days after issue of Letter of Acceptance.
d) Car and Landing Doors of the Lifts shall be either Stainless Steel or Glass type.
e) For Station-wise tentative quantity details, refer to Appendix C.

4.14 Codes and Regulations

4.14.1. Codes, Regulations and Standards
Design, Installation, Testing, Commissioning and Maintenance shall comply with the latest
version of all applicable standards issued by the European Standard EN-81-20 & EN81-
50 has the highest priority.
a) The Tamilnadu Lift & Escalators rules 1997 latest version
b) Latest standards of EN 81 (Design, technical requirements for the construction and
installation shall comply with latest EN81-20 standard and design rules, framework
for verifying and testing of the components shall comply with latest EN81-50
standard)

c) IS – 14665: All relevant parts (Latest Version)

d) National Building Code (NBC) of India latest guidelines
e) IS-15785: Installation and Maintenance of lifts without conventional machine rooms
f) IS – 15330: Installation and Maintenance of lifts for Handicapped Persons – Code
of Practice (Latest Version).

g) Additional requirements imposed by statutory or government authorities not listed

above shall be complied with.

h) Applicable Codes and Standards as per Ministry of Social Justice and

Empowerment, Government of India with latest version

i) Degree of protection, IS 2147

j) The Contractor shall also comply with the “Guidelines and space standard for
Barrier free Built Environment for Disabled and Elderly Persons” published by
C.P.W.D. (Central Public Works Department). India.

Section VI-B 6B-19 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
k) The contractor shall comply with the guidelines for safety of Lifts circulated vide A.
V. series circular no. 822, issued by Ministry of Urban Development and Poverty
Alleviation, Govt. of India vide their letter no. C-31011/1/2001-AVII dated
7.12.2001.
l) Lifts shall comply with the requirements as per latest version of BS 5655 of the
British Standards: Safety rules for the construction and installation of electric lifts.’
m)Accessibility to Lifts for persons including persons with disabilities EN 81-70
n) Fire fighters Lifts EN 81-72 with latest version
o) Behavior of Lifts in the event of fire as per EN 81-73 with latest version
p) Electromagnetic Compatibility-Standard for Lifts EN 12016 with latest version
q) Safe Working on Lifts BS 7255 with latest version
r) Maintenance Instructions for Lifts EN 13015 with latest version
s) Seismic Zone: Comply with code requirements as per IS: 1893-Part 2 -2002
t) Safety rules for the construction and installation of lifts - Vandal resistant lifts – EN
81-71 with latest version

u) Emergency alarm device, Intercom System & Remote alarm for passenger and
goods Lifts as per EN 81-28 with latest version

v) EN 81-58 for landing door fire resistance test with latest version
w) Passenger Lift and Service Lift – Guide rail for lift cars and counterweights – ISO
7465 with latest amendments

x) Latest standards of ASME-17.1

y) The Lift contractor shall be responsible for the Completion of the whole of the
contract works for Lifts in total conformity with the Codes. It is the Lift contractor’s
responsibility to comply with all Code requirements even if the same is not
specifically mentioned in this specification. It is the Lift contractor’s responsibility to
coordinate and cooperate with the Employer’s Representative and other
contractor(s) on issues related to the installation of the contract works at all stages.
z) In case the Lift contractor proposes part of equipment in accordance with other
international standards, then detailed comparison documents including one original
copy (in English – translation to English should be the approved one by the
standard originating committee) of the latest version of the referred standard (and
related annexes) is to be submitted for the Employer’s Representative’s
acceptance. These documents shall detail discrepancies and advantages it offers.
Submittals shall be preceded by a written acceptance of the “Employer’s
Representative” on such. However, the Employer/Employer’s Representative
reserves the right to accept or reject such proposal.

-END OF CHAPTER 4-

Section VI-B 6B-20 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
5 Design Criteria And Performance Specification
5.1 Technical Requirements

A. 1000 Kg/ 13 Passengers Lift

Sl. No. ITEM DESCRIPTION For 1000Kg/ 13 Passengers Lift

DESIGN CRITERIA &
A
PERFORMANCE
1 Rated Load, Q kg 1000
2 Rated Speed m/s Refer Clause 5.2.7
3 Car Size (Width x Depth) mm 1600 x 1400
4 Max. Motor Starts/hour - 180
5 Levelling Accuracy (Typical) mm ±5
6 Max. Sill Load (Car and Landing) kg 400
7 Motor Insulation Class - F
Number of Starts/Year -Typical for Life
8 time calculation and Maintenance - 13,14,000
Planning
Safety Factor of Suspension
9 - 12
Ropes/Belt (Min.)
10 All Operating Push Buttons - 50mm Square
ISO 18738 latest version to be
B RIDE COMFORT
followed.
C SHAFT EQUIPMENT
11 Min. Size of Car Guide Rails mm As per EN81-20
Min. Size for Counterweight Guide
12 mm As per IS 14665 and EN81-20
Rails
13 Car Buffer Spring/Oil Buffer
14 Counterweight Buffer Spring/Oil Buffer
Fabricated from Sheet steel. Cold
15 Car Sling Rolled Steel up to 4mm and Hot
Rolled Steel above 4 mm thick

Fabricated from Sheet steel. Cold

15 Counterweight frame Rolled Steel up to 4mm and Hot
Rolled Steel above 4 mm thick

Over speed Governor with test groove -

16 Centrifugally operated
Type
17 Car Safety Gear - Progressive type
Progressive type required only for
18 Counterweight Safety Gear -
hanging pits
Over Speed Governor (OSG) tension
19 Required
weight switch
20 Water Sensor In Pit Required

Section VI-B 6B-21 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts

Sl. No. ITEM DESCRIPTION For 1000Kg/ 13 Passengers Lift

21 Verticality Tolera1nce % 3

D CAR
Spring loaded guide shoe with
22 Guide shoes replaceable liners. (Guide rollers
as optional).
23 Car panel thickness Minimum 1.5mm thick

Cross Flow Fan with Stainless

24 Car Fan - Steel Blade -subject to fulfilling air
change requirement

25 Car Junction box Protection IP55

26 Car Handrail On three sides
27 Buffer Rail On the rear side of car
Min 8 mm thick Laminated safety
28 Mirror
type
E DOORS
Centre opening VVVF drive with
29 Car Doors - close loop power doors 1000 mm
Wide x 2100 mm High
Centre opening, both door panels
of 1000 mm (W) X 2100 mm (H)
30 Landing Doors -
mechanically and electrically
locked individually
The degree of ingress protection for
31 Car doors and Landing doors Electrical IP54
switches
Minimum 1.5 mm thick scratch
32 Door frame sheet thickness
resistant stainless steel
1 hour fire rating for Glass panel
doors
33 Fire rating for landing doors
(2 hours fire rated landing doors for
Stainless Steel doors)
Required (Double lock) or As per
34 Car door lock
IS 14665 and EN81-20 codes
3D Curtain of light, Door pressure
35 Door Safety Devices -
limiter.
Frame in the landings to house the
36 Landing Architraves -
landing signalization
F Machine
IE3-Induction/Permanent magnet
37 Motor
synchronous Motor.
Section VI-B 6B-22 January 2022
 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts

Sl. No. ITEM DESCRIPTION For 1000Kg/ 13 Passengers Lift

Motor-Insulation Class / Type of
38 Class F / IP41
Enclosure
G LIFT MAJOR COMPONENTS FINISH
39 Car panel Stainless Steel Scratch Resistant
40 Car entrance panel Stainless Steel Scratch Resistant
41 Car operating panel Stainless Steel Scratch Resistant
42 Car ceiling Stainless Steel Scratch Resistant
43 Handrail Stainless steel Mirror Finish
15 mm thick Granite flooring
44 Car flooring matches to the lift lobby floor finish
by Lift Contractor
45 Landing entrance frame Stainless steel Scratch Resistant
Stainless steel Scratch Resistant
Finishes pattern shall be submitted
46 Landing Architrave
during the design stage for
approval.
Glass thickness shall not be less
47 Landing/Car door – Glass Type
than 10 mm
Hot dip Galvanized/Spray
48 Guide Bracket Assembly
Galvanized
Machined surfaces -Rust
49 Car/Counterweight guide rail protective Film; Other Surfaces
Epoxy painted.
50 Counter weight Guard Spray Galvanized
Hot dip Galvanized/Spray
51 Counterweight frame
Galvanized
52 Filler Weight Epoxy Painted.
Hot dip Galvanized/Spray
53 Sling
Galvanized
54 Floor Assembly Spray Galvanized
55 Roof Assembly Spray Galvanized
H ELECTRICAL BUILDING INTERFACE
56 Mains Supply Voltage - 415 VAC, 3 -phase (-10%, +10%)
57 Frequency - 50 Hz ± 3%
1 for one; 0.9 for two and 0.8 for
58 Diversity Factor In Common Feeder -
three Lifts
As per Applicable statutory act or
59 Main Fuses Amps
Manufacturer’s specification
As per Applicable statutory act or
60 Main Switch Rating Amps
Manufacturer’s specification
Recommended on Topmost
61 Main Switch Position (External) -
landing
62 Shaft Lighting - Required

Section VI-B 6B-23 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts

Sl. No. ITEM DESCRIPTION For 1000Kg/ 13 Passengers Lift

Independent Lift Monitoring system
with real time information of the
63 RMS (Remote Monitoring System) Lifts for various traffic and fault
information are required which will
be agreed during design stage.
64 Signalization Voltage - 12 to 30 VDC

As per Applicable statutory act or

65 ELCB rating in MAP/Controller
Manufacturer’s specification

I CIVIL BUILDING INTERFACE

66 Head Room (Minimum) mm 4250
67 Pit Depth (Minimum) mm 1650
68 Landing Doors Fixing to Shaft - RCC, Brick, Steel frame, Block wall
RCC, Brick (C-inserts), Separator
69 Guide Rail Bracket Fixing to Shaft -
channel, Steel Member
J CONTROL SYSTEMS
Full Collective Simplex control
system for Single Lifts and Duplex
70 Control Type
control system for two lifts (side by
side)
Microprocessor based with Serial
71 Controller - Communication. Controller in shaft
and user interface in landing.
Variable Voltage Variable
72 Drive System - Frequency Drive (VVVF) with
feedback control (closed loop)
73 Power Factor - 0.9 and above
Automatically cuts off fan when
74 Auto Fan Cut-Off -
there are no calls for a set time
K CODES AND NORMS
EN81/ IS:15785/ IS:15530/
75 Safety Codes IS:14665 / BS EN 50126 with latest
version
Electromagnetic Compatibility, EN12015 (emission) and EN12016
76
EMC/EMI (immunity) with latest version
IP21 for Panels/Boxes above Top
terminal landing and IP54 for
77 Electrical Protection Panels/Boxes mounted on Car and
shaft equipment and Maintenance
Access Panel/Controller in Landing

Section VI-B 6B-24 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
Requirements For Differently abled &
78 As per requirements specified
Elderly people use
L PERIPHERAL FUNCTIONS
3 way Intercom – Hands free in
79 Communication System Car (with feedback), Handset at
MAP/Controller and SCR/EFO
In each landing and SCR,
80 Alarm activated by Alarm button in Car
with flash light and buzzer
81 Attendant Function Operated with Key switch
82 LAS (lift announcement system) English and Tamil Languages
Audio Visual indication in English
83 Load Weighing Device (Overload)
and Tamil
84 Full Load Bypass As per relevant standard
Required. When the Lift stops in
between due to power supply
failure or due to single phasing,
85 Automatic Rescue Device
battery operated device drives the
lift to the landing and opens the
door.
86 Fireman Drive Required for all Lifts
Surge Suppressor / Over Voltage
87 Required
Protection
M SIGNALISATION
Handicapped feature with Braille
88 Car Operating Panel
Buttons
89 COP finish Stainless steel Scratch Resistant
LCD TFT display with quick reboot
90 Car Indicator
(less than 20 sec)
LCD TFT display with quick reboot
91 Landing Indicator
(less than 20 sec)

Note: (Head room and Pit depth requirement shall be as per IS 14665; Latest Versions)

B. 26 P/ 1800 Kgs Lift

Sl. No. Item Description For 1800 Kgs/26 P Lift

DESIGN CRITERIA &
A
PERFORMANCE
1 Rated Speed Refer Clause 5.2.7
2000mmW X 1800mmD X 2300mm H
2 Car Size or
1600mmW X 2400mmD X 2300mm H
3 Levelling Accuracy ± 5 mm
4 Duty Cycle factor 50%
5 No of starts per hour 180
Section VI-B 6B-25 January 2022
 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts

Sl. No. Item Description For 1800 Kgs/26 P Lift

6 Max. Sill Load (Car and Landing) 800kg
7 Motor Insulation Class F
Number of Starts/Year -Typical for Life
8 time calculation and Maintenance 13,14,000
Planning
Safety Factor of Suspension
9 Ropes/Suspension Traction Media 12
(Min.)
B RIDE COMFORT ISO 18738 latest version to be followed.
C SHAFT EQUIPMENT
10 Min. Size of Car Guide Rails As per IS 14665 and EN81-20
Min. Size for Counterweight Guide As per IS 14665 and EN81-20
11
Rails
12 Car Buffer Spring/Oil Buffer
13 Counterweight Buffer Spring/Oil Buffer
Fabricated from Sheet steel. Cold Rolled
14 Car Sling Steel up to 4mm and Hot Rolled Steel
above 4 mm thick
Fabricated from Sheet steel. Cold Rolled
15 Counterweight frame Steel up to 4mm and Hot Rolled Steel
above 4 mm thick
Over speed Governor with test groove -
16 Centrifugally operated
Type
17 Car Safety Gear Progressive type
Progressive type required only for
18 Counterweight Safety Gear
hanging pits
19 OSG tension weight switch Required
20 Water Sensor in Pit Required
D CARS
Spring loaded guide shoe with
21 Guide shoes replaceable liners (Guide rollers as
optional).
22 Car panel thickness 1.5mm thick
Cross Flow Fan with Stainless Steel
23 Car Fan Blade -subject to fulfilling air change
requirement.
24 Car Junction box Protection IP55
25 Car Handrail On three sides
26 Buffer Rail On the rear side of car
E Doors
Centre Opening with VVVF drive closed
27 Car Doors
loop of 1000 mm (W) X 2100 mm (H)
Centre opening ,both door panels of
28 Landing Doors
1000 mm (W) X 2100 mm (H)

Section VI-B 6B-26 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts

Sl. No. Item Description For 1800 Kgs/26 P Lift

mechanically and electrically locked
individually
The degree of ingress protection for
29 Car doors and Landing doors Electrical IP54
switches
Minimum 1.5 mm thick Stainless Steel
30 Door thickness
sheet

1 hour fire rating for Glass panel doors

31 Fire rating
(2 hours fire rated landing doors for
Stainless Steel doors)
32 Car door lock Required
33 Door Safety Devices 3D Curtain of light, Door pressure limiter
Frame in the landings to house the
34 Landing Architraves
landing signalization
F Machine
IE3-Induction/Permanent magnet
35 Motor
synchronous Motor
Motor -Insulation Class / Type of
36 Class F / IP41
Enclosure
G LIFTS MAJOR COMPONENTS FINISH
37 Car panel Stainless Steel Scratch Resistant
38 Car entrance panel Stainless Steel Scratch Resistant
39 Car operating panel Stainless Steel Scratch Resistant
40 Car ceiling Stainless Steel Scratch Resistant
41 Handrail Stainless steel Mirror polished
15 mm thick Granite flooring matches to
42 Car flooring
the lift lobby floor finish by Lift Contractor
43 Landing entrance frame Stainless steel Scratch Resistant
Stainless steel Scratch Resistant (The
fascia at each landing of minimum 300
mm width or as per site condition for
44 Landing Architrave fixing the Landing Plate, Indicators,
Fireman switch, MAP etc. Finishes
pattern shall be submitted during the
design stage for approval.
Glass thickness shall not be less than 10
45 Glass Doors – Car & Landing
mm

46 Guide Bracket Assembly Hot dip Galvanized/Spray Galvanized

Machined surfaces -Rust protective Film;

47 Car/Counterweight guide rail
Other Surfaces Epoxy painted.

48 Counterweight Guard Spray Galvanized

Section VI-B 6B-27 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts

Sl. No. Item Description For 1800 Kgs/26 P Lift

49 Counterweight frame Hot dip Galvanized/Spray Galvanized

50 Filler Weight Epoxy Painted.

51 Sling Hot dip Galvanized/Spray Galvanized

52 Floor Assembly Spray Galvanized

53 Roof Assembly Spray Galvanized

H ELECTRICAL BUILDING INTERFACE

54 Mains Supply Voltage 415 VAC, 3 -phase (-10%, +10%)

55 Frequency 50 Hz ± 3%
1 for one; 0.9 for two and 0.8 for three
56 Diversity Factor in Common Feeder
Lifts
As per Applicable statutory act or
57 Main Fuses
Manufacturer’s specification
As per Applicable statutory act or
58 Main Switch Rating
Manufacturer’s specification
59 Main Switch Position (External) Recommended on Topmost landing
60 Shaft Lighting Required
Independent Lift Monitoring system with
real time information of the Lifts for
61 RMS (Remote Monitoring System) various traffic and fault information are
required which will be agreed during
design stage.
62 Signalization Voltage 12 to 30 VDC
I CIVIL BUILDING INTERFACE

63 Head Room (Minimum) 4700 mm

1850 mm – Single Entry
64 Pit (Minimum)
2000 mm – Through Car
3000 mm (W) X 2500 mm (D) – Single
Shaft Size for lifts with counterweight Entry
65
safety (Approx.) Width x Depth 3000 mm (W) X 2700 mm (D) – Through
Car
66 Landing Doors Fixing to Shaft RCC, Brick, Steel frame
RCC, Brick (C-inserts), Separator
67 Guide Rail Bracket Fixing to Shaft
channel, Steel Member
J CONTROL SYSTEMS
68 Control Type Full Collective
Microprocessor based with Serial
69 Controller Communication. Controller in shaft and
user interface in landing
Section VI-B 6B-28 January 2022
 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts

Sl. No. Item Description For 1800 Kgs/26 P Lift

Variable Voltage Variable Frequency
70 Drive System Drive (VVVF) with feedback control
(closed loop)
71 Power Factor 0.9 and above
Automatically cuts off fan when there is
72 Auto Fan Cut-Off
no calls for a set time
K CODES AND NORMS
EN81/ IS:15785/ IS:15530/ IS:14665 / BS
73 Safety Codes
EN 50126 with latest version
Electromagnetic Compatibility, EN12015 (emission) and EN12016
74
EMC/EMI (immunity)

IP54 for Panels/Boxes mounted on Car

75 Electrical Protection and shaft equipment and Maintenance
Access Panel/Controller in Landing

Requirements For Differently abled &

76 As per requirements specified
Elderly people use
L PERIPHERAL FUNCTIONS
3 Intercom – Hands free in Car (with
77 Communication System feedback), Handset at MAP/Controller
and SCR/EFO
In each landing and SCR, activated by
78 Alarm
Alarm button in Car
79 Attendant Function Operated with Key switch

80 LAS (lift announcement system) English and Tamil Languages

Audio Visual indication in English and
81 Load Weighing Device (Overload) Tamil with Music (Programmable at field
adjustable)

82 Full Load Bypass As per relevant standards

83 Automatic Rescue Device Required

84 Fireman Drive Required
Surge Suppressor / Over Voltage
85 Required
Protection

86 Differently abled & Elderly people use As per requirements specified

M SIGNALISATION
87 Car Operating Panel Handicapped feature with Braille Buttons
88 COP finish Stainless steel Scratch Resistant

Section VI-B 6B-29 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts

Sl. No. Item Description For 1800 Kgs/26 P Lift

LCD TFT display with quick reboot (less
89 Car Indicator
than 20 sec)
LCD TFT display with quick reboot (less
90 Landing Indicator
than 20 sec)
Note: (Head room and Pit depth requirement shall be as per IS 14665; Latest Versions)
CMRL shall be equipped with Machine Room Less & Gearless Lifts being used in
transportation establishment for Passengers including differently abled & elderly persons
and CMRL staff in locations as listed in the Particular Specification.
It may be noted that these lifts will be subject to rigged use as per passenger demand.
Mostly these lifts will be two/three landing type.
5.2 General Requirements
5.2.1 Each Lift shall have its own heavy duty driving machine. The method of drive shall be
Electric Traction with Gear less IE3 Induction/Permanent Magnet Synchronous Motor
(P.M.S.M) having closed loop VVVF Control. (Regenerative feature as optional, at
Employer’s discretion. Supporting detailed calculation of energy saving viz a viz cost
saving shall also be submitted during design stage)
a) The System, including all Sub-systems and Equipment shall be of proven design.
b) The Lifts Sub-systems and Equipment proposed by the Contractor shall have
been in use and have established their performance reliability over a sufficiently
long period of time. In support of the performance certificate from the client/ user
of the system is to be submitted.
5.2.2 All Lifts shall be capable of operating satisfactorily and smoothly at a rate of 180 motors
starts per hour or above for a period of not less than 20 hours per day, seven day a week,
within the environmental conditions as stated in the General Specifications and at the
location where the Lifts are to be installed. These Lifts should be designed for minimum
13.14 Lakh (Thirteen Lakhs and Fourteen Thousand) operations per year and with
minimum failures as defined in Technical Specifications.
5.2.3 The complete system design life of the Lifts shall be such that no replacement of major
component shall be necessary for a period of 20 years from the date of issue of
Certificate of Taking Over. This is based on the requirements that detailed inspections
and maintenance are carried out annually, whilst routine cleaning and maintenance are
carried out as necessary. The Lifts should be designed for minimum life cycle cost.
Detailed life cycle cost analysis should be submitted. The necessary data shall be
collected by the contractor at his own end without any additional cost to CMRL. Life of
all components should be clearly mentioned in the bid. Major components are mentioned
at clause 5.2.4
5.2.4 Major components shall mean replacement of car frame, car enclosure, car and landing
doors, Lift shaft wiring (except travelling cables), guide rails, drive machine and driving
sheave, but parts attached to these components which are subjected to normal wear and
tear are excluded.
5.2.5 RAM Requirement will be as per the details as mentioned in Chapter-4, Clause 4.9 of
this Technical Specifications.

Section VI-B 6B-30 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
5.2.6 The design of the Lifts shall take into consideration fire prevention, elimination of dust
and dirt traps, and easy accessibility for cleaning and routine maintenance.
5.2.7 The gear less drive machine shall be mounted on guide rails accommodated within the
Lift shaft. The power switch gear and main control equipment shall be suitably located
inside or near the Lift shaft, the location of which is to be decided in coordination with the
Designated Civil Contractors. No separate machine-room will be provided for machine
room less & gearless Lifts.
The function of 1000kg/13 passengers Lift & 1800 Kg/26 passenger Lift involves
primarily for the movement of passengers including disabled and elderly persons and
staff of CMRL including maintenance staff. The reliability of these Lifts is therefore of
paramount importance.
Lifts intended to be procured shall have a carrying capacity (rated load) of at least
1000kg/ 13passengers and 1800 Kg/26 passengers are defined in the Bid Document.
The nominal speed for the Lifts shall be 1.0 m/s in either direction. For those lifts travel
height from one landing to another landing is more than 15 meters, the nominal speed
for Lifts shall be 1.5 m/s in either direction to be considered. Shaft enclosure shall be
either RCC or Glass type structure or as per site conditions.
1000 Kg/13 Passengers Lifts (One side opening Lifts):
a) Shaft dimension for one side opening lift non-hanging/hanging type 1000kg/
13passenger Lifts shall be approximately 2500mm (Width) x 1900mm (Depth).
The Contractor shall take all necessary measures to accommodate the Lifts in the
above shaft. The Contractor shall co-ordinate/interface with the Designated Civil
Contractors for all matters related to shaft size. Any minor change in the shaft size
to the tune of +250 mm, -50 mm shall have to be accommodated in the design by
the contractor by way of provision of suitable guide brackets/stainless steel
channels without any additional cost to CMRL. The contractor shall be responsible
for any delay on this account.”
1000 Kg/13 Passengers Lifts (Through Car Lifts):
b) Shaft dimension for two side opening type lift (through car) non-hanging/hanging
type 1000kg/ 13passenger Lifts shall be approximately 2500mm (Width) x 2100
mm (Depth). The Contractor shall take all necessary measures to accommodate
the Lifts in the above shaft. The Contractor shall co-ordinate/interface with the
Designated Civil Contractors for all matters related to shaft size. Any minor change
in the shaft size to the tune of +250 mm, -50 mm shall have to be accommodated
in the design by the contractor by way of provision of suitable guide
brackets/stainless steel channels without any additional cost to CMRL. The
contractor shall be responsible for any delay on this account.
1800 Kg/26 Passenger Lifts:
c) Shaft dimension for 26 P/1800 Kg Lifts shall be approximately 3000 mm (Width) x
2500 mm (Depth) for Single Entry and 3000 mm (Width) x 2700 mm (Depth)
for Through Car type Lift. The Contractor shall take all necessary measures to
accommodate the Lifts in the above shaft. The Contractor shall co-
ordinate/interface with the Designated Civil Contractors for all matters related to
shaft size. Any minor change in the shaft size to the tune of +250 mm, -50 mm

Section VI-B 6B-31 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
shall have to be accommodated in the design by the contractor by way of provision
of suitable guide brackets/stainless steel channels without any additional cost to
CMRL. The contractor shall be responsible for any delay on this account.”
5.2.8 Lift car shall have minimum internal dimensions of 1600 mm (Width) X 1400 mm (Depth)
for carrying the rated load of 1000 kg/ 13 passengers Lifts. The false ceiling height of the
Lift car shall not be less than 2300 mm. Both the car and landing entrance clear opening
width shall not be less than 1000 mm. The door shall be of center opening type. The Lift
and door width shall be so configured that it is feasible to handle a person on a wheel chair.
5.2.9 Lift car shall have minimum internal dimension (Width x Depth) 2000mm X 1800mm
or 1600mm X 2400mm for carrying the rated load of 1800 kg/26 passenger Lifts. The false
ceiling height of the Lift car shall not be less than 2300 mm. Both the car and landing
entrance clear opening width shall not be less than 1000 mm and height shall not be less
than 2300 mm. The door shall be of center opening type. The Lift and door width shall be
so configured that it is feasible to handle a person on a wheelchair.
5.2.10 The approximate travels and the location of Lifts are given in Table-1 Chapter-4. The
Contractor shall verify the above and all other relevant information through co- ordination
with the Designated Civil Contractors.
5.2.11 The approximate headroom of 4250 mm and Pit depth of 1650 mm for Non-
Hanging/Hanging One side opening/Through car pits for 13 P/1000 Kg passenger Lift.
(Head room and Pit depth requirement shall be as per IS 14665; Latest Versions).
5.2.12 The approximate headroom of 4700 mm and Pit depth of 1850 mm for One side opening
& 2000 mm for Through car type Lift shall be provided in the shaft for 1800 Kg/26 Passenger
Lift. (Head room and Pit depth requirement shall be as per IS 14665; Latest Versions).
5.2.13 The Contractor shall submit in their technical packages the requirement in respect of
reaction load on the walls and in the pit and other relevant shaft requirements. The
Contractor is required to interface with Designated Civil Contractor in respect of the Lift
shaft requirement. The Contractor shall co-ordinate with the Designated Civil Contractors
to finalize all the civil structural details.
5.2.14 The leveling accuracy shall be within ± 5 mm of the finished floor level.
5.2.15 The running clearance of each Lift between the Lift car threshold and landing door sill shall
not be less than 15 mm but not more than 30 mm.
5.2.16 Simplex/Duplex/Triplex Control, Microprocessor Based
a) Operate car without attendant from pushbuttons in car and located at each floor.
When car is available, automatically start car and dispatch it to floor corresponding
to registered car or hall call. Once car starts, respond to registered calls in direction
of travel and in the order the floors are reached.
b) Does not reverse car direction until all car calls have been answered, or until all
hall calls ahead of car and corresponding to the direction of car travel have been
answered.
c) Slow car and stop automatically at floors corresponding to registered calls, in the
order in which they are approached in either direction of travel. As slowdown is
initiated for a hall call, automatically cancel hall call. Cancel car calls in the same

Section VI-B 6B-32 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
manner. Hold car at arrival floor for an adjustable time interval to allow passenger
transfer.
d) Answer calls corresponding to direction in which car is traveling unless call in the
opposite direction is highest (or lowest) call registered.
e) Illuminate appropriate pushbutton to indicate call registration. Extinguish light
when call is answered.
5.2.17 Automatic Bypass: Provide Hall call by-pass when the car is filled to preset percentage of
rated capacity and traveling in both directions. Field adjustment range: 80% capacity to
100% capacity.
5.2.18 Motion Control: Microprocessor based AC variable voltage variable frequency drive with
digitally encoded closed-loop velocity feedback suitable for operation specified and capable
of providing smooth, comfortable car acceleration, retardation, and dynamic braking.
5.2.19 Provide Ascending Car Uncontrolled Movement & Unintended movement Protection as per
code.
5.2.20 Lift Control System for Inspections and Emergency
a) Provide devices within controller to run the Lift in inspection operation.
b) Provide devices on car top to run the Lift in inspection operation.
c) Provide within controller an emergency stop switch to disconnect power from
the brake and prevent motor from running.
d) Provide the means from the controller to manually open and control the Lift
brake to safely bring car to nearest available landing when power is interrupted.
e) Provide the means from the controller to reset the governor over speed switch
and also trip the governor.
f) Provide the means from the controller to reset the emergency brake when set
because of an unintended car movement or ascending car over speed.
g) Provide the means for the control to reset Lift earthquake operation.
5.3 Electric Traction Drive System
5.3.1 Traction Machine
a) The construction of all the Lift machines shall conform with IS 14665, IS-15785 and
EN 81-1 with latest versions.
The brake plunger, collar, sleeve, motor, sheaves and all bearings shall be mounted
and assembled so that proper alignment of these parts is maintained.
The assembly shall be reviewed and rectified when excessive noise or vibration is
emitted during operation.
5.3.2 Motor
a) Driving motor shall be of AC Induction or P.M.S.M AC VVVF Gearless traction type
designed for special duty cycles required for lift operation with no slip rings. It should
have a high starting torque, high power factor, high efficiency, and low energy
consumption
b) The motor efficiency should be equivalent to IE3 rating or more as per IEC 60034-
30-1. The power factor should be not less than 0.9. The bearing used should be of
spherical roller type to ensure longer life.
c) For all type of Lifts the motor shall be capable of not less than 180 starts per hour

Section VI-B 6B-33 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
without excessive temperature rise.
d) The maximum temperature rise of the winding shall not exceed 500C above
ambient temperature when operated under normal condition.
e) Provision shall be made to enable the speed to be checked at main Control cubicle.
f) The motor shall carry a nameplate giving full details of its ratings and
characteristics & other technical parameters.
g) The motor used shall have Class ‘F’ insulation and shall be designed for 110% of
rated load.
h) The insulation resistance of any conductor to the motor frame or earth shall not be
less than 0.5 Mega ohm at 50 degrees centigrade.
i) The fail-safe brake shall be adjusted at the manufacturer’s works to provide a brake
torque as per EN81, required to stop & hold the Lift in the down direction.
j) The motor armature shall be dynamically balanced and supported by bearings of
ample capacity. The armature and driving sheave shall be properly balanced for
smooth, high-speed Lift performance.
5.3.3 Brake
a) The Electro-magnetic brake shall be of the spring applied and electrically released
type.
b) The brake shall be capable of stopping and holding the Lift car in its downward
travel to rest with 125% of its rated load from the maximum governor tripping
speed. In this condition the retardation of the Car shall not exceed that resulting
from the operation of the Safety gear or stopping on the buffer.
c) Springs to apply the brake shoes (two nos.) shall be in compression and
adequately supported.
d) Brake linings shall be of renewable incombustible materials and shall be secured
to the brake shoes that normal wear shall not weaken their fixings. Band brakes
shall not be used.
e) No earth fault, short circuit or residual magnetism shall prevent the brake from
being applied in the event of loss of power supply to the Lift motor and control
circuit.
f) A means of adjusting the brake plunger stroke shall be provided. In case of an
emergency, means to release the brake manually (e.g. with help of cables) from
the controller without any power shall be provided.
g) The Lift machine shall be fitted with a manual emergency device capable
of having the brake released by hand and requiring a constant effort to
keep the brake open. In case of MRL lifts, the motor brake shall be able to be
remotely (both electrical and manual) released outside the lift well.
h) The brake shall be a spring applied electric brake; held open by an electro-magnet
actuated by a digital brake controller and designed to work as an integral part of
the motor controller to provide smooth positive stops under variable loads.

Section VI-B 6B-34 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
i) The Brake shall be designed to automatically apply in the event of interruption of
power supply or safety failure from any cause.
j) In normal operation, the electromagnetic brake shall only be applied when the lift
& the motor has come to complete stand still. The brake shall only be meant for
holding the lift in the position at every landing, providing best stopping control
without any jerking effect.
5.3.4 Encoders
Encoder shall be direct drive, solid state, digital type. These shall be able to update car
position at each floor and automatically restore after power loss.
5.3.5 Driving Sheaves
a) The sheaves shall be manufactured in steel or SG iron and fitted with sealed for
life lubricated bearings.
b) The sheaves shall have machined rope grooves that can be reworked for future
wear.
c) Adequate provision shall be made to prevent any suspension ropes leaving groove
(rope guards) due to rope slack or introduction of foreign objects.
5.3.6 Alignment
a) The brake plunger, collar, sleeve, motor, sheaves and all bearings shall be
mounted and assembled so that proper alignment of these parts is maintained.
b) The assembly shall be reviewed and rectified when excessive noise is
generated during operation.
5.3.7 Anti-Vibration Supports
The whole traction machine shall be mounted on appropriate anti-vibration supports to
minimize noise and vibration.
5.4 Hoisting Rope/Belt
5.4.1 At least Three (3) steel wire ropes or coated steel belts (min. 3 meeting the IS 15785 with
min factor of safety 12) specially manufactured for Lift use shall be employed for the
suspension of Lift car and Counterweight. The diameter/ dimension and specification of
rope for the car and counterweight shall conform to latest version/ amendments of EN -81
and IS: 14665
A plate giving the number, size and ultimate tensile strength of the rope used shall
be permanently fixed to the crosshead.
5.4.2 Before installation, manufacturer’s certificates shall be supplied for each set of hoisting
ropes/belt with the following data:-
a) The type of wire rope/belt
b) The diameter in mm
c) The manufacturer’s rated breaking strength
d) The month and year the ropes were manufactured
e) The manufacturer’s name
5.4.3 The factor of safety based on maximum static load for car and counterweight ropes shall
be at least 12.
5.4.4 The number and size of ropes/suspension traction media shall comply with the factor of

Section VI-B 6B-35 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
safety requirements to the latest version of IS 14665 / EN81-1.
5.4.5 Necessary Test certificates for ropes or belts for compliance with appropriate Code shall
be provided prior to shipment.
5.4.6 The ropes shall be attached to dead-end hitch assemblies, fitting to supporting beams, car
frames, counterweights by means of suitable rope termination. A locking device or anti-
twist rope device shall be fitted to the roping system. Alternately approved
arrangement for wedge type rope fastening may be used.
5.4.7 Compensation ropes or chains or any other arrangement shall be provided if necessary to
achieve the leveling required and smooth starting. If chains are provided, they shall be
galvanized and enclosed in canvas hose or other accepted means to reduce noise. If ropes
are provided, they shall be properly guided in the pit.
5.5 Counterweight
5.5.1 Guide shoes, having non-metallic renewable linings requiring minimum lubrication shall be
provided at the top and bottom of the counterweight. The counterweights shall be made
of cast iron/ wrought iron/ steel and shall be appropriately secured. They shall be of uniform
density and physical dimensions.
Counterweights shall be guarded by means of a rigid, galvanized steel sheet screen
extending from a position 300 mm above the pit floor to a position at least 2.0 m above the
pit floor.
5.5.2 Structural Steel frame with epoxy painted sub weights secured with tie rods or steel sub
weights secured with clamps to prevent movement. The counterweight shall be balanced
to 40 to 50% (±3%) of the rated load.
5.5.3 Provide counterweight safety device as per code.
5.5.4 Arrange the counterweight frames so that fillers can be added or removed without
disturbing the ropes. If there are pulleys on the counterweight, they shall incorporate
devices to avoid the suspension ropes (if slack) leaving the grooves and the introduction
for any foreign objects between ropes and grooves.
5.6 Clearances and Run-by for Car and Counterweight
5.6.1 The top clearance of the car and counterweight shall be as stated in IS Standards.
5.6.2 The bottom run by of car and counterweight shall be as per relevant IS Standards.
5.6.3 When the car rests on its fully compressed buffer, there shall be a vertical clearance of at
least 600 mm between the pit floor and the lowest structural or mechanical part, equipment
or device installed beneath the car platform except guide shoes or rollers, safety-jaw
assemblies and platform aprons, guards or other equipment. However, when the car rests
on its fully compressed buffer, no part of the car or any equipment attached thereto shall
come into contact with any part of the pit or any part of the equipment located therein.
5.6.4 The clearance between the car/counterweight and the hoist-way enclosure shall be at least
20 mm except on the side for loading and unloading.
5.6.5 The clearance between the car and the counterweight shall be at least 25 mm. The
clearance between the counterweight and the counterweight screen shall be at least 20
mm.

Section VI-B 6B-36 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
5.7 Guides and Fixings
5.7.1 Planed steel tees shall be provided as guides for the Lift car and counterweight, as
appropriate, erected plumb and fixed securely to the Lift shaft by hot dip galvanized steel
brackets. The bracket shall be solidly fixed with the RCC beam/bonds. The guide rails shall
be connected by galvanized steel fish plates.
5.7.2 The rail contact surfaces of the connecting rail plates and back of the guide rail ends shall
be accurately machined and fitted at site to form smooth joints.
5.7.3 The stem sections of all guides shall be tongued and grooved to provide matched joints.
The guides and their fixings shall be able to withstand the forces imposed by a fully loaded
car traveling at or higher than the tripping speed of the governor, due to the application of
the safety gear, without permanent deformation or bending due to the uneven loading of
the car. The guide rail brackets shall be hot-dipped galvanized.
5.7.4 Guide rail brackets shall be of hot-dipped galvanized steel and bolted securely to the
building or structure steelworks. The brackets shall be designed and located such that the
rail will not deflect more than 5 mm under normal and safety gear operation. There shall
be a minimum of two brackets per piece of guide rail and the distance between brackets
shall not be more than half the length of each piece of guide rail. The bracket should be
fixed to RCC blocks/slab/concrete walls or RCC beams. This particular requirement is to
be ensured during interface with designated civil contractor. It is the sole responsibility of
the Lift Contractor to interface with Civil contractor to satisfy himself about the shaft
strength (as per latest standards) before taking up Lift installation and get the strength of
the shaft wall certified from the Civil Contractor.
5.7.5 Shaft reduction channels if required, shall be provided and fixed by the Lift contractor.
5.7.6 The fixing of guide rails to their brackets and to the building structure shall permit
compensation, either automatically or by simple adjustment, due to normal settling of the
building or shrinkage of concrete.
5.7.7 The strength of guides, their attachments and joints shall comply with EN 81-1 / IS and be
sufficient to withstand the forces imposed due to sudden application of safety gear under
maximum load and deflection due to uneven loading of the car.
5.7.8 It is the Contractor’s responsibility to provide exact / suitable support system, fixing
accessories and distances. When rail length exceeds 30 m, means shall be provided to
absorb rail expansion and structural settlement. Jack bolts should be used under the Lift
rails to adjust for building compression so that rails may be maintained bottomed in the pit
to transmit the forces of a safety application as per relevant standards.
5.8 Lift Car
5.8.1 Guide Shoes
a) Adjustable renewable guide shoes shall be provided and properly fitted at the top
and bottom on each side of the car frame and the counterweight frame. The guide
shoes shall be either slipper type or roller guides as appropriate.
b) Slipper type guide shoes shall be of milled cast iron or steel frame type or sheet
metal with non-metallic renewable liners, of low coefficient of friction and good wear
resistance, which require minimal lubrication. A drip tray fabricated from galvanized

Section VI-B 6B-37 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
steel sheet shall be provided.
c) Roller guides shall comply with the following requirements:
i) Each roller guide shall consist of three wheels tyred with polyurethane or a
durable resilient material each rotating on ball bearing having sealed-in
lubrication, assembled on a substantial metal base. They shall be so mounted
as to provide continuous contact of all wheels with the corresponding rail
surfaces under all condition of loading and operation. The wheels shall run
on three finished rail surfaces. The Contractor shall provide a means of
adjustment of spring pressure and of play between shoes and guide rails.
ii) The roller guides shall run on dry guide rails. Sheet metal guards shall be
provided to protect the wheels on top of the car and counterweight. The roller
wheels for the car shall not exceed 500 rpm and the roller wheels for the
counterweight shall not exceed 1000 rpm at rated speed.
iii) The car and the counterweights are to be statically balanced following fitting
of all its equipment and finishes prior to fitting the guide shoes.
5.8.2 Car Frame
A suitable car frame fabricated from a cold rolled steel hot dip galvanized / spray
galvanized, bolted and / or welded together to form a rigid structure shall be provided. The
deflection of the members carrying the platform shall not exceed 1/1000th of their span
under static conditions with the rated load uniformly distributed over the platform. It shall
be able to withstand the operation of the safety gear or any condition loading without
permanent deformation and shall not transfer the load to the enclosure. The safety factor
of the frame shall not be less than five (5).
5.8.3 Car Enclosure
a) The car enclosure shall be fabricated from Scratch resistant Stainless Steel not
less than 1.5 mm in thickness and securely fastened to the car platform and so
supported that it cannot be loosened or become displaced in ordinary service or on
the application of safety gear or on buffer engagement. The design of the final
finishes of the walls, ceiling and floor is subject to the acceptance of the
“Employer/Employer’s Representative”.
b) No wood or other combustible materials shall be used for any part of the Lift car
including car door and emergency trap door.
c) The enclosure shall be designed and supported such that when subjected to a
pressure of 335N applied horizontally at any point over an area of 5 cm2 on the
walls from the inside of the cars toward the outside, there shall be no permanent
deformation and deflection shall not be more than 10 mm.
d) The enclosure shall be insulated to prevent the transmission of noise and vibration
from the car frame.
5.8.4 Car Platform
a) The car platform shall be constructed from cold rolled steel (spray galvanized) with
stainless steel/ Granite stone finished flooring matches to the lift lobby floor
finish/6mm Aluminum Chequered plate. The platform shall be designed on the
Section VI-B 6B-38 January 2022
 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
basis of the rated load evenly distributed with a minimum safety factor of five (5).
The design of the final floor finish is subject to review by the “Employer/Employer’s
Representative”.
b) The car platform shall be insulated to prevent the transmission of noise and
vibration from the car frame to the platform.
5.8.5 The car roof shall be suitably constructed with galvanized sheet steel and reinforced to
permit the maintenance and inspection of the Lift shaft equipment to be carried out by
maintenance personnel standing on the car roof. Perforated with mesh construction of
the roof or wood platform(s) on the car roof shall not be acceptable. The car roof shall be
fitted with guard rails set as at a height and of suitable dimensions and strength to protect
maintenance personnel.
5.8.6 A toe guard shall be provided for the car doors conforming to Paragraph 8.4 of EN81 Part
1. The toe guard for Lifts shall be made of galvanized sheet steel of not less than 1.5 mm
thick and painted and shall be adequately braced at the back. The depth of the toe guard
shall be sufficient to prevent any object from being trapped between the underside
of the car platform and the landing during re-levelling operation (with a minimum of
700 mm). Similar toe guard is also to be provided for all Landing doors also.
5.8.7 Ventilation
a) Each Lift car shall be adequately ventilated to a minimum standard of 20 air
changes per hour. The fans shall be located above the suspended ceiling or
recessed in the car ceiling as appropriate to achieve cross-flow ventilation.
b) A low speed fan of low noise, axial blower type shall be used. The noise level of
Fan used for ventilation shall not exceed 55 dB at a distance of 1 meter away from
the fan inside the Lift car.
c) The effective area of ventilation apertures shall be at least 1% of the car platform
area.
d) Fan and lights shall switch on automatically when car is called or when landing
doors are opened, remain switched on whilst car is in operation, and switch off by
time relay 45 seconds (adjustable at site) after car has stopped. However, a fan
control switch should be provided in the Car Operating panel so that passengers
can control the cooling as per convenience.
e) LED lighting shall be provided inside car. Lighting fixtures shall be provided with
heat tempered safety glass. Samples shall be submitted for approval of Employer.
5.8.8 Car Interior and Lift Finishes
Unless specified elsewhere in this Specification, the following finishes for the Lift shall be
complied with: -

Section VI-B 6B-39 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts

(a) Landing Finishes

i Landing Transom Panels Scratch Resistant Stainless Steel

ii Architrave (Fascia/ Jamb) Scratch Resistant Stainless Steel
The full wall width jamb with fascia at each landing of minimum 300 mm width or as per site
condition for fixing the Landing Plate, Indicators, MAP/Controller etc. shall be of Scratch
Resistant Stainless Steel /Stone work finish and shall be in the scope of the Lift Contractor.
For the glass door, thickness of glass door shall not be
less than 10 mm and with the scratch resistant stainless
steel frame.
iii Landing Doors
The fire rating of the glass door with Stainless Steel
Frame shall be minimum 1 hour and for Stainless Steel
Door shall be minimum 2 hour
(b) Car Finishes
i Car Transom Panels Scratch Resistant Stainless Steel
ii Car Wall Scratch Resistant Stainless Steel

a Front Panels Scratch Resistant Stainless Steel

b Side Panels (Including COP) Scratch Resistant Stainless Steel

Scratch Resistant Stainless Steel

c Back Panels Joints in all surfaces shall be hidden. (Covers on the
joints will not be accepted.

a. Scratch Resistant Stainless Steel

b. For the Glass Doors, thickness of glass door shall

not be less than 10 mm and with the scratch resistant
stainless steel frame, check finish. The Fire rating of
d Car Doors
Car door shall be complying with the requirement as
per the National Building Code latest version.
c. Lower part of car door shall be provided frosted film
on glass if required.
d. Advance Door opening feature to be provided.
15mm thick Granite/ synthetic artificial stone having
anti-slippery design distinguishable through grating of
any suitable material which can take the desired load.
However, the approval for the colour of granite/ artificial
synthetic stone and it specifications will be obtained
e Car Floor from the Employer/Engineer during design/ proto type
testing.
15 mm thick Granite flooring matches to the lift lobby
floor finish (having anti-slippery design distinguishable
through grating of any suitable material which can take
the desired load) /6mm Aluminum Chequered by Lift

Section VI-B 6B-40 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
Contractor
However, the approval for the color of
granite/Aluminum Chequered and it specifications will
be obtained from the Employer/Engineer during design/
proto type testing
Scratch Resistant Stainless steel , 1.5 mm thickness,
check finish panels with sufficient LED down lights
f Car Ceiling or other energy efficient light. Ceiling design to be
coordinated with the overall station design to the
“Employer’s Representative” acceptance.
g Car Kick-Plates and Skirting Scratch Resistant Stainless Steel

h Hand/Grip Rail Scratch Resistant Stainless Steel

Thermoplastic Elastomer or suitable material enclosed

in Scratch resistant stainless-steel frame with minimum
i. Buffer rail
height of 100mm x (width of the car-100 mm) long shall
be suitably fixed to take the impact of wheelchair.
All stainless steel materials specified for car and landing finishes shall be of grade BS
(i) 304 and shall be subject to the acceptance of the “Employer/Employer’s
Representative during design stage”.

All car interiors/architrave, doors and interfaces with civil structure and finishes shall be
(ii)
subject to the acceptance of the “Employer/Employer’s Representative”.

Joints in all surfaces shall be coordinated. All fixings to be of the hidden secret type
(iii)
(Cover strips at joints are not acceptable).
Provision to Stainless Steel display folder for the lift license / safety certificate
(iv)
prominently inside the Lift Car

5.8.9 Illumination of Cars and Lighting Fixtures

The minimum illumination level at the floor of the Lift car shall be 150 lux and not greater
than 200 lux using green energy efficient LED lights. The light inside the car cabin shall be
warm white colour. The use of LED strip equipped with fixing accessories lighting shall be
subject to the notice of no objection of the “Employer/Employer’s Representative”.
5.8.10 Emergency Lighting
In the event of failure of the normal electrical supply, the supply to the car lighting and the
cabin fans shall be automatically switched to an emergency battery operated power supply
(UPS) provided by Lift Contractor. Stickers to be provided mentioning UPS DB panel
number. The battery shall be with total capacity sufficient to maintain the operation of above
equipment for at least one hour.
In addition to the normal car lighting provided, an emergency light fitting shall be provided
in each Lift car, which may be the same type of fitting as the normal car light and shall
illuminate immediately and automatically in the event of failure of the normal car lighting
electrical supply. The fitting shall incorporate a permanently illuminated signal to indicate
mains healthy and shall be connected to the emergency battery. The luminous intensity of
Section VI-B 6B-41 January 2022
 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
the emergency lighting shall be not less than 100 lux measured at floor level and on the
car operating panel(s).
Work Light and Duplex 16A Plug Receptacle: Provide protected outlet inside car, on roof
and bottom of car. Include on/off switch and lamp guard. A convenience outlet in car is
required to facilitate ease of vacuuming cars during cleaning. It can be located in a locked
service cabinet, in the car operating panel or the Cabin base.
5.9 Lift Doors
5.9.1 Car and Landing Doors:
Car and landing doors characteristics shall follow the requirements of the clauses 7 and 8
of EN 81-1. However, measures leading to minimize the door loss time due to creeping
shall be considered as an advantage. Heavy duty doors should be of Robust Design to
cater to 13,14,000 (thirteen lakh fourteen thousand) operations of each Lift per year.
Each Lift shall be provided with horizontal sliding doors complete with door frames and
architraves, arranged in center opening with two panels. The car door shall be provided
with an electric contact arranged to prevent the normal operation of the Lift unless the
door is in the closed position. The car door shall be arranged to give the minimum clear
opening width as specified.
Unless otherwise specified, the car and landing door panels shall be of sandwich
construction without binder angles & properly reinforced for heavy duty operation. It shall
be fabricated from scratch resistance stainless steel of at least 1.5 mm thick.
Unless otherwise specified, the car & landing door panels shall be imperforate &
fabricated from scratch Resistant stainless steel check finish of at least 1.5mm thick. In
case of non-sandwich door construction, the back of door panels shall be treated with an
anti-drumming compound which is noncombustible and shall not emit toxic fume when
affected by fire. The compound shall be issued to notice of no objection from
“Employer/Employer’s Representative
The door shall be able to withstand horizontal or lateral load according to latest version/
amendments of IS: 14665 (Part 4/sec 6) and EN81-1.
The doors shall be provided with keyways for interlocks. Door sills shall be of single piece
machined stainless steel with a non-slip wearing surface, slotted for easy dust removal &
shall be capable of withstanding a load of 400 Kgs for 1000 Kg/13 P and 800 Kg for 1800
Kg/26 P Lifts. Grooves for the guides shall be machined with minimum clearance for the
guides. All Stainless steel landing doors shall have a fire rating of 2 hours and landing
doors with glass panels shall have minimum of 1 hour fire rating. Certification from a
internationally recognized testing laboratory approved within the governing jurisdiction
shall be submitted to the Employer/Employer’s Representative for approval before
shipment.
Each Lift shall be provided with horizontal sliding doors complete with door frames and
architraves, arranged in Centre opening with two panels.
Provide protection cover/guard to all Landing Entrance Headers to avoid Ingress of dust
and water.
Lift contractor shall comply the emergency doors requirement when the distance between
consecutive landing doorsill exceeds 11 meter as per the latest EN81 standard.

Section VI-B 6B-42 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
5.9.2 Door Hangers and Rollers
The proneness and design of heavy duty doors shall be specifically evaluated during the
detailed design stage.
5.9.3 Door Operators
The door operator for each Lift shall consist of a motor, operating mechanism, linkages and
switches to give adjustable or variable speed door operation and shall be adjusted to ensure
smooth, fast opening and closing. The average door speed shall be between 150 –
250mm/sec. The car and landing doors shall operate simultaneously and quietly while the
Lift car is levelling.
Door operator: A VVVF drive PMS motor, based on closed loop operating mechanism
operated heavy duty door operator without reduction gear shall be provided to open and
close the car and landing doors simultaneously. The VVVF drive shall be based on Closed
Loop system arrangement and not open loop. Door movement shall be cushioned at both
limits of travel. An electro mechanical interlock shall be provided at each landing entrance
to prevent operation of the Lift unless the doors are closed and locked. An electric contact
shall be provided on the car at each car entrance to prevent the operation of the Lift unless
the car door is closed.
Emergency devices and keys for opening doors from the landing shall be provided as
required by code.
Doors shall open automatically when the car has arrived at or is levelling at the respective
landings. Doors shall close after a predetermined time interval or immediately upon pressing
of a door close button. A door open button shall be provided in the car. Momentary pressing
of this button shall reopen the doors and reset the time interval.
For the car and landing door made of glass panels with stainless steel hairline frame,
stainless steel cover of not less than 1.5 mm thick or other suitable arrangement for headers
shall be provided with “Employer/Employer’s Representative” approval to prevent the door
locking devices, door tracks and mechanism from accumulation of dust. For stainless steel
Lifts steel door covers shall be made of SS steel.
On “Without Attendant” mode, if no command is registered or due to some
abnormality in Lift Safety circuit, after the expiry of a preset time interval of 10-30 seconds
(Adjustable) the door shall re-open once for 30 seconds (Adjustable) to enable the
passengers to exit and close after the set period.
For Lifts on “With Attendant” operation, the car and landing doors shall open automatically
but the closing of doors will be subject to the pressure on “Door Close’ button. During the
closing motion it shall be possible to reverse quickly and open the doors by pressing of the
“Door Open” button./Removing the Pressure from door close button.
The door lock shall prevent the car doors from being opened by the door operator or by
force when the car is moving or is not stopped within the unlocking zone of a landing. Electric
interlocks shall be provided to ensure that Lift will not operate, if the car door is not closed
and locked. If the car door is forced open, the Lift shall stop and the alarm shall activate
(even when the Lift is out of order) until the door is fully closed.
The kinetic energy limitation of door nudging force shall comply the latest EN standard.

Section VI-B 6B-43 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
5.9.4 Door Safety Devices
5.9.4.1 Electrically Operated Proximity Detection Device
Electrically operated proximity detector devices(s) shall be installed on the leading edge of
the car doors. The device(s) shall create a three dimensional zone of protection for the
entire height of the door opening. This zone of detection shall extend a short distance in
front of the landing doors. The zone of detection shall move forward as the doors close and
the presence of a person, if within this zone, shall activate the detector to stop the closing
movement of the doors and re-open them before hitting the person. After a preset time
interval (which is programmable) the doors shall start to close again in the absence
of further interruption. A passenger entering or leaving the car shall not cause the doors
to stop and re-open unless the doors’ edge reaches a certain predetermined proximity to
the passenger. The contractor shall consider the ambient condition before deciding the
sensitivity of the device. This device should not be too sensitive to the sunlight, to result in
mal operation.
If the doors are prevented from closing by the pressing of hall and/or car buttons or a person
in their path for an adjustable pre-set time, the safety devices, except the mechanical door
safety edge, shall be rendered inoperative to cause door reversals. The doors shall proceed
to close at a reduced speed and a buzzer located on the car shall sound before and during
the closing. Car door contact shall have at least IP 54 protection.
5.10 Car Operating Panel (COP)
5.10.1 Car operating panels and car call buttons shall be ergonomically designed and of robust
construction to the Employer’s Representative acceptance. The car operating panel shall
be integrated and flush mounted, on one of the side panels. All button on the panel
shall be of robust design and construction and flush with the panel. All buttons shall be
minimum 50 x 50 mm in size with designations and Braille marked on it. The button shape
shall be either Round or Square as approved by the “Employer/Employer’s
Representative”. Provide False Call cancellation feature for Car Operating Panel Call
buttons and auto car call command feature for two landing lifts instead of car call button
activation. COP shall be as per the provisions of applicable IS codes for disabled persons.
5.10.2 The faceplate shall be made of scratch resistant stainless steel grade 304.
Specifications/features of various items to be provided in Car Operating Panel (COP) are
following:
Flush Mounted COP on the side Panel.
a) A Red “Car Overload” indicating lamp with buzzer and Voice announcement in
Tamil and English Language until the car capacity is within permissible / rated
limits.
b) Two vertical rows (where appropriate) of car call buttons for floor designations
bearing numerals/ alphabets with integrated tactile push button having Braille
code for visually impaired. Braille code on the side of the push button is subject
to the acceptance by the “Employer’s Representative”
c) A “Door-Open” button which, when pressed, shall cause the closing door to
reopen or when continuously pressed shall keep the door open.
d) A “Door-Close” button which, when pressed, shall cause the door to close to

Section VI-B 6B-44 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
shorten the door opening time.
e) A capacity plate engraved onto the car shall indicate the rated load in kilograms
and the maximum number of passengers to be carried along with Lift Number &
Station name. Provide CMRL Logo onto car. The size and design of the lettering
shall be subject to the acceptance of the “Employer’s Representative”.
f) Flush mounted “ON/OFF” switch whereby the ventilation fan can be switched
‘ON’ and ’OFF’. Each button shall be micro-push suitable for heavy duty and
vandal proof type. The response light shall be either orange or red when
illuminated.
g) An alarm in bright yellow color with bell shaped symbol, when pressed, shall
activate the alarm hooters and register the alarm condition through Remote
Monitoring System (RMS) at the Station Control Room (SCR)/EFO/OCC or as per
the requirement of the employer. The Audio visual console/display of suitable size
shall be installed at all landings. When the alarm button shall be pressed for 3
second, then automatically the command will go to intercom also.
h) An intercom button (Self illuminated feedback type), when pressed, shall allow
direct communication with the personnel in the SCR/EFO/OCC and main control
cubical. The Contractor shall submit their features and proven vendor of intercom
to Employer for review and approval.
Each button shall be of micro-push, flush mounted, tactile, having braille markings,
suitable for heavy duty and vandal proof type with Stainless steel type and with
LED illumination to indicate call registration. The response light shall be either
orange or red, when illuminated subject to the approval by the
“Employer/Employer’s Representative”
5.10.3 A key operated switch shall be provided on the car operating panel at a suitable location
to facilitate Lift operation as under;
a) One or more switches whereby the following modes of operation can be effected
as desired:
i) Fully Automatic with Attendant operation.
ii) Operation by Firemen in accordance with local standard and statutory
requirements.
b) “UP/DOWN” buttons which shall cause a car to travel in the desired direction.
These buttons shall be operative only during the “Attendant” operation.
5.10.4 Push button characteristics shall comply with the recommendations of EN-81-70 and IS
15330 latest version related to the requirements for disabled people. In addition, all devices
operable by any person shall be identified with Braille and /or tactile symbols. The car
operating panel and the Hall push button stations shall be located in accordance with Code
requirements to assist the disabled people.
5.11 Car Position Indicator
The faceplate of the car position indicator shall be made of scratch-resistant stainless steel
grade 304 . Final finish shall be as per the approval of the Employer during design stage /
prototype test. The Stainless steel plate should be minimum 3 mm thick and its mounting
arrangement should have two sunken screws. This plate should be pilfer proof.
Section VI-B 6B-45 January 2022
 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
Floor numbers shall be digitally displayed using 10.4” Thin-Film-Transistor Liquid Crystal
Display (TFT LCD) with quick reboot technology. The sample shall be submitted to the
Employer/Employer’s Representative for approval. There shall also be an arrow in motion
vividly and dynamically indicating car movement and direction. It shall also be capable of
displaying / scrolling simple message such as, floor names like “Ground, Concourse,
Platform or as per site requirement”, “Out of service”, under maintenance”, “Overload”,
“Fire”, “ARD operation” etc. The surface of the display unit shall be non-glare type.
A voice announcer, in English and Tamil shall be provided to indicate operation of the doors
and the floors where the Lift stops and the direction of the Lift. It shall also announce “Over
load”, "Fire" “ARD” function when applicable. Soothing music shall be played when there is
no announcement being done.
5.12 Lift Inter-Communication System
5.12.1 The Contractor shall provide a Lift inter-communication between the Lift Car, main control
cubicle and SCR/EFO/OCC room consisting of master and slave stations.
5.12.2 A master station shall be supplied and installed in the Station Control Room (SCR)/Excess
Fare Office (EFO).
5.12.3 All intercom stations shall be equipped with handsets except those slave stations installed
inside Lift cars, which shall be of the hands free type.
5.12.4 A slave station shall be supplied and installed in the main control cubicle and also in each
Lift car. The loudspeaker and microphone unit of the slave station shall be concealed in the
car operating panel.
5.12.5 It should be possible to decipher the identity of calling Lift at the SCR/EFO. The Lifts (inside
and outside) should also be numbered at each station for the purpose of easy identification.
5.12.6 The necessary cabling, conduits including from SCR/EFO to main control cubicle etc. shall
be provided by the Lift Contractor with proper interfacing with designated Contractor.
Routing shall be finalized with the designated contractors before fixing of the false ceiling
in the Metro stations.
5.13 No-Smoking Notice
5.13.1 A “SMOKING IS STRICTLY PROHIBITED” sign shall be supplied, and surface mounted on
the front return panel in each Lift. The graphics, lettering and material shall be subject to
the acceptance of the “Employer/Employer’s Representative”.
5.14 Certificate Holder
5.14.1 A framed and glazed panel made of stainless steel 304, suitable to display the Lift certificate
shall be provided above the car operating panel. This shall be subject to the acceptance of
the “Employer/Employer’s Representative”.
5.15 Hallway Equipment
Landing Doors
a) Fire Rating
Landing doors with Glass panels shall have a minimum of 1 hour fire rating and
Stainless steel landing doors shall have a minimum of 2 hours fire rating. These
doors shall be suitably tested and provided with approved stickers. Safety stickers
on the glass doors to be provided by the Contractor. Necessary test certificate to be
Section VI-B 6B-46 January 2022
 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
submitted before dispatch.
b) Door Frames
Door frames shall be of at least 1.5 mm thick scratch resistant stainless steel 304
check finishes and shall comprise head and jamb sections of the same material.
The door frames shall be suitably braced and reinforced. The frames shall be
provided with adjustable wall anchors or comparable devices to permit bonding of
these anchors or devices into the walls after the frames are in place. All frames
shall be securely fastened to sills and hanger supports and shall be returned to the
hoist way side to present a neat appearance.
c) Door Sills
Toe guards similar to those provided to the car door sill shall be provided beneath
each landing door sill.
d) Supports and Covers
Structural steel angles shall be furnished and of sufficient size to accommodate the
door closing equipment. The angles shall be continuous and securely bolted to the
sills and the building structure.
Hanger cover plates shall be made of galvanized steel, for Lifts with landing as well
as car door made of stainless steel. For other Lifts having car door as well as
landing door made of glass with scratch resistant stainless steel frame, hanger
cover plates shall be made of galvanized steel. These covers shall be removable,
and so arranged to ensure hanger accessibility from within the Lift car for
maintenance purposes.
Cover bolts and threaded screws shall be adequately strong, with long life and
capable of frequent opening and closing.
e) Self-Closing
Gravity or spring actuated self-closing device shall be fitted to the landing doors so
as to automatically re-close the doors when manually opened by means of the
emergency unlocking device. The gravity weight shall move freely and quietly within
its enclosure fixed at each end of the door sill and be protected from falling into the
Lift shaft due to any reason. This device shall not be accessible to public.
f) Locking Device
i) Each landing door shall be provided with an accepted locking and interlocking
device as per IS 14665 to prevent the operation of the Lift unless all landing
doors are closed and locked. It shall not be possible to open the landing door
from the landing side without a landing door key.
ii) The locking device (door contact switch) shall have at least IP 54 protection
for electrical contact.
iii) The electric contacts of the door locking device shall open positively
independent of gravity.
iv) Each landing door panel shall be provided with its own locking device.
v) Provision shall be made for opening of all landing door locks by means of a
landing door key by an authorized person irrespective of the position of the
Lift car.

g) Fascia

Section VI-B 6B-47 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
Where the gap between the car door sill and surface of the Lift shaft wall exceed
125 mm, galvanized sheet steel fascia plates of not less than 1.5 mm thick shall
be provided. These shall be fixed between the undersides of landing entrance
sills and the top of the door hanger case to form a flush surface in the path of
travel at the car entrance. The plates shall cover the whole width of the landing
door and extend by 150 mm on each side of the door. It shall be rigid and properly
reinforced. The fascia plate shall be painted in an accepted color.
h) Door Profile
To avoid the stucking of fingers in between car frame and car door, profile shall be
provided & the gap after provision of profile if any shall not be more than 5 mm.
Finger trap safety device shall be provided at both sides of landing door jambs and
car door jambs. The door shall stop in case of activation of this safety device in
accordance with the recommendation of clause 7.2.3.6.C, 8.6.7.5.C of EN 81-1.
5.15.1 Jumbo Type Hall Call Buttons
One (1) set of jumbo type of minimum size 50 x 50 mm hall call buttons shall be provided
for each Lift at every floor served. The set of buttons shall be installed on the wall adjacent
to each Lift landing.
The faceplate shall be made of scratch resistant stainless steel grade 304. The Stainless
steel plate should be at least 3 mm thick and its mounting arrangement should have two
Sunken Screws. This plate should be pilfering proof. The hall call buttons shall be micro-
push type, suitable for heavy duty and vandal proof. The response light of the call buttons
shall be orange or red, when illuminated. When a Lift arrives at the hall, the illumination
shall cease.
Pushbuttons: Provide single riser(s) with flush mounted faceplates. Include pushbuttons for
each direction of travel which illuminate to indicate call registration. Include approved
engraved message and pictorial representation prohibiting use of Lift during fire or other
emergency situation as part of faceplate. Provide vandal resistant pushbutton with Braille
markings, LED illumination and tactile symbols. The buttons should be permanently
illuminated of dull illumination and on activation shall be bright illumination. Sizes and
Finishes should be submitted by the Contractor to “Employer/Employer’s Representative”
for review and finalization during detailed design phase.
5.15.2 Hall Position Indicator
One (1) set of hall lanterns shall be provided for each Lift at every floor served. The set of
lanterns shall be installed on the wall adjacent to or on top of each Lift landing.
The faceplate of the car position indicator shall be made of scratch-resistant stainless steel
grade 304 hairline finished. Finish shall be as per the approval of the “Employer/Employer’s
Representative” during detailed design / prototype test. The Stainless steel plate should be
minimum 3 mm thick and its mounting arrangement should have two sunken screws. This
plate should be pilfer proof.
Floor numbers shall be digitally displayed using 10.4” Thin-Film-Transistor Liquid Crystal
Display (TFT LCD) with fast booting technology. There shall also be an arrow in motion
vividly and dynamically indicating car movement and direction. It shall also be capable of
displaying / scrolling simple message such as, floor names like “Ground, Concourse,

Section VI-B 6B-48 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
Platform” or as per site requirement, “Out of service”, under maintenance”, “Overload”,
“Fire”, “ARD operation” etc. The surface of the display unit shall be non-glare type.
The Hall position Indicator shall be fixed on the landing Entrance Architrave in each landing.
The display shall be the same as the car position indicator. Prior to the car’s arrival, the hall
lantern shall begin flashing and the chime shall sound twice.
Illuminate up or down LED lights and sound tone once for up and twice for down direction
prior to car arrival at floor. Prior to the car’s arrival, the hall lantern shall begin flashing.
The response light of the “UP” and “DOWN” indication lanterns shall be green and red
respectively when illuminated. Illuminate light until the car doors start to close.
An electrical alarm bell shall be provided in or adjacent to the Lift hoist way at the landing
for each lift. The location shall be subject to approval by the “Employer’s Representative”.
This bell shall be connected to the alarm button in the car operating panel.
5.15.3 Lift Designation Number Sign
At each landing, Car Designation Number Signs shall be supplied and installed inside and
next to each Lift by the Lift Contractor. The Lift No. with Station Name of Lift (as recorded
on the Lift license) shall also be indicated on the plate.
The Number Signs shall be made of Stainless Steel grade 304 hairline finishes. They shall
fit into the designated space to be coordinated with the civil contractor and shall be subject
to the acceptance of the “Employer/Employer’s Representative”.
5.16 Lift Functions
The Lift shall incorporate the following functions.
5.16.1 Door Nudging Feature
If the Lift doors are kept open longer than the pre-determined time, an override alarm shall
sound to alert the passenger that the doors must close so that system performance is not
adversely affected.
5.16.2 Next Landing
The car door fails to open in designated floor the controller should allow the Lift to go to
safe lock mode as per EN81-20/50 against passenger safety.
5.16.3 Door Load Detector
When an object is caught in or interferes with the opening or closing of the doors, the doors
shall reverse direction when an excess load is detected.
5.16.4 Safety Door Edge
When a passenger comes in contact with the door safety edge when the doors are closing,
the doors shall re-open.
5.16.5 Overload Holding Stop
When the carload exceeds the pre-determined weight, in addition to the overload buzzer
with the audio/visual announcement of overloading, the Lift shall not operate, and the
doors shall remain open. The load cell /strain gauge mounted on the car frame shall be
used as load weighing device. The complete technical features of devices that can be
used for sensing the overload in the car should be most reliable and defined. The
approval for the same shall be obtained from the “Employer/Employer’s Representative”.
5.16.6 Electronic Door Safety

Section VI-B 6B-49 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
When passengers are boarding or exiting the car as the doors are closing, the doors
shall re-open before touching the passengers.

5.16.7 Homing/Parking Service

This function shall automatically home the respective Lifts to the pre-assigned floors.
After transporting passengers to the assigned floor, the Lift shall automatically home to
its pre-assigned floor.
5.16.8 Up/Down Selective Collective Automatic Operation.
The Lift shall respond to all registered hall calls and car calls automatically. It shall
respond to all registered hall calls and car calls in the direction of service. When no call
is registered then after a pre-set adjustable period Lift car shall come to designated floor
and open the door for 30 seconds (adjustable time) and then park the car there with
closed door.
5.17 Operating and Safety Devices
5.17.1 Each Lift shall be provided with an overload device of accepted design, which shall operate
when the load in the car exceeds the rated load. When activated, this device shall prevent
any movement of the Lift car and shall cause a warning buzzer on the car to be set off and
illuminate an “Overload” signal. This device shall be incorporated in the car-operating
panel.
5.17.2 The water sensors in the Lift pits shall be provided wherever pits are on the ground level
or below the ground level. The requirement of water sump in the lift pit for such lifts shall
be coordinated with the civil contractor.
5.17.3 An inspection control panel shall be fitted on the top of the Lift car for maintenance
purpose. The design of the inspection control panel shall comply with the following
requirements and prevent the Lift car from being operated accidentally: -
a) It shall not be possible to control the Lift car from any other position after the
NORMAL / TEST change-over switch has been set to the TEST position. When in
the TEST position, the UP and DOWN continuous pressure push buttons within
this panel shall become operative.
b) An ON/OFF switch shall be provided. It shall render the Lift inoperative in any
mode, when the switch is in the OFF position.
c) The Lift car shall only move when all safety devices are in the safe position.
d) The Lift car shall move in either direction only on continuous pressure of the
appropriate direction button at a car speed not exceeding 0.25 m/s.
e) The control panel shall incorporate an adequately protected permanent light fixture
with a separate switch and a 15A switch socket outlet.
f) A door operator ON/OFF switch shall be provided. The door operator shall only be
operative when the switch is at the “ON” position.
g) Associated with this control, a terminal stop limit switch shall be provided to stop
the car from traveling in an upward direction not less than 1.8 m from the soffit of
the Lift shaft. When this switch is activated, it shall not stop the car from operating

Section VI-B 6B-50 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
in the down direction. Directional limit and final limit switch shall be provided as per
IS 14665.
h) All switches and buttons on the inspection control station shall be clearly engraved
with their functions. All buttons and switches shall be shrouded against accidental
operation, with the exception of the emergency stop button.
i) There shall be provision of LED lights inside the shaft & in under croft of car base
which can be controlled from the top landing & from pit. The minimum illumination
level of the machine roof and pit floor should have an intensity of 200 lux and other
shaft space with Min 50 to Max 100 lux using green energy efficient LED lights.
j) The Lift shall be provided with a floor-leveling device, which shall automatically
bring the Lift car to stop within ±5 mm of the level of the floor for which a stop has
been initiated regardless of the load or direction of travel. In case of ARD mode,
the car should stop within ± 10 mm of the level of floor, this is subject to the
Employer’s Representative’s Acceptance at the design stage.
5.17.4 An automatic re-leveling device shall be provided which returns the Lift to the floor
automatically should the Lift creep down or move up from floor level due to rope stretch
for any distance more than 6 mm. This device shall be operative at all floors served
whether the landing and car doors are opened or closed.
5.17.5 Each Lift car shall be provided with progressive type safety gear mounted on the lower
member of the car frame structure. This safety gear shall be capable of operating only in
the downward direction and capable of stopping the car with full load at the tripping speed
of the over speed governor, by gripping the guides and holding the car stationary. The
motor circuit shall be opened by a switch on the safety gear before, or at the same time
the safety gear is applied. It shall be possible to release the safety gear by raising the Lift
car without the use of any special tools.
5.17.6 Jaws of gear shall engage guide rails through self- aligning shoes with surfaces carefully
machined parallel to guide rail face. Pressure of jaws on the two guides shall be equal.
Safety gear shall bring car to stop from governor tripping speed. Method of stopping shall
be progressive. Deceleration shall be inferior to gravity.
A mechanical device and electrical device shall be provided to prevent the car movement
resulting from maintenance/ inspection that can be dangerous to persons carrying out
maintenance/ inspection works from inside the car or car roof.
Car Blocking Device to be provided as per the latest EN standard for MRL Lifts.
5.17.7 Governor
An over speed governor shall be provided, which is capable of activating the safety gear in
the event of the Lift exceeding the rated speed. The tripping of the over-speed governor for
the safety gear shall occur when the car speed exceeds 140 % of the rated speed (of 1.0
m/sec) downwards. A mechanically operated safety switch shall be provided to disconnect
the power supply to the motor when the governor is activated. The governor shall be
adjusted to operate the safety gear in accordance with the recommended limits set out in
IS 14665. The governor rope shall be of steel and shall comply IS: 14665.
An over speed governor shall be provided to the Counterweight in case of Hanging pit. The
Contractor is required to interface to the designated Contractor for the requirement of
Section VI-B 6B-51 January 2022
 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
hanging pits.

Double trip (downward and upward) protection shall be in accordance with EN 81-1/IS.
The Lift contractor shall submit required related type tests certificates for review and
acceptance by the Employer’s Representative.
5.17.8 Governor pit-tensioning sheave / pit pulley:
The tension sheaves shall be mounted to the rail support, and each provided with vertical
guide assembly to enable free vertical movement. The governor tension weight pulley shall
be pivoted. The tension weight pulley shall be restrained by a stopper to prevent the rope
being pulled up a significant distance.
A broken/slack rope switch shall be fitted to the governor tensioning sheave. The switch
would operate both in the case of the rope breaking or the rope being stretched.
5.17.9 A phase protection device and 3 phase as well as single phase earth leakage
protection device shall be provided in the main control cubicle of each Lift to prevent the
Lift car from moving in the event that there is a phase failure/DIP, or the phase of the
power supply being reversed due to any reason whatsoever. These devices, when
activated, shall cause a visual indicator to illuminate on the main control cubicle, until the
fault has been rectified.
5.17.10 As in the case of Power failure (including single phasing/ unbalanced phase/DIP), Lift
should operate in the Automatic Rescue Device (ARD). This software for providing this
feature is subject to the Employer/Employer’s acceptance during the design stage.
5.17.11 Two switches shall be provided in the Lift shaft, one at bottom landing and other in
the pit which, when in the “STOP” position, shall prevent any movement of the Lift car,
including inspection/ test operation, until both the switches are set to the “RUN” position.
The switching positions shall be prominently labeled. The knob of these switches shall
have luminous paint.
5.17.12 Automatically return one car at a time, in each group and single car(s), non-stop to
designated floor, open doors for approximately 3.0 seconds, close doors and park car.
During return operation, car and hall call pushbuttons shall be rendered inoperative. As
each car parks, system shall immediately select the next car until all cars in a group have
returned to the designated floor. If a car fails to start or return within 30 seconds, system
shall automatically select the next car in the group to automatically return. On receipt of
signal that standby power is on, the Lifts will return to normal service.
5.17.13 Not Used
5.17.14 All dangerous parts shall be effectively guarded. Where applicable, components shall be
designed to be inherently safe, thereby reducing the need for external or removable
guards.
5.17.15 All the safety devices/switches shall be provided with IP 67 level of Ingress Protection.
5.18 Electrical Requirements
5.18.1 Each Lift shall be provided with a main control cubicle to accommodate all electrical
switchgear. A caution notice with the wording “Danger- 415V/240V A.C. Do Not Remove
Cover Unless Incoming Supply is Switched Off” shall be affixed to the cover/ door. The
Section VI-B 6B-52 January 2022
 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
size and shape of the main control cubicle shall be same as that of Maintenance Access
Panel (MAP)/Controller.
5.18.2 The Lifts shall be designed to operate on a 415V (-15% to +10%) AC. 3 phase, 4 wire,
240V±10% AC, 50Hz single phase power supply. Power supplies armoured cables up to
Lift’s main control cubicle, and routing done up to the entry point in the Lift’s shaft shall be
supplied by the Designated Contractors. The Contractor shall coordinate with the
respective Contractors to incorporate their requirements. Main switch / MCB Box with
ELCB etc. in unpaid area should be in lockable enclosure and in scope of Lift contractor.
MCB box shall be IP-54. The shaft LED lighting (Lux requirement as per IS), Ventilation
arrangement and pit socket outlets shall be provided by the Lift Contractor. Before
Procurement the Fixtures and cables will be get approved by the Employer/Employer’s
Representative.
5.18.3 There should be provision of light on the top ledge of Lift door on all landings to ensure
proper illumination and their identification. The light should be LED type and with
astronomical timer to control switching ON & OFF.
5.18.4 All switchgear and other auxiliary apparatus shall be of accepted design and labeled for
identification.
5.18.5 The control wiring shall be laid out neatly and clearly in cable sleeves and all
terminals and cables shall be properly sealed, labeled or marked or tagged for
identification.
5.18.6 All casing, covers, trunking and armouring shall be thoroughly, and efficiently earthed and
adequate protection shall be provided to prevent fuses and circuit breakers from arcing to
earth or between phases.
5.18.7 Maintenance Access Panel (MAP)/Controller should preferably be located at Top landing
floor level. Maintenance Access Panel (MAP) & Shaft Electrification Panel (SEP) shall be
IP 54, pilfer proof. MAP shall have data downloading facilities for fault diagnostic through
RS-485 port and USB port. Fault data logging in MAP should have date & time stamping
facilities of 500 events. There should be provision of resettable type counter for the
recording no. of the operation of the lifts. Suitable arrangement for downloading the
historical / fault data in a Hard Disk / Pen or Flash Drive to be made in MAP/Lift controller.
5.18.8 The design of the contactors and relay contacts shall be such that the break and make
contacts shall not be closed at the same time at any position of the armature. The operating
conditions shall be as follows:-
5.18.9 If, one of the break contacts (i.e. normally closed) is closed, all the make contacts are
open.
5.18.10 If, one of the make contacts (i.e. normally open) is closed, all the break contacts are
open.
5.18.11 In the control and safety circuits, the operating voltage of the mean value in the case of
direct current or the r.m.s. Value in the case of alternating current, between conductors
or between conductor and earth shall not exceed 250 V.
5.18.12 There shall be provision of surge protection, power filters and other necessary
equipment to avoid failure of Lift equipment on account of quality of power.

Section VI-B 6B-53 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
5.18.13 In the event of failure of the normal electrical supply, the supply to the car lighting, and
the ventilation fan shall be automatically switched to an emergency battery operated
power supply (UPS). The UPS for each lift shall be installed and maintained by the Lift
contractor.
5.18.14 All wiring and apparatus shall be subject to acceptance and suitable for the specified
electrical supply. The insulation of all wiring including those within the controller shall be
of flame retardant low smoke halogen free (FRLSZH) type for underground stations and
Flame Retardant Low Smoke (FRLS) at Elevated Stations and above ground open areas
duly complying with the special cable requirement of this Specification.
5.18.15 All field wiring shall be multi-strand copper conductor type. No joints shall be permitted in
any cables or wires in any location.
5.18.16 All lift wiring shall be run in galvanized conduit or steel trunking. All conduit outlets shall
be bushed with insulating bushes of accepted pattern. All wiring connections to switches
and conduits shall be water tight.
5.18.17 The arrangements of terminals at either end of flexible trailing cables shall be identical
and the terminal blocks marked to identify the cables connected to them. The cable
boxes and wiring for the car light and the alarm bell shall be entirely independent of
the Lift control wiring. Flexible trailing cables shall be securely clamped at each end so
that the weight is not supported by any fixing of the various cores. The outer sheath of
these cables shall be of waterproof and flame retardant material. A total of 10 or 10% of
the total number of wires used whichever is more and 2 spare shield cables shall be
provided per Lift. The outer sheath of these cables shall be waterproof and flame
resistance material which shall not emit toxic fume when affected by fire i.e. Flame
Retardant Low Smoke Halogen Free (FRLSH) type cables and conductors for
underground stations and FRLS type cables shall be used at elevated station/Depot.
5.18.18 Not Used.
5.18.19 Regarding harmonics generation in VVVF system OEM shall design the VVVF system in
such a manner that generation of harmonics is minimal. OEM shall also provide suitable
harmonics filters to eliminate harmonics. Ceiling limits for “total harmonics distortion”
(THD) shall be as per IEEE 519 latest version and values mentioned in Chapter-9 of this
Technical Specifications may be referred.
5.18.20 Travelling Cables
Provide necessary traveling cables with 10% spare capacity. FRLS/FRLZH type Flame
and moisture-resistant outer cover which shall not emit toxic fume when affected by fire.
Prevent traveling cable from rubbing or chafing against Lift shaft or equipment within Lift
shaft. The voltage grade & insulation requirement of the travelling cable should be as per
the IS14665. Separate cables for power and control circuits to be used as per codes. The
arrangements of terminals at either end of flexible trailing cables shall be identical and the
terminal blocks marked to identify the cables connected to them. The Lift contractor shall
submit details of traveling cables for review and acceptance by the Employer/Employer’s
Representative.
5.18.21 Lift contractor to provide special trailing cable suitable for data / signal transfer for CCTV,
intercom etc. 4 nos. Compatible cables each cable wire - pair individually shielded and over

Section VI-B 6B-54 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
all screened in travelling cable. All Hoist way safety switches to be IP 54 (minimum).
5.18.22 The compatibility of MCB, RCCB/ELCB used for Lifts shall be verified with the requirement
of the Lifts. The MCB, RCCB/ELCB are in the scope of Lift Contractor, However, termination
of main incoming cable on the MCB/ RCCB/ELCB provided by the Lift Contractor shall be
responsibility of Station E&M Contractor.
Emergency operation by electrical switch: For Machine Room Less (MRL) lifts an
electrical switch for emergency operation shall be installed in the controller panel / MAP in
addition to the manual device.
Directional push buttons protected against accidental operation shall be provided in the
control panel such that when the emergency electrical switch is operated, the car can be
moved up or down by applying constant pressure on the buttons. The car speed under the
emergency operation shall not exceed 0.63 m/s. The emergency electrical switch and its
push buttons shall be so placed that the machine can readily be observed during operation.
Provisions shall be provided to put additional weights from outside on the car top, when the
car is entrapped in balanced (equal load in car and counterweight) position. The weights
shall be placed on the car top safely before the opening of the brakes.
Additionally, brake release cable to be provided from the brake to the control / MAP panel
to open the brakes with application of manual force as a backup in case the electrical
operation described above is not possible.
Emergency lights for the control panels: Emergency lights for control / MAP panels of
adequate illuminance (minimum 50 Lux at each control panel) shall be provided by the Lift
Contractor in the lift controller / MAP panel. These lights shall be operated by batteries and
shall be manually operated by a switch located at a convenient position inside the controller
/ MAP panel at the landings.
5.19 Interfaces with other systems
The Lift contractor shall initiate and manage the design, development, installation and
testing of the interfaces between the Lift Controller and other systems like E&M, BMS,
Fire Alarm, Public address systems, TVS/ECS system, Flooring and cladding contractors
etc.
The Lift contractor shall coordinate and provide wiring and necessary interface to receive
command signals from other systems. Provide the necessary interfacing equipment,
such as Lift controller communication module (potential free contacts and RS 485 ports),
low voltage relays, Intercom Handsets etc., in order to correctly install and connect to
related equipment provided by others. All wiring from the Lift controller to the interfacing
equipment shall be carried out by the Lift contractor.
The Lift Contractor shall co-ordinate, finalize and agree with the Designated Contractors,
all relevant matters relating to the equipment including but not limited to the following:
a) Space requirements, including tolerances for construction of the civil works.
b) Fixing requirements
c) Loading
d) Interface with architectural finishes

Section VI-B 6B-55 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
e) Cabling routes, termination details including providing information to the
Designated Contractors.
f) Information on embedded parts, box-outs, etc. to enable the Designated
Contractors to provide the necessary works.
g) Equipment access route and temporary/permanent lifting requirements.
h) Lighting requirements
i) Power requirements
j) Ventilation requirements
k) Fire Detection
5.19.1 Interface with Fire Alarm System
The Lift contractor shall initiate and manage the design, development, installation and
testing of the interface between the Lifts and the Fire Alarm system.
The Lift controller shall accept 2 numbers of volt free or 24V relay contacts from the fire
alarm control modules and operate under fire mode as described elsewhere, which is
subject to final approval of the authority having jurisdiction.
The MEP contractor shall provide the control modules to the Lift controller/MAP. The Lift
contractor shall connect his equipment / controller to the control modules through a fire
rated cable, conduits and terminate the same.
The length of cable from lift panel to control module shall be as per the site conditions,
for which no adjustment (increase / decrease) in payments shall be applicable.
The Lift contractor shall activate an audible evacuation alarm tone, via the Lift speaker,
once the fire operation mode has been initialized.
Provide means for two way communication between the RMS/OCC and the Lift car. The
E&M contractor shall also provide for smoke detectors as per the requirement. The Lift
contractor shall assist the E&M contractor in the testing and the installation process
Interface with Other Systems
Please read as per Part-2, Section VI-A General Requirements, Appendix 13.
5.20 Remote Monitoring System (RMS)
The Lift contractor shall provide a PC based Remote Monitoring System (RMS) by using
IIoT with latest operating system software (in the form of RS-485 port with MODBUS
protocol type) and Integration of Monitoring and Controlling functions of all Lifts at a Station
Control Centre (SCR) in Elevated, Underground stations and Depot. It should be an open
protocol & shall be compatible with the equipment supplied by TVS VAC contractor.
The following monitoring function shall be provided for RMS.

a. Power On / Off / Power Failure status

b. Floor level indication
c. Trip (fault) indicator-For all type of faults with instructions for Operators/
Controllers about action to be taken
d. Alarm for Lift Car
e. Under Maintenance signal
f. Up direction indicator

Section VI-B 6B-56 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
g. Down direction indicator
h. Parking Indication and control
i. RMS Mode / Local mode
j. Event log and Fault log
k. Fire Status
l. ARD status
A. The Lift fault/trip signal shall be activated whenever there is a fault in the Lift system,
which causes a breakdown. The signal shall be latched on for at least 10 seconds.
It shall only be reset after the fault is cleared. The alarm signal shall be activated
with an audio repeated beep till it is reset whenever the alarm inside the Lift car is
pressed in SCR with the approval of Employer.
B. A by-pass switch shall be provided with illuminated indication, which shall deactivate
the fault/trip signal to RMS upon switching “ON” and give a “under maintenance”
signal to RMS in SCR. The switch shall be labelled in Tamil and English subject to
notice of no objection by the “Employer.”.
C. Upon actuation by remote switch from the RMS for parking on, the Lift shall complete
the last landing or car call, if any, and return to the designated landing and stop there
with doors of both car and landing open for 15-20 seconds before closing them. The
“Out of service” indicator shall be illuminated on the landing indicator automatically
for a pre-determined time and then extinguished. The car light and ventilation fan
shall be switched off automatically at the same time. The essential buttons, e.g. door
open, intercom and alarm bell etc., on the car operating panels shall remain
functional and illuminated when the Lifts have been parked and locked out.
D. Upon actuation by remote switch from the RMS for non-parking, the Lift shall be
switched back to normal operation and both the car light and ventilation fan shall be
switched „ON‟ automatically.
The Lift Contractor shall integrate display requirements of different functions of Lifts
into a single software. The choice of size, system of display and background shall
be furnished for the notice of no objection of the Employer or his representatives.
The Contractor shall interface with respective contractor for integration of RMS
system with TVS VAC System. The Hardware configuration of such exclusive
computers shall be subject to the approval of the Employer/Employer’s
Representatives.
E. The Lift contractor shall provide monitoring points up to Interfacing device/Board (ID)
including ID, so that the Lifts parameters can be monitored through TVS VAC
SCADA only for Underground stations by the TVS VAC Contractor and Depot by the
E&M Contractor.
Monitoring Signals from RMS to TVS VAC/E&M
a. Power Status On
b. Power Status Off
c. Car Alarm
d. ARD Status
e. Under Maintenance signal
f. Up direction indicator
g. Down direction indicator
Section VI-B 6B-57 January 2022
 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
h. Lift in Fault
i. Fire Status
F. The PC will be provided with the latest operating system software by the Lift
Contractor. The Lift Contractor shall coordinate and interface with respective TVS
VAC Contractor for the Underground stations and E&M Contractor for Depot in
respect of all matters relating to remote monitoring of Lifts in case it is required
without any additional cost to CMRL.
G. The Contractor shall connect the contacts with screen wires and terminate the data
cable for RMS at the terminals in the ITB (Interface Terminal Board) to be located at
SCR. The cable for transmitting signals from individual Lift location up to ITB in the
SCR shall be laid by the Lift contractor. The cables shall be run in a metallic conduit
in the Lift shaft and thereafter in the cable tray / conduit. The supply, laying and fixing
of metallic conduit and laying of cable trays / conduit from Lifts ITB to SCR shall be
in the scope of the designated Civil / E&M contractor. The Lift Contractor shall
coordinate with the designated Civil / E&M and/or his sub-contractor in respect of
conduits routing and sizing requirements.
5.21 Lift Fault Diagnostic System
5.21.1 Comprehensive Lift monitoring and fault diagnostic system shall be provided for each Lift
by the Lift Contractor. This system shall provide an auxiliary output port/USB supported
on the controller for plugging the laptop and downloading historical data. Other features of
Fault diagnostic system will be reviewed at design stage. Provision shall be made to
ensure the event recording will not be erased even during power fluctuation/Power failure.
5.21.2 Maintenance Management Information System shall be provided by the Contractor which
shall provide maintenance schedules, status report, summaries of maintenance activities,
replacement of any spares details, inventory control for spares & consumables etc.
Equivalent and suitable PC/Laptop, Hardware and Software and its detailed scheme to be
finalized during Design stage.
5.21.3 Web based real time predictive maintenance solution to be provided by the Contractor
which shall predict maintenance issues before they occur and empowers the contractor by
flagging the need to replace components and systems before the end of their lifecycle.
Details of the scheme to be finalized during Design stage.
5.21.4 In addition to above, facility to transfer Fault Data/ Log/ Detailed Reports/ Trapping of
passengers in Lifts through Short Message Service (SMS) to designated Contact Numbers
also to be provided. The provision by means of "SD card in the PCB" could also be
acceptable". Details of the scheme (which shall include but not limited to escalation matrix,
fault alarms during operation of Lifts, before fault alert for major Lift components through
SMS along with escalation level with pre-determined timing etc.) to be finalized during
Design stage. Cost of SIM Card shall be borne by Contractor.
5.22 Pit Facilities
5.22.1 Spring buffers shall be provided in the Lift pit. Buffer supporting arrangement shall be
provided with Hot Dip Galvanized material.
A safety switch to prevent the car from moving when the governor rope tension weight is
out of position shall be provided.
5.22.2 Fixed Cat Ladders shall be provided between the bottom landing and the pit floor by the

Section VI-B 6B-58 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
Contractor as per the latest EN standard. The ladder shall be galvanized steel. The ladders
shall extend to minimum 1700 mm over the bottom landing. Ladder rungs shall be a
minimum of 400 mm wide and spaced 300 mm on center.
5.22.3 Two stop switches, one at bottom landing level in the shaft and the other in the pit shall be
provided, which, when in the “STOP” position, shall prevent any movement of the Lift car
including movement during inspection operation, until both the switches are set in the
“RUN” position. The switch shall have a mushroom head (red). It shall be locked off when
pushed and reset manually.
5.22.4 First stop switch shall be accessible from the lower landing on opening of the landing door
and the second switch from the pit floor. A stainless steel faceplate of not less than 2 mm
in thickness, indelibly marked “Pit Stop Switch” in both English and Tamil characters and
with legends to show the “STOP” and “RUN” positions shall be provided and fixed
immediately adjacent to the switch. The knob of these switches or plate shall have luminous
Paint/florescent glow.
5.22.5 The contractor shall do all necessary interfacing for ensuring proper drainage system.
Designated Civil Contractor shall provide drainage. But, to ensure proper drainage of Lift
Shaft/Roof shall be the Lift Contractor responsibility before starting the Installation.
5.23 Corrosion Protection
The Contractor shall take into consideration, the corrosive effect of the atmosphere in the
Lift design.
5.23.1 All steel components shall be hot dipped galvanized in accordance with BS 729, with
minimum thickness of 85 µm.
5.23.2 All mechanical and cast iron assemblies shall be cleaned and painted. The running surfaces
of car guides shall be treated with an accepted rust preventive compound.
5.23.3 All parts constructed in sheet steel shall be either galvanized by the hot dipped process or
fabricated from hot dipped galvanized sheet steel or spray galvanized. Epoxy painting will
be permitted only on-site damage repairs.
5.23.4 All hardware, fastenings, screws and shims shall be hot-dipped galvanized/zinc plated.
However, all visible screws and fastenings shall be of stainless steel.
5.23.5 Wherever galvanization on ferrous components has been damaged in handling, the same
shall be given two coats of zinc chromate primer and two coats of aluminum paints
conforming to IS 2339.
5.23.6 The contractor shall provide all parts, hardware fastenings, screws, components,
assemblies and shims confirm to latest Indian Standards.
5.23.7 Galvanization shall comply with the standard mentioned below:-

Metallic Coatings - Protection against corrosion by hot dip

ISO 1459
galvanizing – Guiding Principles;

Metallic Coatings – Hot dip galvanized coatings of ferrous

ISO 1460
materials – Gravimetric determination of the mass per unit area

Section VI-B 6B-59 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts

Hot dip Galvanized coating on fabricated ferrous products –

ISO 1461
Specification;

Metallic and other non-organic coatings – definitions and

ISO 2064
conventions concerning the measurement of thickness;

Metallic Coatings measurements of coating thickness –

ISO 2177
coulometric method by anodic dissolution;

Non-magnetic on magnetic substrates – measurements of

ISO 2178
coating thickness – magnetic method;

ISO 2859 Sampling procedures and tables for inspection by attributes.

5.24 Provision for Differently abled persons and Handicapped

All Lifts shall be provided with following features:
a) Applicable Latest Codes and Standards as per Ministry of Social Justice and
Empowerment, Government of India and EN81 latest version.
b) Lift control buttons at locations and height specified in IS 15330 latest version.
c) Hall call buttons at locations and height specified in IS 15330 latest version.
d) Hand rails, straight through type, having minimum 3 supports, shall be provided on
the side walls of the Lift at height & locations specified in IS: 15330 with latest
version. An international symbol of access of the disabled shall be permanently
and conspicuously displayed at each and every Lift landing next to the Lift entrance
to be provided by the Signage Contractor. Braille notations indicating the floor
levels shall be incorporated next to each button at the handicap COP and handicap
hall call buttons.
e) A digital voice system for announcing the car position, opening / closing of doors,
direction of travel and messages shall be provided as per latest edition of IS: 15330.
f) A laminated framed safety mirror of full width and at least half of the height of the
lift car shall be installed on rear panel, to facilitate easy reversal / exit of person on
wheel chair from the Lift without the need of rotating the wheel chair in the Lift.
5.25 Miscellaneous
5.25.1 Circuit wiring diagrams shall be provided for all electrical circuits. They shall be in A1 size
paper suitably treated to prevent deterioration from dirt or age.
5.25.2 A data plate shall be attached to the cross head members of the car frame giving the
following information:-
a) Contract load of the Lift,
b) Speed of the Lift,
c) Year of manufacture.
d) A Do’s and Don’ts instruction plate shall be provided only after approval of
Employer/Employer’s Representative. There should two different plates one
outside and one inside the car. These plates should be very friendly and simple
(engraved on vandal proof scratch resistant stainless steel).

Section VI-B 6B-60 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
e) The instruction plate inside the car shall be provided for guiding the passenger
how to act at the time of lift stopping.
5.25.3 Tools including special tools required for the operation, servicing, maintenance and repair
of the Lift shall be provided and the Contractor need to furnish these tools for the
maintenance of Lifts during DLP period without any additional cost to the Employer.
5.25.4 Fault diagnosis procedures and circuit diagrams/block diagram of the printed circuit board,
detail information, software and technical data shall be provided to assist in trouble-shooting
for breakdown during normal operation and maintenance.
5.25.5 A maintenance barrier shall be provided for Lift landing entrance which shall prevent people
from entering the Lift car. The barrier shall be painted yellow, made from aluminum and be
of minimum height 900 mm. The contractor shall ensure that there is no water seepage
inside MAP and Lift car even due to heaviest of rain.
5.25.6 Necessary required signage’s including floor level identification and as per regulatory norms
are in the scope of Lift Contractor. The Lift contactor shall supply and install the indication
board and board for disabled and handicapped commuters on the architrave. (Interface
table is modified to that extend)
5.25.7 Accessories
Each Lift shall be provided with the following accessories:
a) Two sets each of all necessary keys for the landing door, operating panel, etc.
b) Four sets of maintenance barrier.
c) One set of UPS unit maintenance kit.
5.26 Earthing
All the Lifts shall be provided with Earthing arrangements as per:
a) IS- 1860; latest version.
b) IS- 3043; latest version.
c) Indian Electricity Rules; latest version
d) IS: 14665; latest Version.
5.27 Special Requirements for Lifts with car and landing doors made of glass panels
with stainless steel frame
Special Requirements for Lifts with car and landing doors made of glass, fire rated (FR)
doors for landing door with scratch resistant stainless steel.
5.27.1 Detail design of the Lifts of Glass door with stainless steel shall be carried out by the
Contractor and reviewed without objection by the “Employer/Employer’s Representative”
before fabrication.
5.27.2 For Glass doors lifts, a finger safety device shall be provided at both sides of landing door
jambs and car door jambs. The doors shall stop in case of activation of this safety device
in accordance with the recommendation of clause 7.2.3.6 C, 8.6.7.5 C of EN 81-1.
5.27.3 Proto type landing and car doors made of glass panels with stainless steel frame shall be
pre-assembled in factory for inspection before delivery.
5.27.4 Car roof shall be stainless steel cover panel exposed to public view with a collapsible

Section VI-B 6B-61 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
maintenance platform or any other suitable arrangement with “Employer’s Representative”
approval above. It shall be able to sustain two persons and be able to resist a vertical force
of 2000N at any position without permanent deformation. Permanent, hinged and foldable
safety balustrades or any other suitable arrangement with “Employer’s Representative”
approval forming an integral part of car top maintenance platform shall be provided. The
design shall be subject to the review of the “Employer’s Representative”.
Glass shall comply with the following requirements:
A. General
i) All glass shall be Toughened Laminated Type 1 hour Fire rated Glass
ii) Glass thickness shall not be less than 10 mm. The selection of glass thickness
and type shall be in accordance with the information contained in BS: 6262, BS
952: Part 1, BS: 6206 and European Standard EN-81, Annex J or equivalent
international latest standard.
iii) Particular regard shall be given to adequacy of glass thickness to withstand the
calculated design loads and types of location to satisfy safety recommendations.
Any reduction in strength characteristics due to acid etching, etc. shall be taken
into account.
iv) Where the edge of laminated glass is to be exposed, the interlayer material must
be shown to be resistant to the effects, including clouding and delaminating, of
moisture absorption and contact with normal industrial strength cleaning
solutions.
v) The Contractor shall conduct a thermal stress analysis of the glazing system,
undertake thermal calculations and make due allowance for toughened laminated
glass.
vi) All glass shall be manufactured and processed in a factory where the quality
control procedures comply with ISO 9000 (BS5750, or equivalent international
standard) and are independently maintained.
vii) No glass shall be used which contains scratches, chips, bubbles or other
blemishes which are likely to lead to failure at loadings less than which the unit
is designed to withstand.
viii) The glass shall be free of all discernible body and surface faults, and no
glass which exhibits discernible optical or reflective distortions shall be used.
ix) Unless reviewed without objection by the “Employer’s Representative”, all
glazing shall be marked with permanent identification in accordance with BS
6206, and in a position visible but not prominent at the bottom left hand corner
of the glazing unit.
x) Glazing shall be provided with edges that are ground, have a frosted
appearance with chamfered and polished.
xi) Toughened Laminated glass shall be tempered on a roller hearth furnace and
shall conform to Class ‘A’ Classification of BS 6206 or equivalent international
standard. Vertical toughening shall not be permitted. Glass panel of landing door
shall have minimum one hour fire rating.
xii) All toughened laminated glass shall be heat soak tested to prevent the risk of
spontaneous glass breakage due to nickel sulphide inclusions and other
impurities. The method of heat soak testing shall be determined by the glazing
Section VI-B 6B-62 January 2022
 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
manufacturer, such that after testing the probability of failure in service shall be
less than one in 130 tonnes of glazing. The Contractor and glazing manufacturer
shall, after testing, demonstrate by statistical analysis of test data that the
probability of failure is not greater than the specified value.
xiii) All edgework, holes and notches in the toughened laminated glass shall be
completed before the toughening process.
xiv) Permissible roll distortion inherent in toughened laminated glass shall be
restricted to the horizontal plane when glazed/ installed, and local defects such
as tong marks shall not be permitted.
xv) Dimensional tolerance on panel size shall be ±1 mm of the theoretical
dimension required.
B. Glass to door Lift cars is to meet the following performance criteria:
a) Laminated glass with one pane of toughened glass and one pane of heat
strengthened glass.
b) Glass panels to be capable of resisting applied loads when supported at
each corner by a bolt fitted within a hole drilled in the glass. The details
shall be reviewed by the “Employer’s Representative”:

Applied loads:
Self-weight of glass. Dead loads imposed by adjacent glass
Dead
panels (if any).
Normal to panel 0.75 KN/m². Live loads 0.75 KN/m²@ mid
Live
pane.
Impact Equivalent to 50 Kg baggage trolley @1.8m/sec.
c) Laminated toughened glass shall be capable of resisting point impacts, to
the toughened face, equivalent to an 85 mm hardened steel ball freely
dropped from a height of 3 m, carried out in accordance with BS 5544.
d) The glass shall remain in place if either one or both panes break.
e) The glass shall be free of bow sufficient to cause visual distortion when
viewed normal to glass.
f) Maximum deflection under applied loads 15 mm.
g) Statistical/failure rate of glass under normal operating load <0.4%.
h) A prototype glass wall assembly, indicative of the Passenger/ Glass Lift car
enclosure, shall be fabricated during the prototype/ testing stage, and shall
be subject to the strength and deformation tests.

C. All glass shall be marked to identify that it has been tested and inspected to
manufacturer's standard which is reviewed without objection by the Employer’s
Representatives.
D. The tolerance of glass shall be within:
a) Panel size + 3 mm.

Section VI-B 6B-63 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
b) Step in laminated edge + 3 mm.
c) Bolt holes position + 2 mm.
A typical 5mm gap shall be allowed between adjacent glass panels and between edges of
glass panel and stainless steel corner. The gaps shall be sealed with a suitable sealant
material. Extent of seal shall be from the base of the floor to the top of the glass walls. All
areas of glass edges subject to contact with the sealant shall be treated with a separator
chemical to mitigate the chemical reaction between the PVB interlayer and sealant. The
Contractor shall conduct standard test from the glass manufacturer to demonstrate
compatibility between sealant and PVB interlayer, the width of edge de-lamination is not
to exceed 1mm under simulated exterior exposure for a period of 2½ years.
5.28 Special Cable Requirements
5.28.1 Flame retardant, low smoke, halogen free materials shall meet the following requirements:
Cables shall meet the requirement of BS 7211, BS 7846, BS 6387 latest version. It shall
be reviewed during design stage with the notice of no objection of Employer/Employer’s
representative.
The above requirements shall be met without compromising the anti-termite, pest-resistant,
mechanical and electrical properties of the cables both during and after installation to meet
the other requirements of this Specification.
5.29 Ride Comfort
5.29.1 The whole of the Lift assembly, including the opening and closing of the car and landing
doors shall be quiet in operation and shall be free of rattling or squeaking noises. Lift door
operation shall be smooth to avoid the transmission of impact noise to the surrounding
structure.
5.29.2 Noise levels resulting from the operation of the Lift, including direct sound
transmission, breakout noise and re-radiation of structure borne noise shall not
exceed 55 dB(A) (fast response) at 1.5 m from the Lift shaft and 1.5 m above the floor.
5.29.3 Machinery noise level under normal operating conditions shall not exceed 70 dB (A) at 1m
from the equipment.
5.29.4 The total noise level in a moving Lift car shall not exceed 55 dB(A) with ventilation
fan operating.
5.29.5 Lateral quaking, acceleration, jerk and vertical vibration are the other parameters based
on which ‘Ride Comfort’ and its quality is measured .These parameters are defined below
( definition as per ISO 18738):-

i Lateral Quaking A sideways acceleration / deceleration measured in gal.

Acceleration/dec The rate of change of z-axis velocity and expressed in meter
ii
eleration per second squared (m/s²).
The rate of change of z-axis acceleration / deceleration,
iii Jerk attribute to lift motion control and expressed in meter per
second cubed (m/sec³).
The contractor by performing suitable tests as per ISO 18738 shall ensure that following
permissible values of above parameters shall be achieved for satisfactory ride comfort
quality:-
Section VI-B 6B-64 January 2022
 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
Sr. Permissible
Ride Comfort Parameter Unit
No value
Maximum Lateral Quaking 10 Pk – Pk
1. (in any of X or Y direction) Gal

2. Acceleration / deceleration (adjustable) m/s² 0.5

3 Maximum Jerk m/s³ 1.5
4. Maximum Vertical Vibration (in Z direction) Gal 15 Pk-Pk

Note: - The contractor shall submit the “Ride Comfort Report” whose acceptance shall be
subject to Employer/Employer’s Representative approval.
5.30 Energy Monitoring Device
Digital Energy meter (Hour meter) shall be provided to record consumption of energy in all
the Lifts Panels, with the recording of energy per equipment with Time of Day (TOD) facility.
Suitable provision shall be provided to record and generate Energy consumption log on the
basis of working hours i.e. scheduled non-working hours, breakdown hours, waiting time /
hours for attention of breakdown, actual period during breakdown maintenance done and
period during which the equipment was kept working for monitoring but not offer for service
with further differentiation as per TOD.
5.31 Special Emergency Operation of Lifts
The Lift operation system shall be designed to provide the following emergency operation.
5.31.1 Emergency Operation of Lifts in the Event of Power Failure
In the event of power failure or power interruption or single phasing or unbalanced phases
(or any problem in the power supply which affect the normal operation of the lifts), the supply
to all Lifts shall be automatically switched over to the emergency power supply i.e. To
Automatic Rescue Device (ARD along with status of Battery Healthy condition) and the Lifts
shall be brought to the designated floor and shall park there with the doors remaining open.
In case Power supply to the lift is restored through DG set/ Alternate source before the lift
reaches designated floor even then ARD will complete its function and lift doors open at
designation floor to evacuate the passenger. Thereafter, Lift designated by the authorized
person may resume operation depending on the capacity of emergency power.
5.31.2 Emergency Operation of Lifts in the Event of Fire
In the event of fire when any fire detection device is activated, all Lifts shall automatically
be brought to the designated floor (Ground Floor in case of Ground to concourse lift and to
Concourse in case of Concourse to Platform Lift or as per requirement of Employer) and
shall park there with the doors open. All Lifts shall automatically be rendered inoperative
after it has been brought to the designated floor. The essential buttons such as “Door
Open”, intercom and alarm bell etc. on the car operating panels shall remain functional and
illuminated. Normal operation of the Lifts shall be manually reset by the operation of a reset
key switch. Announcement along with Indication during fire activation inside the Lift cabin
for safety of passengers should be available. Lifts to be interfaced with Fire Detection
System as per the scope of works specified in civil packages.

Section VI-B 6B-65 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
5.31.3 Emergency Operation of Lifts in the Event of Power Failure and Fire
In the event of power failure and fire, the operation of the Lifts shall be in accordance with
the “Emergency Operation of Lifts in the Event of Fire” and the power supply shall be from
the emergency supply panel at the stations.
5.32 Automatic/ Emergency Rescue Device (ARD)
A battery back-up device to home the Lifts to the nearest landing in the event of power
failure shall be provided. This shall be battery operated and shall be able to move the Lifts
with any load from no load to full load at reduced speed to the nearest landing and open the
doors upon reaching the landing, Then after the Lifts door shall remain close until
resumption of power supply and the Lifts shall automatically reset to normal. The direction
of travel shall depend upon the load in the Lift which shall be provided by defining different
loading conditions such as more than 50% / less than 50%/ at 50%. During this operation
all safety features of the Lift shall remain operational. The rescue time of the device from
the time of power failure to the time the doors fully open shall not exceed two minutes.
However, the ARD start time can be adjusted from 0 to 30 sec depending upon resumption
of emergency supply from alternative source/ DG sets. The landing accuracy shall be less
than +/- 10.0 mm. The capacity of the battery when fully charged shall be capable of
operating the Lift at rated load from one landing to another for a minimum of 3 trips without
further charging. To ensure the same new battery shall be capable to perform the test for
6 trips without intermediate charging at the time of commissioning. The battery shall be
housed in a cabinet/ rack with a corrosion proof finish. The device shall immediately stop
the Lift and prevent its further immediate movement, if there is a short circuit or open circuit
in the inverter output. The rating of the battery shall be approved by the Employer during
the design stage. The power supply indication in MAP for ARD shall be of red color to
properly distinguish it from other power supplies in MAP. Over and above the ARD system,
a manual lever shall be provided for manual rescuing. The ARD shall meet the IS14665
latest version .
This device shall not modify the Lift design and all its original safety features. The device
shall be an additional accessory to the Lift and shall not in any way affect the performance
of the Lift.
The performance of the charger and charging rate shall be equivalent to that of the UPS
unit. Maintenance free batteries conforming to the relevant Indian or international
standard shall be provided. There shall be no tripping of UPS during the working of Rescue
Device. The specification of ARD batteries with the approval of Employer/Employer’s
Representative during design stage.
ARD battery health monitoring device shall be provided both at MAP/ Controller & SCR by
the Lift contractor to monitor health of the batteries. The signal for the same shall be
displayed at the lift controller / MAP at the landings.
5.33 Condition Based Monitoring (CBM) for Lifts
Predictive Maintenance: The ability to view the lifts in real time and monitor its current
performance against the optimum performance set at the time of test, (i.e., in good health)
this would be invaluable in terms of predicting deterioration. In principle if a lift starts its journey
then accelerates smoothly to top speed, then decelerates smoothly to reach perfect floor
level, and the doors open, this could be considered the Optimum Journey, and this benchmark
could be used to set “alarms” or “alerts” if this measurement is breached in any way. CBM is
Section VI-B 6B-66 January 2022
 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
used to record the status of individual components in order to provide a more predictive
approach to effective component lifespan and projected failure. Following are the minimum
I/O points shall be monitored for Lifts. Contractor has to review for the required Hardware and
Sensors which are required for the same. The details shall be reviewed during design stage.
Lifts:
a. Speed profile including constant monitoring of acceleration, top speed and
deceleration and the optimum speed curves
b. Floor level accuracy
c. Incoming voltage and current
d. Back up battery and UPS status
e. Intercom and emergency phone line status
f. Power usage
g. Automatic Rescue Device Status
h. Vibrations
i. Rope/Belt Tension Balance
j. Overheating of Motor
k. Safety sensors status
l. Limit switches status
m. Pit water leakage status

-END OF CHAPTER 5-

Section VI-B 6B-67 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
6 Design Services
6.1 Design Requirements
The Contractor shall perform all design functions necessary for the development,
manufacture, installation and site testing of Lifts as described in this Specification.
6.1.1 The design of each component shall achieve the minimum service life given below.
The failure rate of the components shall not exceed 5%. Failure rate is defined as the
number of failures (during the service life) divided by the total quantity of the components
in one section.
Sr. No Lifts Service Life (in
years)
1 Safety gear rope 15
2 Governor 20
3 Hoisting rope/Belt/Chain 15
4 Contactors/Relays 10
5 Traction Machine/Motor 20
The Service life of each equipment shall be specified by the Contractor in the design
submission.
6.1.2 The Contractor shall prepare and submit drawings, which clearly illustrate details of
equipment down to sub-assembly and component level, equipment locations and
configurations. Drawings shall indicate plan views, elevations, sections, charts, tables,
schematics and diagrams with legends, dimensions, part numbers, tolerances, setting
clearances, materials, etc., as required to cover the facilities being provided under the
Contract. Drawings shall also be prepared showing circuit wiring for each of the systems
included in the Contract.
6.1.3 The Contractor shall prepare and submit specifications to provide a clear description of the
functional requirements such as, loading, materials, clearances, tolerances, of all
equipment and its components planned for use in the Contract. The specifications shall
indicate acceptable levels of performance, the expected normal life span, and the mean
time between failures (MTBF) for the equipment, materials and workmanship, with due
consideration given to the service and environment to which such equipment will be
subjected. The Contractor shall identify, by manufacturer and model or part number, each
component, which he plans to install under the Contract. The Contractor shall prepare and
submit a Quality Assurance programme in accordance with requirements contained in the
Specification.
6.1.4 The Contractor shall prepare and submit a Quality Assurance programme in accordance
with requirements contained in the Specification.
6.1.5 The Contractor shall submit all applicable data, criteria, standards, directives and
information used as a basis for the design of the Lifts.
6.1.6 The Contractor shall comply with the drawings and graphic standards identified in the
Employer's Requirements.
6.1.7 The Contractor shall submit the design calculations for the following, to demonstrate how
the operational requirements are achieved.

Section VI-B 6B-68 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
a) Structural loading to pit and shaft wall.
b) Heat dissipation value for the Lift
c) Power requirements and efficiency of motor/machine.
d) Calculations for Ropes/Belt, Motor Selection, Guide rail Selection, Buffer selection,
VVVF selection etc.
e) Any other information necessary or asked by the Employer
6.1.8 The Contractor shall submit catalogues and/or samples for all parts and components used
in this Contract as per Employer’s Requirements without any extra cost. The sample shall
be on non-refundable / non-returnable basis.
6.1.9 The Contractor shall prepare equipment layout plans and other documents necessary to
facilitate the design interface co-ordination with other System-wide and Designated
Contractors. These plans shall, (if necessary) be incorporated in design drawings but they
must be prepared at appropriate times and in sufficient detail to permit successful co-
ordination of space provisions for the Lifts.
6.2 Endorsement Requirement
All drawings, calculations, test certificates, technical information, data and analysis
submitted in this Contract shall be endorsed by the Contractor's registered Professional
Engineer. The design certificate & drawings shall confirm to Performa (Refer clause 4.7 of
Technical Specification).
6.3 Co-ordination with Designated Contractors
The Contractor shall co-ordinate with the Designated Contractors, shall finalize and agree
with the Designated Contractors all relevant matters relating to the equipment including
but not limited to the following:
a) Space requirements, including tolerances for construction of the civil works.
b) Fixing requirements
c) Loading
d) Interface with architectural finishes
e) Cabling routes, termination details including providing information to the designated
Contractors.
f) Information on embedded parts, box-outs, etc. to enable the Designated
Contractors to provide the necessary works.
g) Equipment access route and temporary/permanent lifting requirements.
h) Lighting requirements
i) Power requirements
j) Ventilation requirements
k) Fire detection
l) Drainage requirements
m)Interface with other systems
n) Interface with Depot, E&M Contractors etc.
o) Equipment access route and temporary/permanent lifting arrangements

-END OF CHAPTER 6-

Section VI-B 6B-69 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
7 Installation
7.1 Site condition inspection
(a) Prior to beginning installation of Lifts, the Lift contractor shall examine Lift work
areas including well way, and Lift shaft areas. Verify that no irregularities exist,
which affect execution of work specified.
(b) The Lift contractor shall not proceed with installation until work in place conforms
to the project requirements.
(c) The Lift contractor shall organize his own transport and lifting arrangements for
installation of the Lifts inside the Building.
(d) The Lift contractor shall not disrupt any other building operations in any way at all,
during the execution of any of the work undertaken as a part of the contract works.
(e) The Lift contractor shall liaise with the Employer’s Representative, Other
contractors and the Works Safety Officer to obtain approval and escort prior to
moving construction Equipment or transporting Lifts and components through any
restricted areas.
7.2 The Contractor shall be responsible for the timely and proper setting out of the Works
which shall include verifying the positions, levels, dimensions and alignment of Lift pits,
supports, shaft, walls and floor openings, etc. Any error in the civil construction in so far
as they relate to the Works shall be immediately brought to the attention of the “Employer’s
Representative” and the Designated Contractor to allow prompt rectification so as to avoid
delays to the Works. The Contractor shall not be entitled to claim for any additional costs
incurred by him arising out of such errors in the civil construction, if such additional costs
could reasonably have been avoided had the Contractor carried out timely and proper
setting out of the Works. The method adopted for installation shall be in accordance with
relevant standards with latest versions/ amendments stated at Clause 4.14 of this
specification.
7.3 The Contractor shall be responsible for all aspects of the Work required to install the
equipment, including the provision of all lifting facilities such as frames where the
provision of hooks is not possible. The Contractor shall co-ordinate with the Designated
Contractors on the necessary precautions to be taken by both the parties to prevent
damage to any part of the civil works during installation. The Contractor shall take all
necessary pre-cautions including transportation of various part of Lifts on rubber typed
wheel and handling these with proper equipment so that floor finishes are not damaged by
the Contractor during erection of Lifts at the stations. In case any floor finish is damaged
by the Contractor the same shall be made good by the Contractor in full panel / area
at his cost, so as to maintain uniformity.
7.4 The Contractor shall ensure that levelling of all landing equipment shall be within + 1.0
mm. The vertical alignment of all door jambs, doors etc. shall be truly plumb to within+ 1.0
mm.
7.5 Guide rail shall not be skewed. The distance between guide rail shall be within + 0.5 mm.
Guide rail joints shall be smooth to within 0.1 mm. It shall be erected plumb within + 1.0
mm.
7.6 The Contractor shall provide protection, such as plywood box-up etc., to protect the door,
the jamb, decking, from being damaged until the work is handed over at no additional cost.

Section VI-B 6B-70 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
Any damages to the equipment will be the sole responsibility of Contractor and the
Contractor shall replace the damaged part without any extra cost. The complete equipment
will be inspected and tested at the time of taking over of the equipment.
7.7 All Lift landing door gaps shall be less than 4 mm.
7.8 The Contractor shall be responsible for the installation of all guide rail brackets, separator,
sill supports, hanger brackets including drilling and all related materials. The contractor shall
verify and satisfy themselves in respect to the loading capability of the shaft wall holding the
bracket etc. If the Contractor feels that load test is necessary/ required, then he can arrange
the same in co-ordination with civil contractor.
7.9 Electrification Panel of Lift shall be fully protected against the ingress of grit, dust and
moisture and maintenance friendly enclosure.
7.10 All equipment shall be fully protected against the ingress of grit, dust and moisture during
delivery, storage and installation. Contractors have to submit the Construction and
Installation plan 12 weeks before starting of the Construction of works at site.
7.11 The equipment shall be delivered to Site in accordance with an accepted installation
programme with a minimum temporary storage period to avoid damage. Access into the
station will be either by train or by road depending on site environment and constraints.
7.12 The Contractor shall design the equipment to comply with the Site access restrictions and
shall ensure that the largest piece of equipment can be brought into the station through the
access opening/entrances and passage ways. Method Statement of Installation shall be
submitted for Employers review and approval at least 30 days prior to the starting the
installation. As part of the preliminary design submission the Contractor shall submit to the
“Employer’s Representative” for acceptance a General Method of statement for Installation
However, Contractor will submit schedule of tests giving full details of all tests to be carried
out.
7.13 Where the structure does not permit the provision of lifting points, the Contractor shall make
his own arrangements to provide the required lifting facilities such as Chain Pulleys, “A”
frames or similar arrangements to carry out installation work at no extra cost.
7.14 Once the Lift shaft is handed over to the contractor to commence installation he shall be
responsible for providing fencing and barricades to protect his working areas during the
installation period for the safety of his workers and other personnel working in the station
until the taking over of the lift by CMRL. Lift Contractor required to complete the installation
within 3 to 4 weeks from the date of handing over.

-END OF CHAPTER 7-

Section VI-B 6B-71 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
8 Testing And Inspection
8.1. General
8.1.1. As part of the preliminary design submission the Contractor shall submit to the
“Employer’s Representative” for acceptance a schedule of tests giving full details of all tests
to be carried out.
8.1.2. Tests at places of manufacture to be witnessed by the “Employer’s Representative” shall
be grouped together so far as can be arranged so that as many tests as possible can be
witnessed on each visit.
8.1.3. The Contractor shall prepare and forward to the “Employer’s Representative” an original
and four copies of all Test Reports as soon as practicable after completion of each
test whether witnessed by the “Employer’s Representative” or not. All test data shall be
certified by the Contractor’s Professional Engineer.
8.1.4. The Contractor shall perform all applicable tests specified in these specifications as per the
relevant standards. Any test required as per the applicable safety standards but not
specified in this specification shall be performed without any extra cost to CMRL.
8.2. General Requirements for Type Tests and Acceptance Tests
8.2.1 The bidder shall provide details of any type and acceptance tests, which have been carried
out on equipment offered, or any additional tests he recommends.
8.2.2 In general, certificates of previous type tests may be accepted at the discretion of the
“Employer’s Representative”, provided that they are for identical equipment and conditions.
Where appropriate, new and/or modified components to meet the requirements of this
Specification shall be made available for type testing.
8.2.3 All applicable Type tests as per the relevant standards on equipment shall be carried out
strictly as specified in the Specification and procedure of testing shall be submitted to
“Employer’s Representative” for No Objection.
8.2.4 The “Employer/Employer’s Representative” shall have right to witness tests and inspections
on individual materials, components, or sub-assemblies, and details of these shall be
agreed between the Contractor and the “Employer’s Representative”.
8.2.5 At the conclusion of all type tests, the Contractor shall compile all the test data together with
any observations made during the tests, file them into a type test binder and submit it to the
“Employer’s Representative” for acceptance and record.
8.2.6 Type test should not be older than 5 years.
8.3. General Requirements for Tests during Manufacture
8.3.1 The Contractor shall carry out all applicable tests during manufacture as specified and
propose any additional tests to be carried out as per relevant safety standard. These tests
shall be subject to the acceptance of the “Employer’s Representative”. Routine tests shall
be integrated with the manufacturing Programme. The “Employer’s Representative” will,
at his discretion, witness the routine tests during the period of manufacture, or
accept the records of the Contractor’s in-house quality control scheme, where appropriate,
as sufficient evidence for the execution of the routine tests.

Section VI-B 6B-72 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
8.3.2 Tests shall be carried out strictly as specified in the test specification as outlined in Clause
8.4.
8.3.3 On completion of the manufacture of items or sub-assemblies, and following completion of
the manufacturer’s own tests and inspection, the “Employer/Employer’s Representative”
shall be invited to witness such tests as he deems appropriate. Such FAT (Factory
Acceptance Tests) shall be conducted at factory of approved consortium only. The
Contractor shall schedule the routine tests to meet the manufacturing program, whether or
not the “Employer’s Representative” will be present at the tests, provided advance notice
has been served to the “Employer’s Representative” in accordance with Part-2, Section VI-
A General Specification.
8.3.4 The “Employer’s Representative” will determine and advise the Contractor of those tests
where certification by the manufacturer may be acceptable in lieu of witnessed tests.
8.3.5 Before equipment is dispatched, the “Employer’s Representative” will signify his acceptance
by signing certificates releasing such equipment from the place of manufacture or test.
8.3.6 Methods of packing and shipping shall be as specified in the Employer's Requirements, the
“Employer’s Representative” reserves the right to visit the manufacturers or packers’
premises to ensure that accepted methods are employed.
8.4. Test Specification
8.4.1 The Contractor shall submit for acceptance by the “Employer’s Representative”, test
specifications for type tests, routine tests, and tests on site, final acceptance tests and
commissioning. The specifications shall detail the methods of conducting the tests,
the tools and instruments used. Reference to the accepted documents and drawings shall
be included in these specifications. The records/results shall be tabulated in a prescribed
format applicable to this Contract.
8.4.2 Nothing in this Specification shall prevent the “Employer’s Representative” from calling for
extra tests.
8.4.3 These test specifications shall include the design values of all quantities to be verified, with
allowable tolerance or limits. Summary drawings or diagrams shall be included with the
test specifications to show the dimensions and tolerances of all structural assemblies and
sub-assemblies. In the case of welded fabrications, key diagrams giving all weld data
shall be provided to enable systematic inspection to take place. If a failure occurs during
testing, the Lift contractor shall undertake the necessary remedial actions, and all relevant
tests shall be repeated unless otherwise instructed by the Employer’s Representative.
8.4.4 Verification of accuracy shall be required for all tools, apparatus, testing jigs, measuring
instruments and ‘go’ or ‘no go’ gauges used for the purpose of routine tests.
8.4.5 All test instruments shall be calibrated not more than one year prior to their use. The
Contractor shall submit calibration certificate or other documents for proof of Compliance.
8.5. Testing of Materials and Details
8.5.1 Where materials or components used in this Contract are not covered by separate test
specifications, samples of such materials, or up to two per cent of such components shall,
if desired by the “Employer’s Representative” be tested at the Contractor’s expense at an
approved laboratory.

Section VI-B 6B-73 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
8.5.2 The Contractor shall supply the material required for testing free of charge and shall supply
and prepare the necessary test pieces, labour and appliances for making all tests, and
for carrying out all gauging and weighing on his premises in accordance with the terms of
this Specification. If the Contractor is unable to provide approved facilities at his own
factory for making the prescribed tests, the Contractor shall bear the cost of carrying out
the tests elsewhere, at a place subject to the “Employer/Employer’s Representative”
acceptance. Such radiographic examination of welds or castings as the “Employer’s
Representative” deems necessary shall be carried out.
8.6. Lift Prototype Tests
8.6.1 One complete Lift shall be available for the commencement of witness testing after
Contract Award. The selected Lifts shall be representative of their various types.
8.6.2 A complete Lift system including traction drive system, in addition to the controller,
Lift car enclosure, landing and car doors, protection devices and call fixtures shall be
assembled on a test rig or inside a test tower to undergo a comprehensive running and
functional testing in accordance with the accepted test specification to verify compliance
with the Specification.
8.6.3 The tests shall include the following minimum requirements.
a) Verification of the suitability of the traction drive system, its efficiency, etc.
b) Verification of the car operation and response to call fixtures, door operation
including the safety edges, all indications and signaling features, and car top control
features;
c) Weight tests on safety gear and measurement of electrical readings and
verification of the operating speed under various loading conditions;
d) Verification of riding comfort and leveling accuracy under various load
conditions.
e) Verification of the fault indication and fault diagnosis features.
f) Verification of the construction of the various control panels to the specification
shall be done. Insulation resistance and high voltage tests shall be conducted in
accordance with the test specification.
g) Any additional testing as required by BS 5655 Part 10, IS 14665, EN 81, NBC 2016
& respective state Lift Act with latest version.
h) A 12-hour duty cycle test, during which the Lift shall run continuously with the
contract load for 12 hours and shall travel up and down with intermediate stops
such that the number of starts per hour as specified.
i) Complete functional tests on the isolating transformer and ripple filter.
j) Operation of the battery back-up device and the battery operated power supply.
k) Simulation of the emergency homing sequence during fire and power failure.
l) For Lift Cabling & wiring FRLS & FRLSZH national/international accredited lab test
shall be witnessed (for one unit)
8.7. Lift Type Tests
8.7.1 Driving Mechanism
One unit selected by the “Employer’s Representative” for each range of duty of the driving
machines provided for this Contract.

Section VI-B 6B-74 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
Scope of Tests
a) Dimensional Checking
b) Dynamic Tests
The input shaft shall be turned a sufficient number of revolutions to establish the
position of the contact area prior to the dynamic tests.
The test machine shall be run at simulated full load conditions at contract speed
continuously for 8 hours in total, 4 hours in each direction
The following temperatures are to be recorded prior to the run, during the run, at 30
minute intervals and on completion of the run: -
i) Input shaft bearing (drive end)
ii) Input shaft bearing (non-drive end)
iii) Output shaft bearing (output side)
iv) Output shaft bearing (non-output side)
v) Motor casing
vi) Ambient
The temperature of the sheave of the output shaft shall be recorded prior to the run and
immediately on completion in each direction.
The machine shall also be run under no load and at test load conditions at full speed in
each direction for a sufficient period to record the maximum vibration amplitudes at: -
i) Mounting points
ii) Bearings
iii) Verification of Efficiency
The overall efficiency of the machine shall be verified by calculation from the results of
the tests.
8.7.2 Motor
a) Frequency of Tests
One unit selected by the “Employer’s Representative” for each range of motors
supplied for this Contract. If the quantity of the same range of motor exceeds forty
(40 nos.), an additional motor shall be selected from the second batch by the
“Employer’s Representative” to repeat the same tests described below. In general,
all tests shall be conducted in accordance with the relevant parts of BS 4999.
b) Scope of Tests
i) Insulation Test
a) Insulation resistance of windings using 1000V megger shall not be less
than 200 M Ohm.
b) Insulation resistance of thermistors subject to 1000V for 5 seconds shall
not be less than 200 M Ohm. Windings shall be earthed.
c) Main and slow speed winding shall each be pressure tested to 2000V
r.m.s. for 60 seconds. During this test, thermistor wires shall be grounded

Section VI-B 6B-75 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
to earth.
d) Cold resistance of windings shall be recorded.
ii) Dynamic Tests
a) No load current and speed shall be recorded at rated voltage and
frequency for windings.
b) Full load, 75%, 50% and 25% load tests shall be carried out at rated
voltage and frequency. Current and speed shall be recorded for each.
Input power, efficiency, and power factor shall be established and
recorded for each. To perform the above tests all the calibrated test loads
shall be supplied by the contractor.
c) Temperature rise test on full load shall be carried out. Voltage shall be
415V. Frequency shall be as rated.
d) Ambient, air outlet, casing, output power and temperatures shall be
recorded at 15 minute intervals for the first two hours and 30 minute
intervals subsequently until temperature levels off.
e) Voltage, current, frequency, output power and temperatures shall be
recorded at 15 minute intervals for the first two hours and 30 minute
intervals subsequently until temperature levels off.
f) When the temperature has leveled off, the motor shall be switched off
and the winding temperature rise shall be established using the
resistance method as specified in BS 4999 Part 101.
g) A momentary overload of 200% full load shall be applied for 15
seconds. The motor shall not stall or abruptly change speed.
h) A locked rotor test shall be carried out at rated voltage and frequency.
Current and voltage shall be recorded and torque calculated.
i) The speed / torque characteristic and the starting current characteristic
shall be drawn from the results obtained.
8.7.3 Controller
a) Frequency of Test
One of each type of controller shall be type tested.
b) Scope of Tests
i) Physical Construction Checking
The construction of the control cubicle shall be checked against the approved
drawings. Facilities to padlock incoming fused isolator shall be checked.
Verification of the protection classification shall be conducted and/or provided.
ii) Pressure Test
a) Earth leakage circuit breakers shall be tested on both poles. The current and
time required to trip shall be recorded. Similarly, the dc earth leakage unit
shall be tested and values to be recorded.
b) Pressure testing at 2000V ac r.m.s. for 60 seconds between: phase to phase
and phase to earth.
c) Control wiring itself shall be pressure tested at 1,500V ac r.m.s. for 60
seconds between control/auxiliary wiring and frame. Insulation tests shall be

Section VI-B 6B-76 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
carried out before and after the above tests by a 1000V insulation tester.
The insulation resistance thus measured shall not be less than 200M ohm.
d) All protection on electronic circuits shall be tested by a 500V insulation
tester. Wiring to all electronic components shall be meggered. Megger setting
shall be at the discretion of the “Employer/Employer’s Representative”.
e) Verification of the protection circuit shall be carried out in accordance with
the approved procedures. Temperature rise during the tests shall be
recorded and verified.
8.7.4 Braking System
a) Frequency of Test
One of each type of brake provided shall be required to undergo type testing.
b) Scope of Test
A full dimensional check shall be carried out to verify compliance with the
manufacturing drawings and a full functional test shall be carried out. A
demonstration of brake adjustment and setting shall be carried out.
8.7.5 Lifts Inter-communication System
Two of each type of Lift-Inter-Communication Systems shall be type tested. A full functional
test shall be carried out to verify compliance with the specification.
8.7.6 Over Speed Governor System
a) Frequency of Test
One of each type of governor provided shall be required to undergo type testing.
b) Scope of Test
A full dimensional check shall be carried out to verify compliance with the
manufacturing drawings and a full functional test shall be carried out. A
demonstration of governor operation and setting shall be carried out.
8.8. Lift Routine Tests
The following are the minimum requirements of the routine tests.
8.8.1 Driving Machines
Random Check: Verification of the insulation resistance of the windings using a 1000 Volts
megger test. A high voltage test to 2000 Volts r.m.s. for one minute of the stator winding
shall be conducted. A dynamic test for every driving machine shall be conducted for a
period of 4 hours continuously without stopping, except for changing of direction, 2
hours in each direction, at contract speed and 25% load conditions. The test is to ensure
no undue vibration or abnormal temperature rise occurs in any component.
8.8.2 Power units
100% check: The assembled power unit shall be checked in accordance with the accepted
test specification along with surge protectors, power filters, etc.
8.8.3 Main Control Cubicle:
100% Check: The complete control cubicle shall be checked with a simulator to verify

Section VI-B 6B-77 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
correct wiring connection and function of the electrical/ electronic devices.
Verification of the insulation resistance of the control wiring and electronic components
shall be conducted in accordance with the accepted test specifications.
8.8.4 Call Button and Fixtures:
Random Check: The call button shall be checked at random to confirm the manufacturing
quality. The assembled fixtures shall be inspected and functionally tested accordance with
the accepted test specifications.
8.8.5 Rope/Suspension Traction Media:
A manufacturer’s certificate or sample test will be subjected to approval of the “Employer’s
Representative”.
8.8.6 Safety Gear:
Manufacturer’s certificate or test report on the assembly will be subjected to approval
of the “Employer’s Representative”.
8.8.7 Car Enclosure and Door Assembly:
Random Check: The assemblies shall be checked at random to ensure the correct
dimensions and layout. Quality of the finishing shall be inspected to ensure the correct type
of materials have been used for fabrication.
Protection of the finished assembly shall be inspected in accordance with the accepted test
specifications.
For Glass Doors, the Contractor shall fabricate and erect a prototype Glass doors and
carry out strength, deformation and stability testing compliance with European Standard
EN 81 latest version. In addition, the assembly shall be subject to pendulum impact test
according to DIN 52 337 with the following fall heights.
a) Fall height 0.7m, pendulum impact test with a soft impact body (PW), (sack filled with
45 kg of shot);
b) Fall height 0.5m, pendulum impact test with solid impact body (PH), (pear-shaped
steel ball 10kg).
The Contractor shall provide certification of the test results. Only the complete absence of
breakage, permanent deformation, delimitation, dislodging of panels or fixings, and loss of
stability will result in a successful test finding and 1 hour fire rating test also to be conducted
and witnessed by Employer/Employer’s Representatives.
8.9. Lift Site Checking and Inspection
A test and inspection specification shall be prepared for each of the following critical phases
of work. Forty-eight hours’ notice is required prior to completing these phases to enable
the “Employer’s Representative” to carry out any checks he deems necessary. The
following are the minimum requirements:
a) The Lift contractor shall carry out all the handling, unloading and installation
of the Lifts and equipment, testing and commissioning thereof.
b) The Lift contractor shall arrange site office and storage area (if required) on
his own including communication and other facilities within the project site.
c) Ensuring that interfaces between the contract works and other packages and

Section VI-B 6B-78 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
building works and services meet the requirements of the Employer’s
Representative.
d) Setting out the plumb lines;
e) Erection and alignment of guide rails; rail brackets
f) Erection and alignment of landing doors; jamb, sills, header etc.
g) Erection of Lift shaft and Lift pit equipment;
h) Erection of car enclosures;
i) Positioning of machine equipment and control cubicles;
j) Installation of the hoist ropes; and governor rope
k) Erection of landing fixtures and car fixtures;
l) Installation of hoist way and trunking prior to installation of wiring;
m) Installation of wiring and cabling
n) Installation of car fixture and car top equipment
o) Earthing and bonding checks
8.10. Lift Commissioning and Acceptance Tests (System Acceptance Tests)
Tests shall be carried out on each Lift in accordance with the relevant portions of EN81,
IS 14665, NBC 2016 latest versions, which shall include but not be limited to the following:
a) Readings on starting current, running current and supply voltage shall be taken at
the rated speed of each Lift in both directions of operation under no load, 20%, 40%,
60%, 80% and full load conditions.
b) Both power and control wiring of the controller shall be tested between lines
connected together and earth at 1000V 50Hz. This voltage shall be applied and
maintained for one minute. The control wiring shall be separately tested between
poles and earth. Immediately following each test a 1000 Vdc. Insulation tester shall
show an insulation resistance of not less than 3 M ohms. All field wiring shall
withstand a 1000 V megger test on site and each conductor shall show an insulation
resistance to earth of not less than 3 M ohms.
c) The over speed governor shall be tested to ensure that it will activate when the
speed exceeds 15% to 40% of the nominal speed.
Functional tests on the safety gear with no load at rated speed by manually tripping
the governor.
The Lift car shall be operated up and down several times including tests to
demonstrate the leveling operation.
d) Test on the car and landing doors system
i) Checking of the condition of the landing and car door for smooth operation,
ii) Functional tests on the door closing time, door speed, re-opening, safety edge,
proximity detection landing and car door contacts of the door lock.
iii) Door closing speed should be adjustable at site
e) Functional tests on all the landing call buttons, indicators and all function provided
in key-switch operated cabinet mounted below the car operating panels.
f) Functional tests on the emergency call buttons.
Section VI-B 6B-79 January 2022
 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
g) Functional tests on the final limit switches, terminal slow down and terminal over
travel limit switches.
h) Functional tests on the following safety switches and devices: -
i) Overload device.
ii) Phase protection device & automatic phase reversal detection device
iii) Emergency lowering and raising devices.
iv) Over current protection device.
v) Counterweight safety (wherever applicable)
vi) Remote Monitoring System (RMS)
vii) Functional test on the car top maintenance panel.
viii) Testing of the Intercom system.
ix) Compress buffer test.
x) Running clearance tests.
xi) Functioning test of Lift management, monitoring and fault diagnostic
system.
xii) Noise/ sound level test of equipment and installation.
xiii) Functional tests of battery backup device and UPS for 1 hour duration.
xiv) Complete function tests on track machine, motor brake and control
equipment.
xv) Floor leveling accuracy and re-leveling at different loads.
xvi) Tests on Emergency Power and Fire operation.
Temperature readings of Lift controller and equipment shall be taken
every fifteen minutes for at least 2 hours or the duration of test whichever
is longer.
xvii) Functional tests of all features and functions not included in the above but
required in the Contract.
xviii) Functional tests of RMS
xix) Fire Integration Tests
xx) Functional tests of all features and functions not included in the above but
required in the Contract.
The Lift contractor shall supply the required spares and consumables during Testing &
Commissioning period.
i) Twelve Hour Run:
Each Lift shall be subject to a 12-hour duty cycle test, during which the Lift
shall run continuously with the contract load for 12 hours and shall travel up and
down with intermediate stops such that the number of starts complied with the
specification.
j) Partial Acceptance Tests (PAT):
Means the functional tests to be performed on components and parts of systems to
meet the specified criteria. Partial Acceptance Tests form part of the Tests and
Inspection to be performed under the Contract in order to achieve Employer’s Taking
Over of the Works or any Section.
Section VI-B 6B-80 January 2022
 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
8.11. Interface and Integrated Tests
The Contractor shall co-ordinate and carry out interfacing and integrated testing together
with other System-wide Contractors to ensure that the all integrated systems function as
desired.
The integration tests shall establish the fact that the Lift has been designed, developed,
installed and set to work in accordance with all of the specified requirements and that the
Lift is ready in all respects to commence operational duties. The tests shall establish that all
of the building subsystems and interfaces with other building systems are operating in
accordance to this specification
Integration testing shall include the running of the Lifts and all of its ancillary Equipment,
carrying out all necessary tests with the interfacing vendors and other systems like
Electrical, Communication, BMS, CCTV, Fire Alarm, Civil Depot, Depot E&M,, Flooring and
Cladding etc. The test shall also include any adjustments and tuning to be done until the
Lifts and the other systems are ready and suitable for normal starting and operating under
in-service conditions.
The Integration Tests shall include, without limitation, the following:
a) Test of Lift in case of fire alarm as per the requirement of the specification and the
codes.
b) Test of the CCTV camera system as per the requirement of the specification if any.
c) Test of Intercom system as per the requirement of the specification.
d) Test of RMS/BMS as per the requirement of the specification.
e) Test of Civil Depot, Depot E&M as per the requirement of the specification.

8.12. Certificate of Taking Over

a) A Performance testing / trial period shall commence once the Lifts have been
commissioned, integrated with other subsystems including interfaces and been
brought into operational service. The Lift contractor shall support the performance
testing / trial period for each Lift including necessary adjustments, control
modification, etc. During this time the Lift contractor shall provide all necessary
operational and technical support to the operation of the Lift, as required by the
Employer’s Representative.
b) The performance testing program shall include as a minimum:
i) Testing of all Lift operating modes and controls.

ii) The Lifts shall operate without significant mechanical, electrical or other
equipment failure during performance trial period.
c) The Lift contractor shall provide sufficient and competent personnel to be on site
within stipulated time to carry out immediate diagnosis, adjustments and repairs of
Lift faults during the performance trial period.
d) The final acceptance tests of each item of equipment shall be undertaken in the
presence of the Employer’s Representative, in accordance with the test specification
including Interface tests. Any defects and/or deviations discovered without prior
written approval during the tests shall be rectified at the Contractor’s own expenses.
Section VI-B 6B-81 January 2022
 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
These shall be entered into a defects list agreed between the Contractor and the
Employer/Employer’s Representative.
e) The operational acceptance tests of Lifts shall be undertaken in the presence of the
Employer/Employer’s Representative
The Certificate of Taking Over will not be issued until these tests have been
completed and the defect list substantially reduced to such an extent that the
Employer’s Representative considers that the equipment is safe for operation.
8.13. Certification
Upon completion of each Lift the Contractor shall submit to the Employer, a Certificate
of Supervision issued by the Contractor’s Professional Employer’s Representative, in a
format acceptable to the “Employer/Employer’s Representative”.

-END OF CHAPTER 8-

Section VI-B 6B-82 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
9 Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) and Electromagnetic Interference (EMI)
Requirements
9.1 General
The requirements stated below must be read in conjunction with the other EMC and EMI
requirements mentioned in Part-2, Employer’s Requirements, Section-VI-A, General
Specifications.
The contractor shall take adequate measures to reduce conducted, induced, and radiated
emissions, especially the levels of harmonics, to acceptable values as specified by
the relevant international standards or by the concerned statutory authority.
9.2 Inter-System EMC
9.2.1 The various electrical systems installed on the Railway under Construction will after
installation interact with each other by mutual coupling and all plant and systems shall be
designed so that there is no malfunction due to interference.
9.2.2 The Contractor shall ensure that all equipment supplied shall have minimum Radio
Frequency Interference introduced onto the main network and comply with the
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) requirements of the following standards:
EN 50081-1 EMC Generic Emission Standard

EN 50082-2 EMC Generic Immunity Standard

Electromagnetic compatibility- Product family standard for

BS EN 12015
lifts, Lifts and Passengers Conveyors- Emission.

Electromagnetic compatibility- Product family standard for

BS EN 12016
lifts, Lifts and passenger conveyors- Immunity.

Railway applications - Electromagnetic compatibility –

EN 50121-1
General

Railway applications - Electromagnetic compatibility –

EN 50121-5 Emission and Immunity of Fixed and power supply
installations and apparatus

Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) – Part 5: Installation and

IEC 61000-5
mitigation guidelines

9.3 Harmonic distortion

The total harmonic distortion (THD) caused by the lift equipment to the supply mains at
the power supply input terminals of the Lift shall be as per IEEE 519 latest version.
9.4 Electro-Magnetic Interference (EMI) Suppression/Shield
In the event that the immunity of installed system is proven to be deficient or that their
emission exceeds the level specified, the Contractor shall implement measures either to
reduce the emission or to improve the immunity of the system.
9.5 Installation and Mitigation Guidelines
IEC 61000-5 series of guidelines must be observed wherever applicable.

Section VI-B 6B-83 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
9.5.1 Earthing
An earthing system should be designed to assure personnel safety and protection of
installations against damage. It should also serve as a common voltage reference and to
contribute to the mitigation of disturbances.
To achieve the primary goal of assuring personnel safety and damage control, a low
impedance path must be made available to large currents generated due to lightning or
power system fault. The potential differences (touch and step voltages) between any two
points must be as low as possible. Safety considerations also require the chassis or
enclosure to be earthed to minimize shock hazards to passengers and the maintenance
staff.
To achieve the secondary goal of providing protection for sensitive and interconnected
electronic and electrical systems, earthing should be designed to minimize the noise
voltage generated by currents from two or more circuits flowing through a common earth
impedance and to avoid creating earth loops susceptible to magnetic fields and differences
in earth potentials.
Earthing shall also be designed to accomplish the following minimum requirements:
a) Protect personnel and equipment from electrical hazards, including lightning,
where practical.
b) Reduce potential to system neutrals.
c) Reduce or eliminate the effects of electrostatic interference and electromagnetic
interference arising from within the system.
d) Provide a single-point earthing method for all equipment enclosures, cabinets,
drawers, assemblies and sub-assemblies.
e) Provide a clean zero-volt reference point for signals in computer and related
equipment.
9.5.2 Bonding
Bonding all exposed metallic parts of all equipment and connecting them to the
earthing network is a way for meeting safety requirements and minimize noise voltages
due to potential differences.
Direct bonding should be used wherever practical. Where indirect bonding via bonding
strap is used to connect two isolated items, the bond must satisfy the following minimum
requirements and prevailing international standards, for example, IEC 1000-5-2.
a) Low bonding resistance from DC to at least 2 Ghz.
b) Low bonding inductance from DC to at least 2 Ghz.
c) Proper bonding procedure, including appropriate surface treatment before and
after the bonding process is adopted.
d) Proper use of bond material to reduce electrolytic corrosion.
9.5.3 Reliability and Maintainability:
All Lifts shall be subject to the reliability assessment as described in Subsection 4.9 of
this Technical Specifications. The Contractor shall ensure that the equipment supplied
shall achieve the availability standard as laid down in Subsection 4.9 and shall always
be under good repair within the environmental conditions prevailing in the General
Specification, where the Lifts will be installed.

-END OF CHAPTER 9-

Section VI-B 6B-84 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
10 Material And Workmanship

The requirements must be read in conjunction with the Material and Workshop
requirements mentioned in Part-2, Employer’s Requirements, Section-VI-A, General
Specifications.

-END OF CHAPTER 10-

Section VI-B 6B-85 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
11 Comprehensive Annual Maintenance Contract (CAMC) Requirements
11.1 General
11.1.1 The Contractor shall provide maintenance services throughout the CAMC period
(2 years DLP and 5 years post DLP). Maintenance work shall include attendance to all
service calls, preventive maintenance and major overhaul of Lift.
11.1.2 All defects shall be remedied either when observed on the weekly service call or on an
attendance to a service call. Service shall include all work necessary to maintain the entire
Lift system in good working order at all times.
11.1.3 All defects in Lift system are to be responded urgently. For this purpose, contractor
shall set up 24 x 365 basis call centre and intimate CMRL. The attendance to service call
shall include all work necessary to maintain the entire Lift system in good working order.
11.1.4 If the equipment is kept non – functional for more than a week on account of failure of
contractor to fulfil their obligation under the contract then the payment of CAMC for that
particular Lift for that period shall not be done. However, if any planned shut down for any
Lifts, it shall be not covered under penalty clause. The prior permission of CMRL is required
for planned shutdown of any Lift.
11.1.5 Employer will award Comprehensive Annual Maintenance Contract (CAMC) as specified in
Part-1, Section IV, Bidding Forms.
11.1.6 This Comprehensive Annual Maintenance Contract (CAMC) shall include cost of labour, all
spare parts, consumable, machineries, materials required and all other Contractor's
obligations and responsibilities during the CAMC period (2 years DLP and 5 years after
DLP).
11.1.7 This shall cover routine preventive maintenance (Daily/Weekly/Monthly/Quarterly/Half
Yearly and Yearly Maintenance schedules) including break down / corrective maintenance
and scheduled replacement of components during preventative maintenance as per
the approved Maintenance Manual /Plan during CAMC (2 years DLP and 5 years after DLP)
for 24 hours x 7 days for all the days including Holiday and Sunday of the contract period.
11.1.8 The consumables shall include oil, lubricants, rubber parts, perishable parts, cleaning
devices and cleaning agents, and scheduled replacement parts as per approved
Maintenance manuals during preventive/corrective maintenance, etc.
11.1.9 The Contractor shall provide a maintenance (preventive & corrective) plan and replacement
program for major components, routine change components and limited shelf life items for
review and acceptance by the Employer/Employer’s Representative 180 days before the
programmed commencement of the Defects Liability Period (DLP). Maintenance shall
include all preventive and breakdown maintenance due to any reasons.
11.1.10 The Contractor shall dispatch competent personnel to rectify stoppages at any time during
the day or night when being called on by the Employer within a time of half an
hour (maximum). Repairs shall be carried out on a 24 hours per day, 7 days per week basis
including Holiday and Sunday until the faulty unit is put back in service during 2 years DLP
and 5 years after DLP period.
11.1.11 The Contractor shall carry out periodic testing and examination of equipment and safety
devices as may be required by the provisions of any enactment in force relating thereto or
of any enactment, regulations, or by-laws of any local or other duly constituted authority
which may be applicable to such tests and to provide such copies of the test certificates,
duly signed by a Registered Employer/Employer’s Representative and Registered Lift

Section VI-B 6B-86 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
Contractor, as may be required. A master schedule of such planned tests shall be submitted
to the Employer at least two months before commencement of the DLP.
11.1.12 Before the expiry of the Defect Liability Period, the Contractor shall perform a loading and
safety test for each Lifts to re-confirm that the function of the system is being met and shall
undertake corrective adjustment if necessary. This test may be incorporated into the half-
yearly equipment survey maintenance works.
11.1.13 The contractor will ensure and certify that the availability of sufficient spares in Chennai
office during the 2 years DLP and 5 years after DLP period to ensure that the maintenance
of the equipment is not affected.
11.1.14 Contractor has to submit to the Employer, the minimum Spare parts, Consumables, Tools
and Special Tools list etc. and its Quantity and shall be available all the times during 2 years
DLP period at least Three months before commencement of the DLP. Before the expiry of
DLP, the Contractor has to submit the minimum Spare parts, Consumables, Tools and
Special Tools list etc. and its Quantity and shall be available all the times during 5 years
after DLP period at Three months before completion of the DLP.
11.1.15 During CAMC, Contractor has to maintain sufficient quantity of required Spares,
Consumables, Tools, Special Tools etc. and same to be replace as per the Terms &
Condition of the Contract without any cost to the Employer, failing which necessary penalty
shall be applicable as per Clause 11. 25.
11.1.16 The Contractor shall keep on Site, at his own cost, throughout the contract periods stocks
of T&P, Consumables and Sufficient quantities of all spare parts, to enable rapid
replacement of any item found to be defective or in any way in non-conformance with
the Technical Specifications.
11.1.17 Contractor shall not be permitted to remove any working / healthy equipment / components/
sub-systems / systems for any reason whatsoever without specific approval in writing from
Employer.
11.1.18 Stocks of such spares, consumables and T&P etc. as per the list approved by the employer
which are available in Contractor stores will be jointly checked with Employer/Employer’s
Representative on quarterly basis. Certificate by Employer/Employer’s Representative
confirming availability of sufficient spares/consumables and T&P in contractor stores / in
Depots will be a pre-requisite for release of interim payments of the Contractor. Necessary
deduction shall be applicable as per Clause 11.25
11.1.19 This shall be generally governed by relevant terms and conditions of Contract. The decision
of the Employer shall be Final.
11.1.20 Accommodation for Emergency Service Report Centre.
11.1.21 A room will be provided by the Employer. The Premise will be located on the station as
determined by the Employer. Storage Lockers/Table/Chairs etc. shall be arranged by the
Lift Contractor during CAMC period.
11.2 Employer’s Maintenance Strategy
11.2.1 Maintenance Strategy
The Contractor shall ensure that the system designed, installed and commissioned
is supportable throughout the service life of the System to address, as a minimum,
the following:
a) Design errors in the system.
b) Operational changes.
Section VI-B 6B-87 January 2022
 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
c) Environment changes; and d) Changes in infrastructure.
According to the maintenance strategy, all equipment and infrastructure supplied for the
‘Project’ must be designed for minimum or no maintenance. Maintenance activities
required must be capable of being performed with little or no impact on the train service.
In addition, the maintenance work systems shall ensure safety of personnel and
equipment.
11.2.2 The Contractor, upon noticing any defects, deficiency in quality and quantity of spares and
materials/ consumable and T&P like lubricating oil, any other oil, lubricants, rubber
parts, perishable parts, cleaning devices and cleaning agents etc./ tools shall without delay,
arrange for alternative source of supply under this contract during CAMC.
11.3 Minor and Major Breakdown Rectification Time during CAMC
The acceptable response & attention time also needs to be mentioned for minor &
major breakdowns. The response and attention shall be as under:
a) Service Hours: 365 days x 24 hrs.
b) Response Time: 30 min.
c) Minor Fault rectification Time: 01 Hours.
d) Major Fault rectification Time: 12 Hours.
11.4 Warranty Period during DLP
During the 2 years DLP period, the contractor shall carry out all type of maintenance
(Daily/Weekly/Monthly/Quarterly/Half Yearly & Yearly Maintenance) as per OEM
recommendation. The preventive maintenance would be done during non-traffic hours
whereas breakdown maintenance would be done whenever breakdown occurs. The
contractor should post his DLP Team at a key place on the stations as determined by the
Employer.
However, in case of any modifications due to change in the design or otherwise (like
reliability issues, maintenance issues, etc.) till completion of the DLP, the Contractor shall
be responsible to incorporate such changes in any component, item, hardware and software
etc. for the entire quantity supplied under the contract without any additional cost to the
Employer. In case of any component fails during DLP period, then the DLP of that Lift shall
extend for another 2 years from the date of replacement.
The Lifts contractor shall, during the defect liability/rectification period, provide full
maintenance service by skilled competent employees of the Subcontractor. Include
monthly preventive maintenance, repair or replacement of worn or defective components,
lubrication, cleaning, and adjusting as required for proper Lifts operation at rated speed.
The acceptable response & attention time also needs to be mentioned for minor & major
breakdowns.
11.5 Maintenance Management System (MMS) and Maintenance
Arrangement
During non-operation time, sections of line will be closed for maintenance work. The
minimum time for possession is 4 hours. Ideally, this time shall be the free time available
for maintenance. The Contractor shall carry out the Scheduled Preventive Maintenance as
per the approved plan in this period.
11.6 Competency of Personnel

Section VI-B 6B-88 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
During CAMC period: The Contractor will have to engage sufficient well trained staff
round the clock including holidays and Sunday, to ensure a regular preventive maintenance
as well as the corrective/breakdown maintenance as per the requirement to ensure trouble
free service throughout the period of 2 years DLP and 5 year after DLP. The
deployment of staff shall be reviewed by the Employer as and when required and if found
the deployed staff is not competent enough, same must be replaced by the Contractor
within One (1) week.
Shift Timings: First Shift: 0600 Hrs to 1400 Hrs, Second Shift: 1400 Hrs to 2200 Hrs,
Night Shift: 2200 Hrs to 0600 Hrs, General Shift: 0830 to 1730 Hrs or as shift
timings as approved by the Employer.
11.7 Testing and Re-commissioning of System and Equipment
In the event of a failure requiring modifications to the System, the Contractor shall
undertake any testing and re-commissioning required. Any such modification shall be
submitted for review by the “Employer”.
11.8 Temporary Alterations to Restore Service
The Contractor shall undertake any temporary modifications necessary to maintain service.
Any such modification shall be submitted for review by the “Employer”.
11.9 Discrepancies between Installation and Design Records
Should the Contractor discover inconsistencies between the maintenance drawings and
documentation and the installed equipment, the Contractor shall correct all such
errors within two weeks during DLP.
11.10 Communications
The Contractor shall ensure that adequate communication facilities are provided to its staff
during CAMC period.
11.11 Location of Staff
The Contractor shall be responsible for locating staff such that the Contractor meets his
obligations.
11.12 Not Used
11.13 Scope and Hours of Coverage during CAMC
The regime and structure of corrective maintenance shall be robust in design.

The Contractor shall provide a full 24 Hrs./7 Days (including Sunday and holidays) On-Call
coverage and shall be such that initial response and rectification of failure are in
accordance with the following:
a) Assistance for first line corrective maintenance within 30 minutes, upon request of
first line maintainer;
b) 12 hour from notification for second line maintenance where spare parts
replacement is involved;
c) Within 2 weeks including transportation time for third line maintenance where
replacement or repair of component from factory is involved. Any extension to this
time shall be agreed with the “ Employer” and a replacement provided.
d) If the equipment is kept non – functional for more than 2 week then the DLP may
be enhanced proportionately in the multiple of month.

Section VI-B 6B-89 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
All elements of First Line preventative maintenance shall be carried out and
completed during non-traffic hours without interrupting train services. Similarly,
all elements of second line & third line maintenance also needs to be completed
during non- traffic hours and the lift should be kept ready.
11.14 Failure Investigations
The Contractor shall conduct failure investigations.
Disputes between the Contractor and other Contractors will be resolved by the “Employer”.
The Contractor shall make available to the Employer all test and failure data as required.
11.15 Software Support
General
The Contractor shall submit to the “ Employer” for review, the software support plan at
least 90 days before commencement of software installation.
Employer will have the right, for multiple use of the Software. Employer at his discretion
may download the software on multiple PCs as per the requirement. For this purpose, no
specific password, Key Number etc. should be required from the Contractor/Software firm.
All changes, bug fixes, updates, modifications, amendments, new versions shall not result
in any non-conformance with this Specification.
The Contractor shall submit all new versions to the “Employer” for review at least 2 weeks
prior to their installation.
The new versions of software shall not degrade the operation of the System.
The software design shall be with open protocol which shall be suitably interfaced
and integrated with other systems for effective operation and maintenance.
11.16 Security Obligations
Within 14 days of the installation of any software into the Permanent Works by the
Contractor, the Contractor shall submit to the “ Engineer” for retention by the
Employer two backup copies of the software, which shall include any specified
development tools required for maintenance of the software, including, but not limited to,
editors, compilers and linkers.
Any software item delivered by the Contractor to the “Employer” pursuant to the above
Paragraph shall not be translated or modified by the Employer without the prior
consent of the Contractor unless:
a) the owner of the software becomes insolvent or has a receiving order made against
it or makes an arrangement or assignment or composition with or in favour
of its creditors (including the appointment of a committee of inspection) or
goes into liquidation or commences to be wound up or has a receiver, liquidator,
trustee or similar officer appointed over all or any part of its undertaking or assets
or if distress, execution or attachment is levied on, or if an encumbrancer takes
possession of any of its assets or any proceeding or step is taken which has an
effect comparable to the foregoing in any relevant jurisdiction; or
b) the owner of the software ceases to trade; or
c) the owner of the software assigns copyright in the software and the Contractor fails
within 60 days of such assignment to procure in favour of the Employer, a licence
from the new owner in the same terms as that required by the Contract; or
d) The Contractor is in breach of any of his obligations under the Contract.
11.17 Error Correction
Section VI-B 6B-90 January 2022
 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
The Contractor shall inform the “Employer” immediately when a fault is discovered within
delivered software or documentation.
On receipt of a request from the “Employer” for identification or further diagnosis of a failure
or fault, the Contractor shall provide appropriate resources.
The Contractor shall provide written details as to the nature of the proposed correction to
the “Employer”.
11.18 Training
The Contractor shall provide training for Employer's staff to enable the Employer to make
proper use of any new versions.
11.19 Fixes or Patches
The Contractor shall notify the Employer promptly of any fixes or patches that are available
to correct or patch faults.
The Contractor shall detail any effect such fixes or patches are expected to have, upon the
System.
11.20 New Versions
The Contractor shall ensure that all new versions are fully tested and validated on
the simulation and development system prior to installation. The Contractor shall ensure
that all new versions are fully tested and commissioned once installed on the Site. The
Contractor shall deliver to the Employer any new version, together with the updated
Operation Manuals and Maintenance Manuals. The Employer shall not be obliged to use
any new version and that shall not relieve the Contractor of any of its obligations. Any
effect upon the performance or operation of System that may be caused by a new
version shall be brought to the Employer's attention.
11.21 Routine and Corrective Maintenance Procedures
Routine and corrective maintenance procedures shall be supplied for all equipment. The
format shall be as follows:
a) Uniform format and layout irrespective of equipment supplier;
b) Colour coding for each activity;
c) Cross referenced to the Operation and Maintenance Manuals; and
d) Document control information.
11.22 Operation Activities
All operational activities shall comply with the Employer’s safety rules, and requirements
of the Operation Manuals and Maintenance Manuals.
The Contractor shall recommend in detail the frequencies for preventive and corrective
maintenance, and what items of work are to be carried, including but not limited to
the following.
a) Step-by-Step procedure to carry out the task;
b) Diagrams and flow charts for illustration, if applicable;
c) Precautions for the maintenance personnel to follow
d) Estimated duration and manpower required.
11.23 Reliability, Availability & Maintainability Requirements: The Contractor shall maintain the
equipment in such a way so that the following parameters are achieved during CAMC.
a) All Lifts shall be subject to the reliability assessment as described
in Sub section 4.9 of this Technical Specifications. The Contractor
shall ensure that the equipment supplied shall achieve the
availability standard as laid down in section 4.9 of this
Section VI-B 6B-91 January 2022
 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
Technical Specification and shall always be under good repair
within the environmental conditions prevailing in the General
Specifications, where the Lifts will be installed.
b) RAM Analysis shall be submitted quarterly along with the other
reports.
11.24 Printed maintenance Records/Books
It is the contractor’s responsibility to get the printed maintenance schedules, checklists,
logbooks & other documents printed & maintained in sufficient stock at site all the times.
The general maintenance and servicing report along with periodic performance monitoring
report for the entire system and breakdown reports shall be submitted in triplicate which
shall be also signed by the Employer/Employer’s Representative.
The Contractor will submit monthly and quarterly reports giving details of
Preventive & Corrective Maintenance carried out in each month. Such reports are to
be sent on completion of successful month. The reports shall be generated to
designated e-mail by the contractor. Details of the scheme to be finalized during Design
Stage.
11.25 Penalty during CAMC period:-
a) Reliability:
CMRL shall impose a penalty @ INR 25, 000/-(Indian Rupees Twenty Five
Thousand Only) per case including Man-Trap. This penalty is applicable during
CAMC (including DLP & post DLP) period.
b) Non Availability of Spare Parts and Consumables etc. - If Contractor not
maintained the minimum Stock as per Clause 11.1.19, necessary deduction at
rate of 0.5 % on the service bill shall be applicable on quarterly basis.

c) Availability: Lift is kept out of service for more than 6 hr. during operational hours
due to non-availability of spares or due to lack of proper attention, Employer shall
impose a penalty of INR 25,000/- (Indian Rupees Twenty-five Thousand Only) per
day, for each such case. This penalty is applicable during CAMC (including DLP &
post DLP) period.
If the Availability of the Lifts at each Station not achieved 99.9% as per the
Technical Specifications clause 4.9.1.2, and arrangement shall be made for
attending all the faults on the same day without any further delay as per
the condition of the contract. If it is found that the quarterly availability (Average
of monthly availability) is below99.9% due to poor maintenance of the work, then
the penalty shall be applicable.

i. 99.9 % - 99% = 1% of CAMC of that bill (Quarterly)

ii. 98% - 99% = 2% of CAMC of that bill (Quarterly)
iii. 98% - 97% = 3% of CAMC of that bill (Quarterly)
iv. < 97% = 5% of CAMC of that bill (Quarterly)
d) Manpower/Staff Absenteeism – Lifts contractor shall depute sufficient and
skilled manpower for successful operation and maintenance of all lifts, round the
clock basis, and shall depute required number of skilled and experienced
supervisor and skilled technician in each shift shall be provided to the Employer.

Section VI-B 6B-92 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts

It is further agreed between the Parties that, in the event of

unauthorized absenteeism of the representatives of Lift contractor,
Lift contractor shall provide/deploy equally skilled or better skilled
personnel on the same day and in the event, Lift contractor fails to provide
the substitute, Employer shall have the right to deduct amount on prorate
basis, of average daily salary, from the bills payable to Lift contractor on
Quarterly basis.
e) Call out Ratio – If the visit of Contractor engineer for non-schedule maintenance
exceeds 2 per Lifts per year and 1.5 average call out ratio exceed, a penalty of
INR 20, 000/- (Indian Rupees Twenty Thousand Only) shall be imposed for each
such visit. Penalty is applicable CAMC (including DLP and post DLP period).
11.26 License: The Contractor is responsible to getting license and its renewal/periodic
inspections from respective Electrical Inspector of respective authority by the Govt. during
CAMC (2 years DLP & 5 years after DLP) period. No extra cost shall be paid by CMRL.
11.27 During the Comprehensive Annual Maintenance Contract (CAMC) period, the
contractor shall be responsible for all electrical, mechanical & civil works related to
equipment. The contractor shall ensure that all the safety system provided in the Lift is
in perfect working order at any point of time. The Employer shall be provided all support
by the contractor to carry out checks/surprise checks as and when desired.
11.28 Safety Audit: The contractor shall conduct regular internal safety audit on both the
safety management system and the internal site conditions to ensure safe working of
equipment during 5 years after DLP period and submit the safety certificate every year.

11.29 Space for Comprehensive Annual Maintenance Contract (CAMC) staff: Employer shall
provide space if available for the staff and maintenance spares. The contractor will store
and maintain sufficient quantity of spares for speedy rectification of faults.
11.30 The contractor shall maintain a fault log equipment wise in chronological order. Every fault
noticed/reported by the Employer shall be entered in the log together with the action taken.
The fault log will be maintained as part of the permanent quality assurance record for the
Lifts and shall be subject to regular inspection by the Employer.
11.31 The contractor shall be responsible for the safety of the passengers / their staff and
Employer in no way shall be responsible for any accident attributed to Lift.
11.32 The contractor shall arrange his own tools/special tools for carrying out routine / corrective
breakdown maintenance.
11.33 The contractor will give monthly program well in advance to Employer in line with the
approved Maintenance Manual / Plan.
11.34 In case of breakdown the contractor shall give fitness to the Employer in writing before the
equipment is offered for passenger service.
11.35 The equipment shall be maintained in such a fashion so that there is no inconvenience to
commuters.
11.36 The contractor staff shall always be in uniform with PPE and I-card while working in the
station premises.
11.37 Advance Payment: - No Advance payment of any type shall be paid.
11.38 Ride Quality Report shall be submitted every year during CAMC period.

Section VI-B 6B-93 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
11.39 Exit Clause: - There is no exit clause in this contract.
11.40 Safety of Personnel: - The Contractor will take full responsibility for the Safety of his Staff,
Materials etc.
11.41 Performance Security: The Contractor shall furnish to the Employer a security in the form
of a Bank Guarantee for an amount equal to 10% of the every consecutive years for CAMC
value as per the Part-1, Section IV Bidding Forms in accordance with relevant clauses of
the General Conditions of the Contract.
11.42 Any Damage/Breakage to the CMRL property during the execution of work will be at the
risk & cost of the Contractor & in this regard The CMRL’s decision will be final regarding
amount of damage/breakage etc. The amount will be deduced from contractor’s bill.
11.43 Materials identified as such by the Employer/Employer’s Representative and advised to
the contractor, shall not be dispatched from the site without written authority from the
Employer.
11.44 The Contractor if awards either partly or fully of any work covered under contract to a Sub-
contractor/OEM/Third party, he shall submit the documentary proof from the OEM
concerned, that such award will not in any way affect the performance of the
equipment/Plant, prior to the start of such work. Also, the sub-contractor firm name,
address and availability of trained manpower shall be furnished for the approval.
11.45 CMRL shall have the right to make minor alterations/additions/ substitutions in the
specifications in the scope of work or issue instructions that may be deemed necessary
during the period of the contract and contractor shall carry out the work in accordance
with the instructions which may be given to him by Authorized CMRL’ representative.
11.46 The contractor shall on request of Employer/Employer’s Representative forth with remove
from the works any person employed thereon by him who in the opinion of
Employer/Employer’s Representative may misconduct himself or suspicious from security
point of view and such persons shall not again be employed on the work without permission
of the Employer/Employer’s Representative.
11.47 General Conditions of Contract and Particular Conditional of the Contract are applicable
as per the Technical Specifications.
11.48 As per site conditions the contractor may have to carry out the work during night hours. No
extra payment shall be made on this account.
11.49 Service call report for every failure/man trap shall be submitted, detailing the root cause of
failure.
11.50 Only authorized staff of Contractor having proper Photo Identity Card issued by the
Contractor and with Permission granted by CMRL, shall be permitted to work for
the contractor will have to submit the list of the Authorized staff along with a set of the
Photo Identity Cards to whom permission will be required to be issued by CMRL.
11.51 In case any Police Verification required for Entry Pass/Renewal etc. from any Govt. or any
other agencies, the Contractor shall be liable to organize the same at no extra cost within
the stipulated time during CAMC.
11.52 The Contractor during the Execution of work shall follow the Indian Electricity Rules, Indian
Electricity Act & all other Statutory Rules, Regulations & Acts as available on date & during
the period of contract.
11.53 The Contractor shall be responsible to fulfil all statutory liabilities, if any towards his staff
such as payment of minimum wages, PF, ESI and any other dues etc including all

Section VI-B 6B-94 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
amendments issued by the Govt. from time to time. Being a Principal Employer, CMRL
may ask to submit documents in original.
11.54 The work is to be carried out under the guidance of CMRL only.
11.55 No T&Ps shall be issued to the contractor. All T&Ps, Instruments, Machines, etc. will be
brought by the Contractor only. The cost of all these items shall be borne by the contractor.
11.56 Labor- No labor shall be provided by CMRL.
11.57 Transport: No separate charges will be paid for transport.
11.58 The manpower can also be deployed during OFF days/ holidays / night hours as per site
requirements for which nothing shall be paid extra.
11.59 The work is to be carried out as per the recommendation of manufacturers and only original
spares /materials consumables shall be used.

-END OF CHAPTER 11-

Section VI-B 6B-95 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
12 Spares, Special Tools And Test Equipment
12.1 General
12.1.1 The Contractor shall note the requirements stipulated in the General Specification and as
provided in this chapter of this Technical Specifications.
12.1.2 The Contractor shall maintain all mandatory spares, consumables, Non-Consumables,
Tools & Plants (T&P) etc to facilitate the Lifts effectively and efficiently while ensuring their
performance to a high standard of safety and reliability consistent with the requirements as
detailed in this Specification. The Contractor shall provide all such list before 3 months
starting of CAMC.
12.1.3 All spare parts shall be identical to the equivalent installed items and strictly
interchangeable, be suitable for use in place of the original parts fitted and comply with this
Technical Specification and the tests specified therein.
12.1.4 They shall be suitably marked and numbered for easy identification and shall be packed for
long storage in wooden boxes in suitable groups for easy maintenance. While necessary
parts shall be coated in protective material to prevent deterioration.
12.1.5 In the event that rectification and/or modifications are introduced to any part of the
equipment which are deemed necessary by the “Employer’s Representative” in order to
comply with the Specification requirement, the Contractor shall modify and replace all spare
parts and/or special tools whether delivered or otherwise during DLP.
12.1.6 The Contractor shall guarantee that the test equipment supplied shall be well calibrated in
accordance with manufacturer's instruction. Appropriate calibration certificates shall be
required by the “Employer’s Representative” for checking prior to carry out testing and
commissioning.
12.1.7 In case of any component fails during DLP period, then the DLP of that Lift shall extend for
another 2 years from the date of replacement.
12.2 Spares
12.2.1 Commissioning
The Contractor shall provide a list of commissioning spares with sufficient quantities within
the contract price to ensure the successful completion of the testing and commissioning
activities.
The Contractor shall submit to the Employer’s Representative for review a list of minimum
spare parts that he intends to make available during the installation and commissioning
periods.
12.3 Test Equipment
12.3.1 Portable Test Equipment
Portable laptops/note book computer with latest hardware configuration shall be provided
(2 Laptop for each corridor and 1 Laptop for Depot) to allow rapid verification of
satisfactory operation of a sub-system, assist in trouble shooting and isolating sub-
system failures. Portable laptops computer shall not require any mechanical or electrical
disconnection to or within the sub-system under tests. The detailed specifications for
Laptop/note book to be got approved from the “Employer/Employer’s Representative”
during Design Stage.
12.4 Special Tools
12.4.1 The Contractor shall supply all necessary tools for normal as well as emergency rescue
operation and for operational purpose including tools such as lift door opening devices,
brake releasing devices and hand winding devices, all other keys to access to control
panels and other associated equipment rooms / kiosks operated switches and special keys
for accessing Lifts during Emergency Operations. Three set of keys for each Lift shall be
Section VI-B 6B-96 January 2022
 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
provided by the Contractor at the time of handing over the Lifts to Employer for trial
Operations.
12.4.2 The Contractor shall supply one complete set of any special tools (Example, Car door
adjustment tool etc.) for each type of Lifts per station that are necessary for routine
maintenance to be carried out. These tools shall be supplied in a suitable hard wood or
steel toolbox.
12.5 Second Sourcing for Non-Proprietary Items
12.5.1 The Contractor shall identify principal source suppliers that can supply the Mandatory
Spares. For nonproprietary items the contractor shall submit the list of alternate / second
source of suppliers.
12.5.2 The Contractor shall ensure that second-source supplier information is maintained up to
date up to a period of 15 years after taking over of whole works.
12.6 Long Lead Times
12.6.1 The Contractor shall identify the lead times for all spare parts. Parts with long lead times
shall be identified in the spares list.
12.7 Routine Change
12.7.1 In the event that any item of the supply requires to be routinely changed or calibrated,
regardless of whether it appears in the spares list or not, it shall be identified to the
“Employer’s Representative” together with the routine change interval.
12.8 Shelf Life
12.8.1 In the event that any of the spares identified have a particular life or storage requirement,
this shall be made known to the “Employer’s Representative” with the submission of the
spares list, including the necessary action for disposal or storage.
12.9 Manufacture, Delivery and Warranty
The spare parts ordered under the Contract shall be manufactured, tested and inspected
in accordance with the relevant quality system, suitably packed and labelled. All spares
shall be subject to inspection by the Employer’s Representative. In the event that any item
is known to be going out of production, then the Contractor shall give advance notice
to the Employer’s Representative.
The warranty period of mandatory spares, delivered shall be:
(a) Either 24 months from the date of acceptance or
(b) Up to expiry of the defect liability period, whichever is later
12.10 Purchase of Spares from Vendors
a) The Contractor shall furnish an undertaking that he has no objection whatsoever to
and shall not in any way deter or obstruct the Employer, its licensee or its
representative from dealing directly with the Contractor's Vendors for the purchase of
the spares during the Contract period.
b) The spares purchased shall be subject to inspection by the Employer’s Representative.
c) Contractor shall obtain an undertaking from vendors, OEMs etc. at detailed design
submission stage that they will deal directly with Employer for supply of spares,
equipment’s and/or sub-systems.
d) The relevant list of the spares mentioned above shall be submitted in the technical bids
after blanking the prices, where applicable..
e) Contractor shall submit technical specifications of the items used in this project
for the purpose of purchasing. Employer’s Representative’s views, if any, shall be
suitably incorporated.
-END OF CHAPTER 12-
Section VI-B 6B-97 January 2022
 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
13 Training
The Contractor shall note the requirements stipulated in the General Specifications and
Training requirement as provided of this Technical Specifications.
13.1 General Requirements
13.1.1 This section of the specification covers the requirements for a Training Program to train the
Employer's maintenance, operations and training personnel. The training Program shall
enable the staff to operate, service, enhance, maintain, and interact with, the hardware,
software, and firmware, such that the Lift systems and associated equipment will perform
in accordance with the specifications of this contract.
The Contractor shall provide comprehensive training to the Employer’s staff, including
Employer’s training Instructors. The Contractor shall provide competent training instructors,
training manuals, all necessary aids and materials in support of all training courses. The
training manuals shall be submitted in original plus five hard copies and in electronic format.
The training instructors shall be qualified, competent, with sufficient years of practical
experience in the relevant fields and possesses good communication skills. The training
instructors shall be competent staff of the Contractor, or the subcontractors or the equipment
manufacturers.
13.1.2 The training shall be carried out at such locations where the greatest benefit for trainees
may be gained. This may be in India, abroad, at place of manufacture, assembly or testing,
or at such other locations as may be necessary. All places of training shall be subject to
review by “Employer’s Representative”.
13.1.3 The training courses and/or sessions shall include system performance requirements and
all major equipment and works designed, by the Contractor.
13.1.4 The Contractor shall provide full-time on-Site management and co-ordination of the entire
training program to ensure the continuity of classes, and proper distribution of training
materials, and be responsible for interfacing with the instructors.
13.1.5 The training courses shall be delivered to all relevant Employer’s staff, including instructors,
operation and maintenance, Project Management staff.
13.1.6 The training shall cover a holistic view of operation & maintenance of complete Lift system.
It should also cover man-power requirement, job description, maintenance infrastructure
requirements including tools, test-instruments, spares etc.
13.1.7 Audio-visual aids, classroom training, site visits, on the job training and Trainer’s kit for
training on trouble shooting to be used.
13.2 Scope of Training
The training shall be provided by the Contractor to the Employer’s personnel in design,
manufacturing, testing, system architecture and installation practices related to Lifts. This
will cover training in India and abroad including training at manufacturing facilities.
13.3 Training Programme
Contractor shall submit a training programme for imparting training to CMRL
employees/representatives with batches for Lift systems in following areas:

Section VI-B 6B-98 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts

Total Period
SR.No Description (Trainer Man Remarks
days)
Description of Lift System including All existing installation
1 15
Major functions, safety features, or manufacturers place
Operation
Installationand Monitoring
and of Lifts
site testing practices During installation &
2 25
for Lifts commissioning phase
Operation and maintenance practices for
Lifts including trouble shooting, fault
3 diagnosis, emergency handling, 50 At suitable locations
Preventive, Corrective Maintenance
Schedules/Works.

13.4 Training Plan

The Training Program shall be prepared and submitted by the Contractor as per
requirements of Part-2, Section VI-A, General Specifications, Employer’s Requirement.
13.5 Training Courses
13.5.1 The Contractor shall provide Training Courses on all facilities, systems, equipment,
hardware, and firmware, software. Each Course shall be specific, and shall consist of
classroom, hands-on, or field training as necessary to accomplish the Course Objectives
specified in the Training Program Plan.
13.5.2 All station operation & security staff needs to be trained in emergency handling.
13.5.3 All training aids shall be used during training followed by practical & demonstrations.
13.5.4 Trainer’s kit may be used for imparting training in trouble shooting.
13.5.5 The Contractor shall provide training courses for each of the sub-systems, including, but
not be limited to:
a) Lift Control and Function system
b) Lift drive system
c) Lift Control & monitoring system
Different types of training courses of each subsystem shall be provided for staff from
different disciplines. Operations training courses shall be provided for the operations staff.
Maintenance courses shall be provided for maintenance staff. Hands on training shall be
provided to maintenance staff by simulating different problems & their troubleshooting. The
Employer’s Training Instructors shall attend all types of training courses such that the
Employer’s Training Instructors shall be able to subsequently train the Employer’s
additional staff in future in all aspects of operation and maintenance of the System.
Training is also required to be given to all station operating staff in emergency operations
& small recoveries and to identify the defects so that maintenance teams can be called.
13.6 Training Manuals, Materials – Operation, Maintenance and Records
The Contractor shall provide all Training Aids, Interactive Training Video CD, Training
Materials, Training Devices, Special Tools, fixtures, models, or other equipment required to
train Course participants.
Section VI-B 6B-99 January 2022
 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
Training Manuals are a convenient source document for use in the field. For every lecture
hand – outs with Interactive Training Video CD (CBT- Computer Based Tutorial) should
also be given. The Contractor prepare Training Manuals in English language as per
requirement of the project.
Training Manuals shall be separate from Operation and Maintenance Manuals.
The Contractor shall prepare Training Manuals and submit them to the Employer for review
and approval at least 60 days prior to the start of the Training Demonstration. Throughout
the Contract, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to supply the Employer with all
changes and revisions to the Training Manuals. Training Manuals shall become the
property of the Employer.
The Contractor shall provide the master and five hard copies of the Training Manual as
directed by “Employer’s Representative” for each course/subject. The Employer reserves
the right to copy all Training Manuals for use in Training Courses.
The contractor shall give complete training plan for each category of CMRL
staff/representative well in advance before commencement of training which shall contain
training details, training methods, training aids, profile of instructors etc.
At least one copy of the training manual shall be submitted 3 months before the
commencement of the training.
The Contractor shall, for each course, distribute one set of training handout for each trainee,
one sets of trainer’s guide and three additional sets of training handout to the Employer
before the commencement of the training course.
All the training materials shall be accurate and match with the actual design of the System.
All types of audio/visual aids shall be used during the training. The Contractor shall keep
records on the attendance of trainees.
13.7 Transfer of Technology (TOT)
(In respect of installation, maintenance and support for Spares)
13.7.1 Contractor shall submit the detailed plan of transfer of technology along with MOU with
suitable Indian companies or company having proven track record and are working in
related areas for all major systems/subsystems.
13.7.2 TOT shall be essential and shall include system assembly, installation, maintenance and
software modification/customization and training of Indian Company’s personnel to cover;
13.7.3 All configuration/ application program for Lift system for: Engineering of extensions and up
gradations of stations.
13.7.4 Re-engineering to suit changed application conditions. Incorporation of additional features.
13.7.5 Incorporation of optional facilities.
13.7.6 Addition /Modifications to equipment and components
13.7.7 Maintenance of Lifts.
13.7.8 Change in parameters of any of the Lift equipment in stations.
13.7.9 The Transfer of Technology may require involvement of Indian Company’s personnel in
design, manufacturing, testing and installation of Lift Sub- Systems during the Contract
period. The Contractor shall undertake to supply or make arrangement with the original
manufacturer to supply additional equipment required for replacement or up gradation of
Section VI-B 6B-100 January 2022
 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
the Lift systems in future.
13.7.10 The Contractor shall undertake to provide to the above Indian Company, during the life of
the equipment ordered technical assistance in the form of additional drawings
maintenance practices and technical advice.
13.8 Training Module for Employer’s Training Instructors (ETI)
13.8.1 The objective of this training is to enable and the Employer’s Training Instructors to be
competent to deliver future courses for other employees of the Employer.
13.8.2 The Contractor shall provide training to the Employer’s Training Instructors covering all the
aspects of operations maintenance.

-END OF CHAPTER 13-

Section VI-B 6B-101 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
14 Operation And Maintenance Documentation
14.1 General
14.1.1 The Contractor shall provide Operation and Maintenance manuals in English, Interactive
Training documents in Flash Pen Drive, as built drawings for use by supervisory, operating
and technical staff of Employer.
14.1.2 The contractor shall prior to Handing over of the installations (section wise) provide
comprehensive Operating and Maintenance Manuals including As-Built drawings.
14.1.3 Requirements of submission have been furnished in Part 2, Section VI-A, General
Specifications
14.1.4 Each and every manual shall be divided into indexed sections explaining the subject matter
in logical steps. Most manuals shall consist of A4-size printed sheets bound in stiff-cover
wear-resistant binders clearly and uniformly marked with the subject matter and
reference number. Where alternative sizes are proposed, (e.g., A5/A6 pocketbooks of
schematic wiring diagrams) these shall be submitted for review of Employer’
Representative. The binding shall allow for all subsequent changes and additions to be
readily effected.
14.1.5 Information shall be provided in pictorial form wherever possible and shall include step-
by-step instructions and views of the particular equipment including exploded views.
Programmable equipment shall be supplied with sufficient flow charts and fully documented
programmers to enable faults to be quickly identified and system modification to be
undertaken at any time.
14.1.6 The Contractor shall provide clarifications and amendments to the Operation and
Maintenance manuals as necessary during this contract. Updates shall be provided for the
originals and all copies.
14.1.7 As buit drawings (3 Nos. of A3 size Hard Copy & 1 No. in soft copy) shall be submitted
capturing the site changes.
14.2 Operation Manuals
14.2.1 The Contractor shall provide operation manuals explaining the purpose and operation of
the complete system together with its component subsidiary systems and individual
item of equipment. The characteristics, ratings and any necessary operating limits of the
Equipment and Sub-systems shall be provided. The Operation Manuals shall focus on
operation aspects under normal and emergency conditions. The operation manual shall be
supplied at the same time when training manuals are supplied.
14.3 Maintenance Manuals
14.3.1 The Contractor shall provide particulars of operating parameters, tools for dismantling and
testing, methods of assembly and disassembly, tolerances repair techniques and all other
information necessary to set up a repair and servicing program.
14.3.2 The manual shall also include inspection/overhaul procedure and periodicity of various
inspection/overhaul schedules in detail including the tools, special tools/plants, and facilities
required. The manual shall be subject to review by the “Employer’s Representative”.
14.3.3 The maintenance manual shall also include an illustrated parts catalogue of all plant
supplied and shall contain sufficient information to identify and requisition the
appropriate part by maintenance staff. The catalogue shall comprise 2 sub-sections.

Section VI-B 6B-102 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
14.3.4 The first shall be an alphanumeric parts list, which shall include the following information:
a) Part number
b) Description
c) Name of manufacturer
d) Quantity and Unit
e) Part number of next higher assembly (usually a line replaceable unit).
f) Cross-reference to figure number.
g) Category: e.g. consumable, line replaceable unit, repairable.
h) Life-expected life, Mean time between failure or mean distance between failure
where available.
i) General or specific purpose
14.3.5 The second is a series of illustrations to indicate the location of each replaceable item which
shall be clear and progressive with exploded views to enable parts to be identified easily by
cross-reference with the alpha-numeric list.
14.3.6 Maintenance Manual shall include the following;
a) Infrastructure required for the maintenance.
b) Maintenance check sheets for I line, II line & III line maintenance.
c) Illustration of lift’s components, sub-assemblies, assemblies etc. with a sketch.
d) Detailed explanation of safety items.
e) Detailed coverage of trouble shooting.
f) Reliability Centre maintenance (RCM), Maintenance Requirement Analysis,
Predictive Maintenance & Reliability, Availability & Maintainability data’s etc.
g) Check Sheets & scope of work for maintenance services.

-END OF CHAPTER 14-

Section VI-B 6B-103 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
APPENDIX - A
Interface Matrix Lift Contract
(Elevated Stations, Under Ground Stations and Depot)
All System Contractors to display interface issues on boards at site in suitable format, so that
concerned contractor I department and inspecting officials are aware of the interface
requirements.

Architect I DDC to ensure that interface requirements are met with while issuing GFC drawings. All
system contractors are to ensure it & sign off. Interface with concerned contractor is the
responsibility of the system contractor. Engineer will provide the contact detail of concerned
contractors to system contractor to facilitate timely interface.

The requirements mentioned below must be read in conjunction with the Interface Management
Requirements mentioned in Part-2, Employer’s Requirements, Appendix 16.

List of Interface sheets for Lifts and Escalators – C4- AES-05-L&E

Sl.No. Description Remarks

1 Lifts & Escalators AES-05 vs Elevated Package ECV-01
2 Lifts & Escalators AES-05 vs Elevated Package ECV-02
3 Lifts & Escalators AES-05 vs Poonamallee Depot
3 Lifts & Escalators AES-05 vs Elevated Package UG-01 Refer Annexure-D,
4 Lifts & Escalators AES-05 vs Elevated Package UG-02 Appendix 16, Interface
5 Lifts & Escalators AES-05 vs E&M (ECV-01, ECV-02 and Management, SectionVI-A
Depot) Employer’s Requirements-
6 Lifts & Escalators AES-05 vs E&M (UG-01 and UG-02) Appendices of Part-2

7 Lifts & Escalators AES-05 vs VAC TVS SCADA (UG-01

& UG-02)
8 Lifts AES-05 vs Telecom (ECV-01, ECV-02, UG-01, UG-
02 and Depot)

Section VI-B 6B-104 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
APPENDIX - B
Vendor Approval
It shall be obligatory for the Contractor to obtain Notice approval from the “Employer’s
Representative” for the selection of the vendors for all items of work, even if the name of the vendor
is specified in the Contractor’s Technical Submission and the works to be done including purchase
of materials and equipment is in accordance with the Standards specified in the Contract.
Vendor to be selected who are capable to provide good after sales services available in Chennai
during CAMC and thereafter.
For Design and Build Contracts
A. In Design and Build Contracts the following shall also be ensured for the
Vendor Approval and Selection:-
Proven Design
The Contractor shall develop the design based on this specification and on sound proven
and reliable Project Engineering practices. The broad design details shall be submitted with
technical support data in the technical bid. Detailed calculations shall be submitted to the
Employer’s Representative during the design process stage for review and approval.
1.1 Systems and Sub-Systems
Manufacturer shall have at least 5 years’ experience of design and manufacturing of similar
system. Proposed systems from the proposed manufacturing unit shall have been in use
and have established their satisfactory performance and reliability for Three years in
minimum.
All sub-systems, equipment and major components etc. (hereinafter referred as sub-
systems) shall be state-of-art and of proven design.
Proposed Systems/ sub-systems shall have been in use and have established their
satisfactory performance and reliability on at least Two mass rapid transit systems (including
Railway or Airports) in revenue service over a period of three years or more either outside
the country of origin at an average in two different countries. Systems/ Sub- systems/
components used in other metro do not get automatically qualified for use unless
specifically approved by the Employer’s Representative for this project. If required by the
Employer’s Representative, Contractor shall provide certificate of satisfactory performance
for a period of five years or more from the Metro operators. Where similar System/ Sub-
systems of a different rating are already proven in service as per the above criteria then
the supply shall be based on such sub- systems.
All ‘sub systems’ shall be procured from the approved vendors and sourced from only such
manufacturing units that have supplied the sub-systems that fulfil the proven design
requirements as above.
In case the contractor proposes to use systems or sub-system(s) that do not fulfil the above
said criteria then the contractor shall furnish sufficient information to prove the basic
soundness and reliability of the offered systems and sub-system(s) for review of the
Employer’s Representative.
The Employer’s Representative’s decision on contractor’s proposal shall be final and
binding.

Section VI-B 6B-105 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
B. For sourcing the equipment from indigenous manufacturing facilities, following
conditions shall be complied:-
a) In case the vendor uses his own facilities for indigenization after part supply
of equipment from the approved manufacturing unit, no change in design,
component type/make, quality standards, manufacture procedure, etc. shall be
made without specific approval of the Employer’s Representative.
b) In case OEM wants to use manufacturing facilities in India (other than his own)
for items for which the OEM has been approved, it shall enter into an agreement
with such selected Indian equipment manufacturer and obtain prior approval from
CMRL. No change in composition, rating, type, model no, manufacturing process,
quality standards, design, etc. and make of the components used in assemblies/sub-
assemblies of such equipment as manufactured by the approved parent vendor
shall be made without specific approval of the Employer’s Representative.
In case OEM wishes to change/ make/ type specifications, etc. of any sub-
components for supplies to be sourced from Indian facility, specific prior approval of
the Employer’s Representative shall be obtained for changes made, model,
specification, etc. Responsibility for obtaining such prior approval shall rest solely
with the contractor.
Format for submitting the vendor approval request shall be given to the contractor during
initial stages and approved format shall be followed throughout the contract

-END OF APPENDIX B-
.

Section VI-B 6B-106 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
APPENDIX - C
STATION-WISE REQUIREMENT OF LIFTS FOR CORRIDOR - 4 – STAGE 1 & 2

Station-wise Lifts for Stage - 1

Sl. From Travelling Quantity

Station To (Level) Stops
No. (Level) Height (m) (No’s)
Poonamallee Plinth Concourse 9 3 2
1 Bypass 2
Concourse Platform 7 2
Plinth Concourse 8 4 2
2 Poonamallee
Concourse Platform 7 2 2
Plinth Concourse 7 2 2
3 Mullai Thottam
Concourse Platform 4 1 2
Plinth Concourse 20 2 2*
4 Karayan Chavadi
Concourse Platform 7 1 2
Kumanan Plinth Concourse 23 2 2*
5
Chavadi Concourse Platform 4 1 2
Plinth Concourse 7 2 2
6 Kattupakkam
Concourse Platform 4 1 2
Plinth Concourse 7 2 2
7 Iyyapanthangal 1
Concourse Platform 4 2
Plinth Concourse 7 3 2
8 Thelliyaragaram
Concourse Platform 4 1 2
Plinth Concourse 8 2 2
Porur Bypass
9 1
Crossing Concourse Platform 7 2

Plinth Concourse 10 3 2
10 Porur Junction
Concourse Platform 7 2 2
2
Plinth Concourse 7 2
11 Alapakkam
Upper 1
Concourse 12 3
Platform
2
Plinth Concourse 7 2
12 Karambakkam
Upper 1
Concourse 13 3
Platform
3
Plinth Concourse 7 2
13 Valasaravakkam
Upper 1
Concourse 12 3
Platform
3
14 Alwarthiru Nagar Plinth Concourse 7 2

Section VI-B 6B-107 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts

Station-wise Lifts for Stage - 1

Sl. From Travelling Quantity

Station To (Level) Stops
No. (Level) Height (m) (No’s)
Upper 1
Concourse 12 3
Platform
3
Plinth Concourse 7 2
15 Avichi School
1
Concourse Platform 4 2
2
Plinth Concourse 7 2
16 Saligramam
1
Concourse Platform 4 2

Lower 4
Plinth 9 2
Concourse
Lower Upper 1
17 Vadapalani 7 2
Concourse Concourse
Lower 2
Platform 13 3
Concourse
Kodampakkam Plinth Concourse 7 2 2
18
Power House Concourse Platform 7 2 2
Poonamallee Depot
(Admin & Maintenance Ground 2nd Floor 8 4 3
Bldg.)
Total 74
Note: * Mid Landing proposed

Section VI-B 6B-108 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
Station-wise Lifts for Stage - 2
Sl. Travelling Quantity
Station From (Level) To (Level) Stops
No. Height (m) (No’s)
Kodambakk Ground Concourse 9 2 2
1
am Flyover Concourse Platform 6 1 2
Kodambakk Ground Concourse 10 2 2
2
am Concourse Platform 12 1 2
Ground Concourse 6
9 2
Panagal
3
Park Concourse Platform 1
6 2

Ground Mezzanine 1 10 1 2
Ground Concourse 22 2 4
Ground Mezzanine 1 9 1 2
4 Nandanam
Ground Mezzanine 1 10 1 3
Existing Mezzanine 2 11 1 3
Mezzanine 2 Concourse 12 1 3
9 1 2
Ground Concourse 1
5 Boat club 10 2
Concourse Platform 6 1 2
Bharathidas Ground Concourse 8 1 2
6
an Road Concourse Lower Platform 20 1 4
Ground Concourse 8 1 2
7 Alwarpet 1
Concourse Lower Platform 20 4
Kutchery Ground Concourse 9 1 2
8
Road Concourse Lower Platform 20 1 4
Ground Concourse 15 1 2
Ground Mid Landing 7 1 2
9 Light House
Mid Landing Concourse 10 1 2
Concourse Platform 8 1 2
Total 33
Note: Tentative Lifts & No. of Landings/Openings
1. Station Lifts from Platform to Concourse or Concourse to Street shall have Two/Three (2/3)
Landings/Openings except where the stations are having Intermediate levels.
2. Station wise Lifts details shall be coordinated with Package Civil Contractors.
3. Depot Buildings including Admin & Workshop & Maintenance Shed – with minimum Three (3)
Landings.
4. 26 P Lifts at Boat Club, Panagal Metro, Kodambakkam, Light House & Kodambakkam Flyover
Metro Stations of approximately 13 Nos.

END OF APPENDIX C-

Section VI-B 6B-109 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
APPENDIX - D
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS
The abbreviations used in this Specification are as follows:
Sl.
Abbreviation Description
No.
1 AC Alternating Current
2 ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
3 BMS Building Management System
4 BIS Bureau of Indian Standards
5 BS British Standards
6 CPWD Central Public Works Department
7 DC Direct Current
8 DDC Detail Design Consultants
9 DFT Dry Film Thickness
10 DLP Defect Liability Period
11 EBD Emergency Battery Drive
12 E&M Electrical and Mechanical
13 EMC Electro Magnetic Compatibility
14 EMI Electro Magnetic Interference
15 EMU Electrical Multiple Unit
16 RCM Reliability Centre Maintenance
17 EN European Standard
18 g Gravitational acceleration
19 GCC General Conditions of Contract
20 GS General Specifications
21 IEC International Electro Technical Commission
22 IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers
23 IMP Interface Management Plan
24 IS Indian Standards
25 ITB Interface Terminal Board
26 TFT LCD Thin-Film-Transistor Liquid Crystal Display
27 LED Light Emitting Diode
28 LT Low tension
29 IIoT Industrial Internet of Things
30 m meter

Section VI-B 6B-110 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Lifts
Sl.
Abbreviation Description
No.
31 mm millimeter
32 MCB Miniature Circuit Breaker
33 MCCB Moulded Case Circuit Breaker
34 MMIS Maintenance Management Information System
35 MRT Mass Rapid Transit
36 N Newton
37 NFPA National Fire Protection Association
38 N/m2 Newton per square meter
39 N/C Contactor or Relays with normally close contacts
40 N/O Contactor or Relays with normally open contacts
41 OCC Operations Control Centre
42 TS Technical Specifications
43 RAM Reliability, Availability and Maintainability
45 SCADA Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition
46 SCR Station Control Room
47 TOT Transfer of Technology
48 UPS Un-interruptible Power Supply
49 VVVF Variable Voltage Variable Frequency
50 PCC Particular Condition of Contract
51 DC Direct Current
52 THD Total Harmonic distortion
53 dB Decibel
54 PMSM Permanent Magnet Synchronous Motor
55 MAP Maintenance Access Panel
56 MRL Machine- Room Less
57 RCC Reinforced Cement Concrete
58 ELCB Earth Leakage Circuit Breaker
60 IB Interface Board
61 TOD Time of Delay
62 LIFT Lift
63 Hr, hr. Hour
------------------
-END OF APPENDIX D-

Section VI-B 6B-111 January 2022

 CHENNAI METRO RAIL LIMITED
CHENNAI METRO RAIL PROJECT PHASE – II, CORRIDOR – 4

Tender No. C4-AES-05-L&E

“Design, Manufacture, Supply, Installation, Testing

& Commissioning of Heavy Duty Machine Room
Less Lifts and Escalators”

PART - 2 : EMPLOYERS REQUIREMENTS

SECTION – VI- B
2. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS - ESCALATORS

JANUARY 2022
 BIDDING DOCUMENTS
Composition of Documents

Part 1 Bidding Procedure

Section I Instructions to Bidders (ITB)

Section II Bid Data Sheet (BDS)

Section III Evaluation and Qualification Criteria (EQC)

Section IV Bidding Forms

Section V Eligible Source Countries of Loans

Part 2 Employer’s Requirements

Section VI-A General Specifications including Appendices

Section VI-B 1. Technical Specifications – Lifts

2. Technical Specifications – Escalators
Section VI-C Employers Drawings

Section VI-D OHS&E Requirements

Part 3 Conditions of Contract and Contract Forms

Section VII General Conditions of Contract (GCC)

Section VIII Particular Conditions of Contract (PCC)

Section IX Annex to PCC – Contract Forms

CHENNAI METRO RAIL LIMITED
CHENNAI METRO RAIL PROJECT PHASE II

TENDER NO. C4-AES-05-L&E

TABLE OF CONTENTS
1 INTRODUCTION .......................................................................................................................... 1
1.1 Scope and Purpose .................................................................................................................. 1
1.2 Relevant Documents ................................................................................................................ 1
1.3 Design Service of the Works ................................................................................................... 1
1.4 Definitions ................................................................................................................................. 2
2 OVERVIEW OF THE PROJECT ............................................................................................... 3
2.1 General ...................................................................................................................................... 3
2.2 Chennai Metro Rail Project (Phase-II) .................................................................................... 3
2.3 Chennai Metro Rail Project-Station Details ........................................................................... 3
2.4 Key Challenges ......................................................................................................................... 3
3 SCOPE OF WORKS ................................................................................................................... 5
3.1 General ...................................................................................................................................... 5
3.2 Scope ......................................................................................................................................... 5
3.3 Services ..................................................................................................................................... 5
3.4 Documentation ......................................................................................................................... 6
3.5 Other statutory requirements ................................................................................................. 6
3.6 Key Dates and Access Dates .................................................................................................. 7
3.7 Provision of Works Areas........................................................................................................ 7
3.8 Items of Work Excluded from Contract .................................................................................. 7
3.9 General criteria for the Escalator Contractor ........................................................................ 7
4 DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS .............................................................. 9
4.1 General ...................................................................................................................................... 9
4.2 Design Environment ................................................................................................................ 9
4.3 Basic Design Philosophy and Requirements ........................................................................ 9
4.4 Design Management and Control ......................................................................................... 10
4.5 System Integration Process .................................................................................................. 10
4.6 Interface Management Plan ................................................................................................... 10
4.7 Design Submission Requirements ....................................................................................... 11
4.8 Performance Features Required ........................................................................................... 11
4.9 Reliability, Availability and Maintainability (RAM) Requirements ..................................... 11
4.10 Safety ....................................................................................................................................... 13
4.11 Conformity with Governing Specifications and other Statutory Requirements .............. 14
4.12 Functional Requirements -Escalators .................................................................................. 14
4.13 Escalator Schedules .............................................................................................................. 15
4.14 Codes and Regulations ......................................................................................................... 15
4.15 Abbreviations ......................................................................................................................... 16
5 Not Used ..................................................................................................................................... 17
6 Design Criteria and Performance Specification............................................................... 18
6.1 Definitions ............................................................................................................................... 18
6.2 Performance Requirements .................................................................................................. 19
6.3 General Requirements ........................................................................................................... 19
6.4 Mechanical Requirements ..................................................................................................... 22
6.5 Electrical Requirements ........................................................................................................ 29
6.6 Safety Requirements .............................................................................................................. 31
6.7 Operational Requirements .................................................................................................... 34
6.8 Maintenance Requirements .................................................................................................. 38
6.9 Interface Requirements ......................................................................................................... 39
6.10 Other Requirements ............................................................................................................... 39
6.11 Ride Comfort ........................................................................................................................... 40
7 QUALITY ASSURANCES AND SYSTEM ASSURANCE .................................................. 41
7.1 General .................................................................................................................................... 41
7.2 Quality Assurance Programme ............................................................................................. 41
7.3 Systems Assurance ............................................................................................................... 42
8 DESIGN SERVICES .................................................................................................................. 47
8.1 Design Requirements ............................................................................................................ 47
8.2 Endorsement Requirement ................................................................................................... 48
8.3 Co-ordination with Designated Contractors........................................................................ 48
8.4 Not Used .................................................................................................................................. 49
9 INSTALLATION ......................................................................................................................... 50
9.1 Site preparation/Examination ............................................................................................... 50
9.2 Adjustments ............................................................................................................................ 52
9.3 Cleanup ................................................................................................................................... 53
10 TESTING AND INSPECTION .................................................................................................. 54
10.1 General .................................................................................................................................... 54
10.2 General Requirements for Type Tests and Acceptance Tests .......................................... 54
10.3 General Requirements for Tests during Manufacture ........................................................ 54
10.4 Test Specification ................................................................................................................... 55
10.5 Testing of Materials and Details ........................................................................................... 55
10.6 Escalator Prototype Tests ..................................................................................................... 56
10.7 Not used .................................................................................................................................. 56
10.8 Escalator Type Tests ............................................................................................................. 56
10.9 Not used .................................................................................................................................. 62
10.10 Escalator Routine Tests ........................................................................................................ 62
10.11 Not used .................................................................................................................................. 65
10.12 Escalator Site Checking and Inspection .............................................................................. 65
10.13 Not used .................................................................................................................................. 65
10.14 Escalator Commissioning and Acceptance Tests [System Acceptance Testing (SAT) . 65
10.15 Not used .................................................................................................................................. 67
10.16 Interface and Integrated Tests .............................................................................................. 67
10.17 Completion Certificate ........................................................................................................... 67
10.18 Certification ............................................................................................................................ 68
11 ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY (EMC) REQUIREMENTS ................................ 69
11.1 General .................................................................................................................................... 69
11.2 Not Used .................................................................................................................................. 69
11.3 Inter-System EMC ................................................................................................................... 69
11.4 Harmonic distortion ............................................................................................................... 69
11.5 Installation and Mitigation Guidelines ................................................................................. 69
11.6 Reliability and Maintainability ............................................................................................... 70
12 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP REQUIREMENTS .................................................... 71
12.1 General .................................................................................................................................... 71
12.2 Mechanical Works .................................................................................................................. 83
12.3 Electrical Works ..................................................................................................................... 84
13 INTERFACES ............................................................................................................................. 97
13.1 Interfaces ................................................................................................................................ 97
13.2 Interface Responsibilities ...................................................................................................... 97
13.3 Scope of Work of Interface Management Plan (IMP) .......................................................... 98
14 SITE ARRANGEMENTS .......................................................................................................... 99
14.1 General .................................................................................................................................... 99
14.2 Access and Power on Dates ................................................................................................. 99
14.3 Works Areas ........................................................................................................................... 99
14.4 Delivery.................................................................................................................................. 100
14.5 Installation ............................................................................................................................ 101
14.6 Care of Works ....................................................................................................................... 101
14.7 Material Recovery ................................................................................................................. 101
15 PACKAGING, SHIPPING AND DELIVERY ........................................................................ 102
15.1 General .................................................................................................................................. 102
15.2 Packaging and Shipping...................................................................................................... 102
15.3 Delivery.................................................................................................................................. 102
15.4 Insurance .............................................................................................................................. 102
16 NOT USED ................................................................................................................................ 103
17 Comprehensive Annual Maintenance Contract (CAMC) Requirements .................. 104
17.1 Comprehensive Annual Maintenance Contract ................................................................ 104
17.2 Employer’s Maintenance Strategy ...................................................................................... 106
17.3 Warranty Period during DLP ............................................................................................... 106
17.5 Competency of Personnel ................................................................................................... 107
17.23 Printed maintenance Records/Books ................................................................................ 110
17.24 Penalty during CAMC period:- ............................................................................................ 110
18 SPARES, SPECIAL TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT .................................................... 114
18.1 General .................................................................................................................................. 114
18.2 Spares.................................................................................................................................... 114
18.3 Portable Test Equipment ..................................................................................................... 114
18.4 Special Tools ........................................................................................................................ 114
18.5 Availability of Consumable Spares during CAMC ............................................................ 115
18.6 Not used ................................................................................................................................ 115
18.7 Second Sourcing for Non-Proprietary Items ..................................................................... 115
18.8 Long Lead Times .................................................................................................................. 115
18.9 Routine Change .................................................................................................................... 115
18.10 Shelf Life ............................................................................................................................... 115
18.11 SPIR (Spare Parts Interchangeability and Replacement) List ......................................... 115
19 TRAINING ................................................................................................................................. 116
19.1 General Requirements ......................................................................................................... 116
19.2 Scope of Training ................................................................................................................. 116
19.3 Training Programme ............................................................................................................ 117
19.4 Training Plan ......................................................................................................................... 117
19.5 Training Courses .................................................................................................................. 117
19.6 Operations Training Courses .............................................................................................. 117
19.7 Maintenance Courses .......................................................................................................... 118
19.8 Training Materials ................................................................................................................. 119
19.9 Training Records .................................................................................................................. 119
19.10 Training of Employer’s Training Instructors (ETI) ............................................................ 120
19.11 Not Used ................................................................................................................................ 120
20 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION ................................................ 121
20.1 General .................................................................................................................................. 121
20.2 Operation Manuals ............................................................................................................... 121
20.3 Maintenance Manuals .......................................................................................................... 121
21 PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................................ 123
21.1 General.............................................................................................................................. 123
21.2 Key Dates ......................................................................................................................... 123
21.3 Access Dates................................................................................................................... 123
APPENDIX- A ................................................................................................................................ 124
APPENDIX - B ............................................................................................................................... 125
APPENDIX - C ............................................................................................................................... 126
APPENDIX - D ............................................................................................................................... 127
APPENDIX - E................................................................................................................................ 129
APPENDIX - F ................................................................................................................................ 130
 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

1 INTRODUCTION
1.1 Scope and Purpose
This specification defines the objectives, guidelines and requirements for the
contractor’s design, manufacture, supply, installation, testing and commissioning of the
Heavy Duty Escalators designed to operate under extreme full load conditions, for use
by Passengers and Maintenance staff at various stations of Chennai Metro Rail Limited
(CMRL) Phase 2 Network.
The works to be executed under the Contract include the design, manufacture,
verification, delivery, installation, testing (including integrated testing and
commissioning), technical support, maintenance, training of Employer’s staff and
documentation for a complete System necessary to deliver the requirements of this
Specification.
1.2 Relevant Documents
1.2.1 This Specification should be read in conjunction with the General Conditions of Contract
(GCC), the Special Conditions of Contract (SCC), the General Specification (GS) and
any other document forming part of the Contract.
1.2.2 In the event of a conflict between the GS and this Specification, this Specification shall
prevail.
1.2.3 In the event of a conflict between this Specification and any other standards or
specification quoted herein, the requirements of this Specification shall prevail.
1.2.4 The order of precedence, with item 1 having the highest priority, is:
i. Technical Specification
ii. General Specification
iii. Indian Standards
iv. International Standards referenced herein.
v. Other International Standards
vi. Other National Standards.
1.2.5 Notwithstanding the precedence specified in clauses above the Contractor shall always
immediately seek advice from the Employer in the event of conflicts between
Specifications.
1.3 Design Service of the Works
1.3.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for the design service of the Works and shall satisfy
himself that the sizes, ratings and quantities of equipment as specified herein meet the
functional and operational requirements of the elevated and underground stations.
1.3.2 The contract price shall be deemed to include cost of any additional equipment,
accessories, assemblies, sub-assemblies, equipment of higher capacities or higher
ratings for the systems and sub-systems necessary for the complete, safe, reliable and
operable system.
1.3.3 The proposed capacities, sizes, ratings of equipment in Escalator system, as a result of
the design development shall be demonstrated by a proper design and simulation study
and subject to notice of no objection by the Employer/Employer’s representative.

Section VI-B 1 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

1.4 Definitions
1.4.1 Terms used are defined in the latest edition of “Safety of Escalators and moving walks:
Part1: Construction and Installation” EN 115 & European Machinery Directive
(98/38/EC)
1.4.2 Reference to a device or a part of the Equipment applies to the number of devices or
parts required to complete the installation i.e. singular definitions shall equally apply to
the plural, as required.
1.4.3 Provisions of this specification are applicable to all Escalators unless specifically stated
otherwise.
1.4.4 Escalators: Power driven, inclined, continuous stairways used for raising or lowering
passengers, including support trusses, balustrades, floor plates, components,
machines, safety and control devices, internal electrical wiring of units, cladding,
graphics, other components and interfaces necessary for complete installations
required to safely operate escalators at rated speed and capacity.

**************************

Section VI-B 2 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

2 OVERVIEW OF THE PROJECT

2.1 General
2.1.1 This Chapter gives an overview of the Project and the information which is for reference
only.
2.2 Chennai Metro Rail Project (Phase-II)
2.2.1 Chennai metro Corridor 4 Phase 2 is expected to have following routes along with 27
metro stations and 1 Depot at Poonamallee:
Sl. No. Corridor
1 Kodambakkam Powerhouse Metro to Porur Jn Metro (Elevated)
2 Porur Bypass Metro to Poonamallee Bypass Metro (Elevated)
3 Light House Metro to Barathidasan Road Metro (Underground)
4 Boat Club Metro to Kodambakkam Flyover Metro (Underground)
2.2.2 In Corridor 4 of Chennai Metro rail project 193 nos. of Semi outdoor Escalators have
been planned to be provided at the Elevated and underground sections. This quantity is
as per the preliminary design. This quantity may vary during detailed design and
construction.
2.3 Chennai Metro Rail Project-Station Details
2.3.1 The Phase – 2, Corridor 4 of Chennai Metro Rail Project comprises of following
Corridors:
NO OF STATIONS EXPECTED
REVENUE
STAGES CORRIDOR UNDER
ELEVATED TOTAL OPENING
GROUND DATE
CORRIDOR -1 & 2
Poonamallee Bypass to
Stage-1 Kodambakkam 18 18 June’2025
Powerhouse Metro
Kodambakkam Flyover
Metro to Light House
Stage-2 9 9 Dec’2025
Metro + Remaining part
of the whole project
Total 27
The alignment of above corridors, number of stations and revenue opening date may
change during design and construction stage.
2.3.2 Operation Control Centre
OCC for Phase 2 has been planned at Koyambedu.
2.4 Key Challenges
The following are the Key Challenges presented to the Contractor.
a) The Technical Specifications, General Specification and Drawings are intended to
be mutually explanatory, and all works required in one, even if not in the other,
shall be fully executed.
b) These documents are intended to be the basic design guidelines for the Contractor
to develop with the relevant standards and complete in all aspects to the
satisfaction of Employer/Employer’s Representative’s.

Section VI-B 3 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

c) The Technical specifications describe the Scope of Works and the technical
requirements of all systems, equipment and components to be Designed,
Supplied, Installed, Tested and Commissioned under this contract.
d) Detailed Design of the System listed in the scope of works including the
requirements that are not specified here in but are required for the successful
operation of the system.
e) The Escalators to be installed under the contract shall be highly reliable and shall
provide the level of service required for Mass transit application.
f) The specified level of reliability, availability, maintainability and safety requirements
of these systems shall be achieved and verified by the Contractor by analysis,
simulation, testing and demonstrations as required in this Specification.
g) The Contractor shall carefully study the space layouts allocated for the installation
of Escalators and plan for transportation, unloading, assembly and installation of
Escalators taking all the constraints into account and at the same time will ensure
that all relevant safety clearances and rules are complied with and performance
requirements are fully met.
h) The space requirement given in the tentative layouts of various stations shall be
critically examined by the Contractor to economise on space and also to provide a
layout amenable to good maintenance and operation practices so as to achieve
an overall ergonomic design.
i) Various interfacing issues with other designated Contractors are required to be
resolved to ensure timely completion of the Works. Whilst some of the interface
issues have already been addressed, some of them are likely to have not yet been
identified or finalised. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to ensure that all
interfacing issues are clearly defined and agreements sought from all other
Contractors as well as from the local authorities in accordance with the General
Specification (GS) and the interface requirements.
j) The System Design shall meet the specified performance and operational
requirements stipulated in this Particular Specification. The Contractor shall
conduct Simulation Studies in early design stage, to ensure that the system
capacity and equipment design meet the Employer’s Requirements.
k) The entire Scope of Work shall generally meet design requirements of fire safety
in accordance with NFPA-130 Standard for Fixed Guide-Way Transit System, with
latest versions / amendments, except where amended by this Technical
Specification.
l) The entire installation shall meet the protective provisions relating to electrical
safety and life safety described under various standards.
m) The System Design shall meet the specified Maintenance Management
Information System, Internet of things (IIoT), Predictive Maintenance, Vibration
Analysis, Remote Monitoring System, Web based latest maintenance applications
for fault alert along with escalation matrix, Diagnosis system and report generation,
Maintenance Schedules, SMS Alerts as approved by the Employer.
n) The contractor shall comply with cyber security policy /guidelines for the web-
based software applications and its infrastructure to reduce the risk of cyber-
attacks and protect against the unauthorised exploitation of systems, networks,
and technologies as per the latest CEA (Cyber Security in Power Sector)
Guidelines 2021 issued by Government of India.

Section VI-B 4 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

3 SCOPE OF WORKS
3.1 General
This Specification stipulates requirements for the design, manufacture, supply at site,
installation, testing and commissioning, operation & maintenance, manual preparation
and training of maintenance/operation personnel, Comprehensive Annual Maintenance
Contract (2 years Defect Liability Period and 5 years post Defect Liability Period) of the
Escalator system at various stations of Chennai Metro Rail Project Phase 2 Corridor 4
for 27 metro stations from Poonamallee Bypass to Light House– 193 Nos. at
Chennai.
The Contractor shall be required to interface closely with the Station Contractor appointed
by the Employer for Stations and Designated Contractors working on Corridors. The
Contractor shall also be responsible for obtaining license/clearances from statutory
authorities, whenever required.
3.2 Scope
The Contract shall include but not be limited to the following Works:
a) Approximately 193 No’s Escalators in stations for vertical movement of passengers.
b) All minor civil works or modifications required for installation of the equipment and
restoring to final finishes (chipping, cutting/bending of projected rods/rebars etc).
c) Transportation of equipment and materials for installation purposes.
d) Supply of spare parts, special tools, testing and diagnostic equipment and
measuring instruments.
e) Training of Employer’s O&M personnel
f) Documentation.
g) All Scaffolding, hoisting works required for Escalators Installation.
h) Control and monitoring system for Escalators.
i) Maintenance for specified period.
j) Services.
k) All equipment, fixtures and materials required for interface with designated
contractors
l) All Software and Hardware required for Escalators including development system,
license of all applications and operating system software etc.
m) Storage area for Spares and Records
n) Enclosures and supporting brackets for housing and fixing equipment.
o) Services as per clause 3.3 below.
The details of the above works are given in the relevant sections of this Specification.
3.3 Services
The Services to be performed by the Contractor shall include but not be limited to the
following:
a) Design, manufacture, supply, system quality management, installation, testing
(including integrated testing) and commissioning of the complete system as brought
out above.
b) Presentations, reviews and audit support as specified in this Specification.
c) Interface management as specified in this Specification.
Section VI-B 5 January 2022
 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

d) System operations and maintenance support services.

e) Training for Employer’s staff.
f) Decommissioning, removal and/or disposal of temporary works.
g) Prototype and Type Tests;
h) Defects liability of Permanent Works after commissioning as stipulated in the General
Conditions of Contract (GCC) and Special Conditions of Contract (SCC); and
i) Obtaining statutory clearances for the commissioning of Escalators from statutory
authorities.
j) Removal of scratch proof paper and debris in the vicinity before handing over
escalators to the Employer
k) Single PC Based Remote Monitoring System for Lifts and Escalators with
different monitoring and control signals
3.4 Documentation
The documentation to be delivered by the Contractor shall include, but not be limited to,
the following items:
3.4.1 Design Stage
a) Description of general design philosophy.
b) System reliability, availability, maintainability and safety evaluation reports.
c) Automatic fault identification and isolation arrangement.
d) Determination of equipment ratings.
e) Determination of space requirement.
f) Design and proving protection devices/systems and its validation,
g) Type test reports for equipment selected.
h) Detailed design drawings and reports.
i) Detailed interface reports and interfacing design drawings.
j) Hazard identification and control documentation.
3.4.2 Construction Stage
a) Construction and Installation Plan including site safety plan;
b) Factory Acceptance Test Plan for equipment.
c) Quality Plans and RAM Plans.
d) Installation, operation and maintenance instruction of all equipment.
e) Operation and Maintenance Manuals.
f) Records and drawings of equipment installed.
g) All other records of construction, including hidden parts;
h) Site test report of equipment;
i) As built drawings including interface drawings and
j) Other documentation as required, by the Employer.
3.5 Other statutory requirements
3.5.1 The Contractor shall be fully responsible for obtaining relevant safety certificate or any
other document required from statutory authorities for commissioning and for regular
operation of Escalators.
3.5.2 The Contractor shall submit the relevant safety and clearance certificates obtained for
each equipment from the statutory authorities to the “Employer/employer’s representative.

Section VI-B 6 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

3.5.3 The Contractor shall provide adequate signage and graphics as being statutory
requirements, for the safe and proper utilisation of each equipment, in adequate number
exhibited at required locations.
3.6 Key Dates and Access Dates
The 'Key Dates' and 'Access Dates' applicable to this Technical Specification are given in
Appendix 2B of General Specification.
3.7 Provision of Works Areas
The Designated Contractor shall provide the Contractor specified Works Areas at
designated locations during construction purpose. The locations, specified area and
probable date of access will be given to the contractor 30 days after “Notice To Proceed”.
The locations indicated are tentative and may change depending upon the availability and
utilization of land. The Contractor shall hand over back the Works area to the designated
Contractor after the expiry of specified period.
Refer of this Contract for drawings.
3.8 Items of Work Excluded from Contract
The following items of work associated with the System will be provided by other
Contractors and are excluded from the Contract. However, the Contractor shall provide
timely inputs such as necessary drawings, instructions, hardware and materials to the
other Contractors as required under intimation to the Employer.
3.8.1 The relevant Civil Contractors will provide Major Civil Works including access roads,
Escalator pits and notches, Escalator controller room, fences and building services.
3.8.2 Earth mats and earth electrodes will be supplied and installed by the respective Civil
Contractors
3.8.3 Double Earthing in the form of earth strip / earth bus shall be provided and installed by the
E&M Contractor up to Escalator MET (Main Earth Terminal) which is provided in top
landing Escalator pit. The Escalator contractor shall be responsible for further earthing to
the escalators, LV Panels and all other associated equipment.
3.8.4 The incoming LT cable from LT switchboard up to the Isolator (including isolator) shall be
provided by E&M Contractor. The Escalator contractor shall connect to controller &
machine area enclosure from Isolator which is provided by E&M Contractor.
3.9 General criteria for the Escalator Contractor
3.9.1 Architectural intent shall be maintained at all times.
3.9.2 The entire work shall be carried out strictly in accordance with the true intent and
meaning of the specification and drawings taken together regardless of whether the
same may or may not be shown particularly on the drawings or described in the
specifications provided that the same can be reasonably inferred from there. In
general, the system should be engineered to suit the aesthetics and performance
requirements, taking into consideration the necessary factors to suit fabrication and
the site conditions for erection.
3.9.3 The Escalator contractor shall strictly follow, at all stages of work, the stipulations
contained in the locally applicable safety code or its equivalent British/EN standard
for ensuring the safety of man and material.
3.9.4 Shop and field materials and workmanship shall be subject to inspection of
Section VI-B 7 January 2022
 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

Employer/Employer’s Representative’s at all times. Such inspections shall not

relieve the escalator contractor from obligations to provide material conforming to all
the requirements of the contract documents / specifications and industry standards
with respect to material quality.
3.9.5 The Escalator contractor is fully responsible for design & engineering, shop
drawings, procurement of materials, fabrication, installation, and warranties. All
approvals, instructions, permission, checking, review etc. whatsoever by the
Employer/Employer’s Representative’s shall not relieve the Escalator contractor of
his responsibility and obligation regarding adequacy, correctness, completeness,
safety, strength, quality, workmanship etc. of the Escalator installation and its
performance.
3.9.6 The Escalator contractor shall thoroughly check all shop drawings before submission
with regard to measurements, materials and detail to satisfy himself that they
conform to the intent of the drawings and specifications.
3.9.7 Approval of drawings shall not be construed as authorizing variations or increased
costs and increase in delivery time.
3.9.8 Where errors or omissions are found later, the Escalator contractor shall rectify /
supply the required parts to install at no extra cost.
3.9.9 The escalator contractor shall provide cables from the Isolator provided by the E&M
contractor to the escalator controller and shall terminate with double compression
metal glands. Necessary drawing approval should be taken. From there its extension
to escalator will be in the scope of escalator contractor, however, the required cable
trays/race ways/conduits will be provided by the E&M contractor. Escalator
contractor to install in the controller relevant RCCB, ELCB, MCCB, etc. for 3 phase
and 1 phase power requirements to ensure human and equipment protection.
3.9.10 The lighting as well as ventilation requirements in the escalator enclosure and fixing
of the Control Panel of escalators are in scope of the Escalator Contractor. The
fixtures and cables shall be approved by the Employer/Employer’s Representative’s.
3.9.11 Fire Resistant material shall be provided by the Escalator Contractor to cover the
hoisted escalators to avoid damage of escalator components due to constructional
works like welding/gas cutting, plastering, painting etc.
3.9.12 The Escalator Contractor shall satisfy himself and Employer/Employer’s
Representative’s about the Escalator Pit area walls water tightness to ensure no water
ingress. If the Escalator shaft/pit is open to sky and not watertight, sump with submersible
pump requirement shall be deemed necessary and shall be met by interfacing with
concerned Contractor(s).

**************************

Section VI-B 8 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

4 DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

4.1 General
The design, manufacture, supply, installation, testing and commissioning of the Escalators
shall meet the design and performance requirements within the design environments
specified in this Technical Specification.
4.2 Design Environment
4.2.1 Climate Conditions / Operating Environment stipulated in General Specification shall
apply.
4.2.2 Isoceraunic level: Average 30 thunderstorm days per year as per IS 2309 latest edition
4.2.3 The stations are exposed to extreme harsh weather conditions such as heat, dust
humidity, occasional seepage and environment/atmosphere infiltrations etc. The system
design shall take into consideration these conditions and ensure that performance of the
system remains unaffected due to such conditions.
4.3 Basic Design Philosophy and Requirements
4.3.1 Proven Design
The Contractor shall develop the design based on this specification and on proven and
reliable National/ International Engineering Practices. The design details shall be
submitted with technical data and calculations to the “Employer/Employer’s
representative” for notice of no objection.
The System, including all Sub-systems and Equipment shall be of proven design. The
Escalator Sub-systems and Equipment proposed by the Contractor shall have been in use
and have established their performance reliability. The performance certificate from the
client/ User of the system is to be submitted. Where similar equipment or Sub-systems of
a different rating are already proven in service, then the design shall be based on such
equipment. In case these stipulations are not fulfilled, the Contractor shall furnish sufficient
information to prove the basic soundness and reliability of the offered Sub system.
All design submission should be verified with reference to relevant code and standard
4.3.2 The design philosophy should meet the following criteria:
a) Application of state-of-the-art Technology,
b) Service proven design,
c) Design life as given in this document, Clause 8.1.1.
d) Minimum life cycle cost,
e) Low maintenance cost,
f) Use of interchangeable, modular components,
g) Extensive and prominent labelling of parts, cables and wires,
h) Use of unique serial numbers for traceability of components,
i) High reliability,
j) Low energy loss/Energy efficient
k) System safety,
l) Adequate redundancy and factor of safety,
m) Fire and smoke protection,
n) Use of fire retardant materials,

Section VI-B 9 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

o) Environment friendly,
p) Adherence to operational performance requirements,
q) Maximum utilisation of indigenous materials and skills, subject to quality
Conformity.
r) Vandal proof finish,
s) Interface with other systems.
t) Predictive maintenance, Maintenance Management Information System, Fault
Alert System
u) Not Used.
4.3.3 Adequate margin shall be built into the design particularly to take care of the higher
ambient temperatures, dusty conditions, high seasonal humidity, etc. prevailing in
Chennai region and area of installation of this project.
4.4 Design Management and Control
4.4.1 In order to ensure that the requirements of this Particular Specification are met, the
Contractor shall establish and maintain documented procedures using ISO 9001 latest
version to control and verify the design of the System and all its equipment. These
procedures shall be subject to notice of no objection by the Employer/Employer’s
representative.
4.4.2 The Contractor shall establish and maintain a systematic, documented, comprehensive,
and verifiable system integration process throughout the execution of the Contract.
4.4.3 This process shall ensure that interfaces and interaction between System, infrastructure,
sub-systems, software, and operating and maintenance requirements have been
identified and designed/ executed to function together as a system.
4.5 System Integration Process
4.5.1 The Contractor shall systematically identify and formally document all design,
manufacturing and operational interfaces between equipment within the System, and
between the System and external systems, facilities, operations and the environment
likely to affect or be affected by the System.
4.5.2 A mechanism to assign project responsibility for interface management and control shall
be provided such that every identified interface has a defined resolution process that can
be monitored.
4.5.3 The Contractor shall define methods to confirm compatibility between System equipment
and carrying out integration tests at different stages of the design and interface
management process to demonstrate that all equipment functions perform properly both
individually and as part of the complete System.
4.5.4 The Contractor shall ensure that performance, availability and safety requirements are
addressed in the design process and that the reliability and maintainability of all the
equipment will enable the service performance to be met.
4.5.5 The system integration process shall be subjected to Audit by the Employer/Employer’s
representative.
4.6 Interface Management Plan
The Contractor shall submit to the Employer/Employer’s representative for notice of no
objection an Interface Management Plan (IMP) and Detail Interface Documents, in

Section VI-B 10 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

accordance with the General Specification, which defines how the Contractor will
systematically identify and document technical interfaces. This will not absolve the
contractor of the ultimate responsibility for ensuring timely & appropriate interface.
4.7 Design Submission Requirements
4.7.1 The Contractor shall perform his designs for the Contract in accordance with the
requirements of this Particular Specifications and the General Specifications. The
Contractor shall submit to the Employer/Employer’s representative for his notice of no
objection, relevant design information as identified under each stage. Such submissions
shall incorporate the relevant Standards applicable.
4.7.2 The design submission requirements are detailed in the General Specification.
4.8 Performance Features Required
4.8.1 The Contractor shall provide built-in diagnostics and remote monitoring functions for each
microprocessor-based equipment and module of the systems such that the performance
requirements can be demonstrated.
4.8.2 The reliability and maintainability processes and procedures shall be planned, integrated
and developed in conjunction with the operating environment and the design,
development and production functions to permit the most effective and economical
achievements of the systems and equipment design objective.
The Contractor shall prepare RAM analysis report based on the approved Escalator
Design, which shall be validated by the contractor as per the actual performance data
obtained during Defect Liability period (DLP) & Post DLP. In case the contractor is not
able to achieve specified / provided target of RAM, the contractor shall take necessary
corrective measures either by way of change of design of the relevant equipment /
component or software modification at his own expenses to meet the RAM requirement.
4.8.3 The systems shall meet or exceed the requirements for safety and reliability as specified
in National or International Standards for such mass rapid transit system. The reliability of
the systems designed, supplied and installed is the principal element for availability. It is
essential that the System reliability is as high as reasonably practicable.
4.8.4 A high design standard incorporating redundancy if practicable, flexible system
arrangement, together with good quality products and adherence to strict construction
standards are required to ensure high reliability of the installed systems for smooth
operation of train services.
4.9 Reliability, Availability and Maintainability (RAM) Requirements
4.9.1. Reliability Requirement
The Reliability requirements of this Technical Specifications shall be subsidiary to the
Availability and Maintainability requirements of this Technical Specifications.
The reliability of equipment should be of the highest level and that it does not result in
injury / fatality of the escalator user passenger in the Escalators due to equipment failure
including escalator reversal. Any claim/ Damage/ Compensation claimed by the
effected passenger/ Escalator user on account of equipment failure shall be recovered
from the Escalator Contractor. In addition, CMRL shall impose a penalty @ INR
25,000/- (Indian Rupees Twenty Five Thousand Only) per case. This penalty is
applicable during CAMC (including DLP and post DLP) period. Till the date of handover,
the responsibility for any loss or damage is accountable on Escalator contractor.

Section VI-B 11 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

4.9.2. Availability
Service Availability Targets
a) Quantitative targets have been set for the System availability to ensure that the
reliability of the Systems does not jeopardise the reliability of services of the
MRTS.
b) The Systems shall be designed to ensure that failure of any major equipment,
caused by an external accident or negligence of internal staff, will not lead to
unavailability of the whole System, other than temporary outage of the failed
equipment.
c) All elements of the systems shall be able to be maintained during out-of-traffic
hours to avoid interrupting passenger train services.
d) If escalator is kept out of service for more than 6 hrs due to non – availability of
spares or due to lack of proper attention, CMRL shall impose a penalty of INR
25,000/- (Indian Rupees Twenty-Five Thousand Only) per day, for each such
case. The penalty shall applicable during CAMC (including DLP and post DLP).
e) The Employer will assess the reasons for the equipment not being in service,
accordingly the penalty will be imposed. The Employer’s decision is final.
The measure for Availability for the Escalators shall be based on failure reported.
Availability =
[{(No. of Days/month × 20 hrs.) × No of Escalators population in each station} – {Total
Unavailability hrs. in one month)}]
____________________________________________________________
{(No. of Days/month × 20 hrs.) × No of Escalators population in each station}
The Escalators/Station should achieve minimum availability of 99.9%
calculated as above.
During CAMC, The Availability of all the Escalators equipment should be maintained
at 99.9% on monthly basis for each station wise and arrangements should be made
for attending all the faults on the same day without any further delay as per condition
of the contract.
For the purposes of availability calculation, the Contractor shall assume that the
service operating hours are 20 hours per day (04:00 AM to 00:00 Hrs mid Night or as
decided by the employer), for No. of days in a month for the design life.
4.9.3. Maintainability
4.9.3.1. The Contractor shall undertake maintainability analysis to assess the preliminary
maintainability targets of the systems.
4.9.3.2. The Contractor shall state the maintainability requirements and demonstrate that
System maintainability is sufficient to support the claimed System reliability and
availability performance. The Contractor shall demonstrate that maintenance errors
have been considered, and as far as is practicable, the risk of maintenance-induced
faults has been mitigated by the appropriate design.
4.9.3.3. The equipment to be supplied by the Contractor must be designed for minimum or
no maintenance. Maintenance activity required must be capable of being performed
with minimum or no impact on the train service.
4.9.3.4. Maintenance activities may be classified into two areas, routine/ preventative and
corrective, both of which affect service availability. Other maintenance strategies
such as predictive maintenance/condition monitoring may be incorporated.

Section VI-B 12 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

4.9.3.5. Routine/preventive maintenance periods shall be limited to non-operational

maintenance hours during the night or if essential during off peak periods.
4.9.3.6. To optimise speedy corrective maintenance, techniques employing automatic
diagnostics test points, and rapid repair facilities shall be provided.
4.9.3.7. The maintainability measure for the Escalator shall be Mean Time To Restore
(MTTR) . The Escalator shall achieve MTTR of 60 minutes.
The MTTR time measurement shall include on site diagnostics and rectification of the
failure up to the point that the System is restored to full functionality. In the event that the
failure cannot be rectified, the measurement shall include the time necessary to remove
the failed piece of equipment from the System and replace it with a functioning module.
The MTTR does not include the time taken for designated personnel to arrive on site
(access time) to begin local diagnostic activities or the time taken for the replacement
parts to be delivered to site.
4.9.4. Call out Ratio:
Failure: Escalators not available for more than one hour for passenger service shall be
registered as a failure provided:
1. Failure is attributable to:
a) Design defect.
b) Equipment failure / replacement.
c) Manufacturing defect.
d) Wrong Erection.
e) Maintenance lapse (during DLP by the contractor).
4.9.4.1. The call out ratio: i.e., Contractor engineer visit to the site for non-schedule maintenance
for the failures as defined above should not exceed 2 on any one of the Escalators in a
year. The average call out ratio should not exceed 1.5 for the number of Escalators
provided by the contractor under this contract. The period one year will commence from
date of Revenue Operation or Taking over whichever is later. If the visit of Contractor
engineer for non-schedule maintenance exceeds 2 per Escalators per year and 1.5
average call out ratio exceed, a penalty of INR 20,000/- (Indian Rupees Twenty Thousand
Only) shall be imposed for each such visit. Penalty is applicable CAMC (including DLP
and post DLP).
4.10 Safety
4.10.1 Safety Requirements
• The installation design shall incorporate measures to avoid safety hazards to people.
• The Systems design shall incorporate measures to provide for its safe management
and operation.
• The Systems shall not give rise, or be subject to, dangerous interactions within the
railway or with other systems.
• The installation shall meet the fire safety requirements generally as per NFPA 130
latest version.
• The design of the earth system shall conform to IS 3043 latest version
• Safety Requirements as per EN115 & IS 4591 latest versions
4.10.2 Safety Targets

Section VI-B 13 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

The Contractor shall show that the Systems can be maintained safely. The Contractor
shall prepare a Quantified Risk Assessment (QRA) to model the risk to (a) travelling public
and (b) maintenance and operations staff. The QRA may be based on a comparison of
System features and operating practices with other elevated / underground metro systems
for which risk levels are known.
The Contractor shall demonstrate that the Systems have been designed to minimise the
risk due to operator and maintainer error, considering both the ergonomic aspects of the
System design to reduce the likelihood of error, and protective measures adopted to
mitigate the consequence of such error. The Contractor shall demonstrate that risk to
passengers, members of public, including trespassers is as low as reasonably practicable.
4.11 Conformity with Governing Specifications and other Statutory Requirements
a) The work shall be carried out in accordance with the following governing
specifications and other statutory rules:
a) Central Electricity Authority Regulation 2010 with latest amendments.
b) Indian Electricity Act 1910 with latest amendments.
c) Rules and Regulations prescribed by local authorities as applicable.
d) Provisions of Applicable Escalator and Escalator Act.
e) Relevant, Indian Standards, IEC Standards, British Standards, and other
National/International standards as applicable.
f) Indian Energy Conservation Act 2001
g) The Contractor shall furnish information asked for by a statutory body (e.g.,
Inspector of Escalators and Escalators, Commissioner of Railway Safety,
etc.) in particular format as directed by Employer/Employer’s representative.
This clause is applicable during CAMC (including DLP and post DLP).
4.12 Functional Requirements -Escalators
Escalators shall be provided at the stations to facilitate the movement of commuters
between the different levels of the stations i.e., from Ground Level (GL) /Upper
Concourse/Mezzanine to the Concourse (C) or from Concourse (C)/Mezzanine to
Platforms (P) and vice-versa.
The Contractor shall verify the number of Escalators, vertical rises, lengths, travels,
stops, pits, delivery routes and all other relevant information by co-ordination with the
respective Civil Contractors. It shall be responsibility of the Contractor to provide the
escalator suitable for the constructed pits. No variation on this account will be payable.
Variations if any shall be in the contractors account.

Section VI-B 14 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

4.13 Escalator Schedules

The tentative requirement of Escalators is summarized below;
Rise Quantity (Nos.) Quantity (Nos.) Quantity (Nos.)
Sl. (in for Stage 1 & 2 (Total
for Stage 1 for Stage 2
No. metre) Project)
SS Glass SS Glass
SS Bal'de Glass Bal'de
Bal'de Bal'de Bal'de Bal'de
1 3 4 2 4 2
2 4 10 24 4 22 6 2
3 5 9 9
4 6 8 22 8 22
5 7 34 41 31 41 3
6 8 14 10 9 4 5 6
7 9 9 6 3
8 10 2 1 1
9 11
10 12 4 4
Sub Total 90 103 51 67 39 36
Total 118 75
Grand Total 193
Note:-

1. The above rises may vary by +/− 0.5 m based on site conditions, [Variations up to
+0.5 m will be reckoned under the lower slab and any variation more than 0.5 m will
be reckoned under the next higher slab]
2. Vertical Rise, capacity and quantity of Escalators station wise will be available in the
Appendix-F.
3. The Balustrade shall be either of Stainless Steel or of Glass. Escalators from street
level will be SS balustrade and Escalators from Concourse level will be Glass
balustrade.
4.14 Codes and Regulations
4.14.1 Codes, Regulations and Standards
Design, Installation, Testing, Commissioning and Maintenance shall comply with the latest
version of all applicable standards issued by the European Standard EN115 has the
highest priority.
a) IS – 4591: Code of Practice for Installation and Maintenance of Escalators.
b) The Tamilnadu Lift & Escalators rules 1997 latest version.
c) Additional requirements imposed by statutory, or government authorities not listed
above shall be complied with.
4.14.2 Additional Standards
a) Escalators (public service application) shall comply with the requirements of the
heavy duty type for Mass Rapid Transit application in accordance with the latest

Section VI-B 15 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

edition of EN 115: Safety of escalators and moving walks: Part 1: Construction

and Installation.
b) NFPA 130 latest version
c) National Building Code of India latest version
d) National Electricity Code latest version
e) Degree of protection, IS 2147 latest version
f) Electromagnetic Compatibility-Standard EN 12015 & EN12016 latest version
g) All Power supply and electrical installations shall conform to IEC and relevant
Indian Standards.
h) Electromagnetic compatibility IEC 61000-2-4 and IEE 519 latest version
i) Nominal characteristics of all Equipment forming part of the electrical works shall
be specified to conform to the relevant International Electro technical
Commission (IEC) Standards and the International Standards Organization
(ISO);
j) Seismic Zone: Comply with Code requirements for seismic risk zone III, as per
IS: 1893-Part 1&2 latest version;
k) LSHF cable: BS 6007, BS 6387, BS 7211, BS7629, IS 1554, IS 694
There is a possibility of clashes amongst the codes. However, the stringent of the
clauses shall be applicable.
4.14.3 The Escalator contractor shall be responsible for the Completion of the whole of the
contract works for Escalators in total conformity with the Codes. It is the Escalator
contractor’s responsibility to comply with all Code requirements even if the same is not
specifically mentioned in this specification. It is the Escalator contractor’s responsibility to
coordinate and cooperate with the Employer/Employer’s Representative’s and other
contractor(s) on issues related to the installation of the contract works at all stages.
4.14.4 In case the Escalator contractor proposes part of equipment in accordance with other
international standards, then detailed comparison documents including one original copy
(in English – translation to English should be the approved one by the standard originating
committee) of the latest edition of the referred standard (and related annexes) are to be
submitted for the Employer/Employer’s Representative’s acceptance. These documents
shall detail discrepancies and advantages it offers. Submittals shall be preceded by a
written acceptance of the Employer/Employer’s Representative’s on such. However, the
Employer/Employer’s Representative’s reserves the right to accept or reject such
proposal.

4.14.5 Contractor shall ensure for the Complete Project Safety requirement which is mentioned
in System Safety Management. However, the specific requirement for the Escalators
shall be as per this chapter.
4.15 Abbreviations
The abbreviations used in this Specification are listed in Appendix - 'D'.

**************************

Section VI-B 16 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

5 Not Used

Section VI-B 17 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

6 Design Criteria and Performance Specification

6.1 Definitions
The following words and phrases used in this Specification shall bear the meanings given
below.
a) Angle of Inclination -The angle at which a passenger travels with respect to the
horizontal.
b) Anti-Slide Device -A device to be installed on the decking between the handrails of
the adjacent Escalators, or on the decking between the handrail and the adjacent
wall, to prevent people or objects from sliding down on the decking.
c) Balustrade -The enclosure at both sides of the moving steps, consisting of decking,
inner and outer panels, and skirts.
d) Ceiling Intersection Guard -A guard provided at the intersection of Escalator decking
and ceiling or soffit.
e) Comb -The pronged portion of the comb plate at the landing which meshes with the
step tread grooves.
f) Comb plate -The plate supporting the combs at the landings.
g) Control Equipment -The components by means of which motion, direction of travel,
speed and stopping are controlled.
h) Deck, decking and decking extension -The portion of the balustrade outside the
moving handrails that are transversely horizontal. This shall include anti-slide devices
where applicable.
i) Driving Machinery -The motorised power unit for driving the Escalator.
j) Electro-mechanical Brake -A brake consisting of friction shoe(s) applied to a brake
drum or disc by means of springs that are electrically released.
k) Handrail -A power driven moving rail for passengers to grip whilst using the Escalator.
l) Handrail Guard -A guard for the moving handrail at the point where the handrail
enters or leaves the balustrade.
m) Landing -The stationary areas at the entrance to or exit from an Escalator.
n) Landing Plate/Floor plate -The portion of floor plate next to the comb plate at the
landing.
o) Newel -The portion of the balustrade on the landing at the end where the moving
handrail changes direction.
p) Number of Flat Steps -Flat steps shall be measured from the point at which the first
step emerges from under the comb plate in a horizontal direction to the first exposure
of the riser of an adjacent step, both at the upper and lower landings.
q) Panel -The portion of the balustrade occupying the vertical space between the top of
the decking and the moving stairway excluding space occupied by the skirts.
r) Skirt -The portion of the balustrade immediately adjacent to the moving stairway,
occupying the vertical space between the steps and the deck or inner panel.
s) Step -The unit which forms the moving stairway.
t) Step Chain -The main chain to which the steps are attached.
u) Step Roller Track -The track on which the step roller runs.

Section VI-B 18 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

v) Step Tread -The horizontal portion of the step grooved in the direction of travel and
on which the passengers are carried.
w) Step Roller -The rollers attached to the step and supporting the step.
x) Truss -The supporting structure on which the various components are mounted.
y) Working Point – The intersection of the Escalator step nose line and the projection
of the Escalator floor plate level.
z) Constant length – The horizontal distance between the Escalator working point and
the end of Escalator support.
6.2 Performance Requirements

Technical Parameter Requirement

Seismic Zone Zone- III
Application Heavy Duty Semi-outdoor type
Duty Cycle 20 Hours a day for 365 days (minimum)
Designed Life of Escalator 30 Years (minimum)
Designed Life of Principal Moving
1,10,000 Hours (minimum)
components like bearings , motor etc
Step Width 1000 mm
Inclination 30⁰
Normal Speed (Step Band Speed) 0.5 m/s & 0.65 m/s
Idling Speed 0.2m/s
Minimum number of flat steps at both
4 nos.
upper & lower landing
Track Transition radii at upper landing 2600 mm (Minimum)

Track Transition radii at lower landing 2000 mm (Minimum)

V groove type
Handrails
(Material PU/Rubber)
AESTHETIC FEATURES
Balustrade for Escalators from concourse
10 mm thick clear toughened glass
to Platform
Balustrade for Escalators from Ground
Stainless Steel
level to Concourse.
Handrail Black
Skirting 2 mm Stainless steel
Class of Protection for Electrical
IP-Class 55
Equipment’s

6.3 General Requirements

6.3.1 Escalators shall be self-contained units consisting of truss, tracks, step drive units, steps,
step chains, comb plates, handrails, landing plates, driving machines, controllers, safety

Section VI-B 19 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

devices, balustrades and all other components required to provide a complete installation.
Materials used shall be non-combustible and selected to achieve a fire-resistant
installation. The design of the Escalators exposed to outdoor conditions shall take into
account the adverse effects due to the inclement weather conditions of Chennai.
6.3.2 Escalators shall be heavy duty, reversible type and capable of operating safely, smoothly
and continuously in both directions for a period of not less than 20 hours a day, seven (7)
days a week with a alternating passenger load reaching 100% of Contract Load (120kg
per step) for One hour and 50% of Contract Load for the following 2 hours and so on for
20 hours a day seven days a week within the environmental conditions as stated in the
General Specification and at the location where the Escalators are to be installed. The
heavy duty escalator should be a proven, tested and sustainable product for MRTS
applications in terms of technology and design, as defined in clause 6.3.1 of this
Technical Specifications.
6.3.3 Escalators shall be designed for installation and operation at an angle of inclination
of 30°.
6.3.4 Operating speeds of the Escalators shall be as follows:
(a) Service (rated) speed -Nominal 0.5m/s and 0.65 m/s .
(b) Maintenance / Idling / Crawling Speed ≤ 0.2m/s.
6.3.5 Step width shall be at least 1000 mm.
6.3.6 Four flat steps shall be provided at both upper and lower landings.
6.3.7 It shall be possible to reverse any Escalator manually irrespective of the direction of travel.
After being reverse, the Escalator shall run smoothly in the desired direction without
adjustment and under any passenger load conditions.
6.3.8 Escalator design shall be such that no major repairs shall be necessary for a period of at
least fifteen (15) years from the date of issue of 'Certificate of Taking Over', assuming that
regular inspection and maintenance are carried out in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations. Major repairs shall consist of repairs to the steps, track system, step
chains, main drive system, traction machines, landing plates and tension carriage due to
causes other than those attributable to normal wear and tear.
6.3.9 Escalator design shall give consideration to fire prevention, elimination of dust and oil
trapping configurations, ease of handling, access into the station and easy accessibility
for routine maintenance.
6.3.10 All key switches used shall have the same type of switch cylinder and the key shall be
common to all Escalators. The cylinder used shall be unique to this Contract.
6.3.11 Safety factors used in the design shall, as a minimum, conform to the following:
a) Trusses – As per EN 115 (as applicable for Public Service Escalators)
b) Step roller tracks and steps -8.
c) Driving Machinery -8 for steel and bronze components; 10 for cast iron parts.
d) Chains – 8.
e) Any other item (if not specified elsewhere) – As per EN 115 (as applicable for Public
Service Escalators).
6.3.12 Ceiling intersection guards and anti-slide devices shall be provided where necessary. The
anti-slide devices shall be constructed from 1.2 mm stainless steel of grade 304. They
shall be located not more than 1.8m apart along the decking, where

Section VI-B 20 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

a. The outer edge is more than 300 mm from the centreline of the handrail.
b. The distance between centreline of handrails of two adjacent Escalators shall be
more than 400 mm.
6.3.13 If any obstacle such as intersecting floor slab, is less than 600mm from the centre line of
the nearer handrail, an intersection guard fabricated by light weight material with Notice
of No Objection from the Employer/ Employer’s Representative, shall be provided in
accordance with EN115. Parallel escalator gap between two escalator contractor shall
provide access restriction.
6.3.14 The lower pit of all Escalators shall be provided with detection device, such as float switch,
to stop the Escalators if the pit is flooded.
6.3.15 All ball or roller bearings whether or not sealed for lifetime greasing shall have a working
life of at least 110,000 operating hours under operating conditions as laid down in Clause
6.3.1.
6.3.16 Escalator components shall be protected against corrosion as follows:
(a) Truss, tension carriage, main drive, Hot-dipped galvanised, minimum thickness
floor plate and comb plate 85µm
supporting structure and backing
(b) Tracks and handrail guide Zinc plated steel profiles
(c) Step chain Special protection during installation to be
provided
(d) Steps Corrosion proof Die Cast Aluminum
material.
(e) Floor plate infill Corrosion proof material.
(f) All bolts, nuts, shims and other Zinc plated.
hardware
(g) Balustrade supports and all other All parts constructed from steel or sheet
parts steel shall be either galvanized by hot-
dipped process complying with BS 729 or
fabricated from hot galvanized sheet steel or
with epoxy powder coated finishes. Cast
iron assemblies shall be cleaned and
painted with corrosion resistant paint.
(h) Balustrade profiles decking panels, 2.0 mm thick for skirt panels & inner decking
outer cladding panels, skirt panels; panels and 1.5 mm thick for remaining
panels, Grade of steel shall be in
accordance with ASTM A 18261T or F-304H
OR ASTM A 16761T T-304 or DIN 1.4301
or equivalent.
(i) Interior balustrade panels Refer to clause 6.4.5.1
6.3.17 All electrical equipment supplied and installed shall at least have the following class of
protection.
Machine: Protection Class IP 55.
Controller: Protection Class IP 55.

Section VI-B 21 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

Isolating Switches: Protection Class IP 55.

Safety switches and control equipment coming on the lower pit and / or likely to be
submerged in water: Protection Class IP 67.
All other safety switches and interface boards: Protection Class IP 55.
6.3.18 PVC shall not be used in any component
6.3.19 The elongation of the main drive chain and handrail drive chain shall not exceed 2% of
the length of chain within the first year of operation.
6.3.20 In the case of adjacent Escalators, it shall be possible to remove or replace all components
of one unit, without stopping or interfering with the operation of the adjacent unit.
6.3.21 All similar parts, elements, sub-assemblies and assemblies shall be totally
interchangeable between Escalators of the same type and duty.
6.3.22 All cable should essentially be fire retardant low smoke zero halogen (FRLSZH) for
Underground stations and Fire Retardant Low Smoke (FRLS) for Elevated/Open space
stations.
6.3.23 CMRL Logo shall be provided onto the Escalator. The size and design of the Logo shall
be subject to the acceptance of the “Employer’s Representative”.
6.4 Mechanical Requirements
6.4.1 Structural Truss
6.4.1.1 Structural truss shall be of sufficient strength to carry the dead weight of the Escalator
which shall include any exterior claddings and decking extensions plus passenger load.
Passenger loading shall be assumed as 5000 N/m2 (load carrying areas = nominal width
of Escalator x distance between supports).
The truss shall be designed to retain the steps and the running gear should the track
system fails. The truss shall also be designed to support an additional load of the outer
cladding panels and truss claddings up to a maximum load of 300N/m2.
6.4.1.2 Truss shall be supported at both ends (and at intermediate support for vertical rises above
5.5m) with resilient supports and bearing plates. The provision of bearing plates and
resilient supports shall be included in this Contract but shall be co-ordinated with the
respective Civil Contractors. Resilient supports shall be designed for the purpose of
preventing the transmission of noise and vibration to the station structure. Bearing rubber
plate shall be provided at 3 locations (Left/Centre/Right) on both landings.
6.4.1.3 The truss shall be designed to support the dead weight of the Escalator plus the
passenger load. Considering the passenger load, the maximum calculated deflection shall
not exceed 1/1000th of the distance between supports.
6.4.1.4 The lower constant lengths from the edge of support to Escalator working point will be
assumed as 3500 while the pit sizes will be assumed as 1750mm (W) x 1350mm (D) x
6000 mm (L) for the preparation of civil works.
6.4.1.5 The upper constant length will be assumed as 4000mm for vertical rises up to 7.5m,
4500mm for vertical rises above 7.5m to 10m and 4850mm for vertical rises above 10m
up to 15m,
6.4.1.6 These dimensions are subject to notice of no objection from Employer/Employer’s
representative, after the award of the Contract. The Contractor shall coordinate with the
Civil Contractor for all interfacing requirement. In the event that there are some civil
restraints such that the Employer/Employer’s representative may or may not require to

Section VI-B 22 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

revise the well way dimensions either as a whole or in part, the Contractor shall provide
the Escalator(s) with the truss so designed to suit the civil structure as directed by the
Employer/Employer’s representative at no cost to the Employer.
6.4.1.7 Track system
6.4.1.8 Track system shall be designed and fabricated to support and retain the steps, running
gears and prevent step up-Lifting continually, under all load conditions at design speeds.
The design shall allow installation and removal of mechanical components without
dismantling the structure. The track system shall be constructed of steel. The track surface
shall be straight and smooth. All joints, where possible shall be diagonal across the width
of the running surface. The maximum deflection of the track system shall not exceed 1.00
mm between any two adjacent track supports under 6000N/m2.
6.4.1.9 Radii of the upper and lower transitional tracks shall be equal to or greater than the
following:
a) Upper -2.6m
b) Lower -2.0m
6.4.2 Comb Plate & Comb Sections
6.4.2.1 Stainless steel comb plates, Corrosion resisting die-casted aluminium alloy comb section
with yellow painted shall be provided at both landings of each Escalator. If comb plate
paint Faded/ deteriorated contractor shall re-paint with superior paint quality. The comb
plate structure shall withstand a load of 6000N/m2 with a deflection not exceeding 2.0
mm. The teeth of the combs shall properly mesh with the cleats on the step treads and
shall be designed to permit simple replacement in sections. The yellow colour light in the
pits shall be provided to demarcate the moving and the non-moving parts of the
Escalators. The Escalator Contractor shall provide UPS of suitable capacity with 1 hr
back-up to feed power to Comb light, pit light, etc. during main power failure.
6.4.2.2 The comb sections shall be so designed such that when a foreign object is caught
between the comb teeth and the step tread surface, the comb teeth shall either deflect,
whilst remain matching with the grooves of the tread surface, or break. The load which
may cause a comb tooth to break at its tip shall be not less than 700N or more than 1900N.
In the event that a foreign object caught between the comb teeth and the step tread
surface cannot be removed as mentioned above, and is likely to cause damage to the
steps, comb plate or its supporting structure, the comb plate safety switch as specified in
Clause 6.6.10 shall be actuated and shall cause the Escalator to halt.
6.4.3 Landing Plates
Escalator landings shall be provided with easily open able, hinged landing plates suitable
for access to the drive mechanism. Landing plates shall have a non-slip, Etched stainless
steel or grooved Aluminium surface that will facilitate sectional replacement. Lifting
handles shall be provided to facilitate opening of the landing plate. The floor plate shall
withstand a uniformly distribution load of 6000 N/m² over its entire area, the deflection
shall not exceed 4mm during load application and there shall be no permanent
deformation after the load is removed.
6.4.4 Balustrades
6.4.4.1 Escalators shall be provided with balustrade as specified in the Escalator Schedule in the
form of tender. Balustrades shall consist of handrail decks, inner panels, outer cladding
panels, skirts and lighting installation as given below:

Section VI-B 23 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

a) Handrail decks Profile:

Minimum 1.5mm thick stainless steel, and profile hairline finish (Grade 304)
b) Inner panels:
For stainless steel panels, minimum 1.5 mm thick stainless steel, hairline finish
(Grade 304), with reinforcement and sprayed-on fire resistant vibration/ sound
attenuating backing subject to the acceptance of the Employer/Employer’s
representative.
c) Outer cladding panels:
Minimum 1.5mm thick stainless steel with hairline finish (Grade BS304) in Visible
and non-visible section as per notice of no objection of Employer/Employer’s
representative. Panels shall be with reinforcement and sprayed – on fire resistant
vibration / sound attenuating backing material subject to the acceptance of the
Employer/Employer’s representative. The cladding shall be provided on all three
sides including bottom side.
d) Skirt panels:
Minimum 2.0 mm thick stainless steel, hairline finish, with a material of low coefficient
of friction such as Teflon or equivalent as notice of no objection without objection by
the Employer/Employer’s representative applied on the surface.
e) Lighting
LED comb and pit lighting. Power supply shall be supplied from the UPS, (to be
supplied by the Escalator Contractor)
Measures other than frictional or gravitation methods shall be provided to prevent
the Inner panels from dislodging during normal operation. The fixing method shall be
subject to the acceptance of the “Employer/Employer’s representative”.
6.4.4.2 The distance between the inner decking immediately below the handrail shall not be less
than 1200 mm.
6.4.4.3 Where necessary, all outer sides of the balustrades and truss shall be provided with
reinforced claddings. The gap between Escalators and the sides of Escalator and the
adjoining walls / parapet walls shall be provided with decking extensions. The Contractor
shall allow a gap of approximately 15mm between the decking and the adjacent walls /
parapet walls. The gap shall be filled up by the Escalator Contractor with flexible sealant
subject to notice of no objection by the Employer/Employer’s representative. The
claddings and decking extensions shall be fabricated from 1.5 mm thick stainless steel
with hairline finish. The inner surface shall be reinforced to prevent warping. It shall be
sprayed with fire resistant, vibration / sound attenuating backing material to the
acceptance of the Employer/Employer’s representative. The claddings and decking
extensions shall have tight butt joint and be fastened to the truss with concealed stainless
steel bolts, nuts and washers. The joint line shall be perpendicular to the Escalator step
nose line without any longitudinal joints. All joint lines of interior decking, exterior
decking/decking extension shall be aligned and staggered in arrangement in line with the
joint line of interior panel. The design and the fixing details are subject to the notice of no
objection by the Employer/Employer’s representative.
6.4.4.4 The balustrade shall withstand the loading without permanent deformation after removal
of loading as specified in EN115 latest version.
6.4.4.5 Glass Balustrade shall meet the following requirement:

Section VI-B 24 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

a) The glass balustrade shall be fabricated of tempered safety glass with minimum
thickness 10mm and sufficient mechanical strength and rigidity in accordance with
EN115 latest version as a minimum.
b) Glass and glazing shall gently comply with BS 952 Part 1, BS 5713, BS 6206, BS
6262 and BS EN 14449 latest version
c) All glass shall be capable of easy replacement.
d) The balustrade shall be glazed at the entire section from upper to lower newel ends.
e) The glass balustrade shall be self-supporting without mullions and the edges of the
glass panels shall be bevelled and polished with joints perpendicular to the Escalator
step nose line rather than the horizontal.
f) Handrail drive system of Escalators with glass balustrades shall be designed such
that the drive system is below the passenger side and cannot be seen in the glazed
portion.
g) All glass shall be manufactured and processed in a factory where the Quality Control
Procedures comply with ISO 9000 latest version and are independently maintained.
h) The thickness and safety design of the glass shall be the responsibility of the
Contractor, having due regard to the performance requirements of this Technical
Specification and the location where they are installed. Written confirmation from the
glass manufacturer in respect of these matters shall be submitted for notice of no
objection by the Employer/Employer’s representative.
i) Verticality of the Glass balustrade shall be less than 1 mm.
6.4.5 Handrail and Handrail Drive System
6.4.5.1 Balustrades shall be provided with smooth and continuous handrails moving in the same
direction and at the same speed as the steps with tolerance of 0% to 2% of the speed of
the steps. The handrail shall have a life span of at least seven (7) years under operating
conditions as stated in clause 6.3.1 & 6.3.2. The colour of the handrails shall be black, but
the Employer reserves the right to select other colours or designs at no extra cost.
Sufficient clearance shall be maintained between handrail Profile and friction wheel to
avoid handrail edge damage.
6.4.5.2 All handrails shall have inserts and sliding surfaces of endless construction designs,
synthetic materials, traction type, with a single, smooth, vulcanised joint. Both the inserts
and sliding surfaces shall be made from laminated synthetic elastomeric rubber compound
with a low stretch steel cord as reinforcement .The minimum breaking strength of the
handrail shall be 25 KN and that of the joint shall be greater than 85% of the minimum
breaking strength of the handrail. The hardness of the outer stock shall not be less than
Shore 70⁰ 5Ao. The handrails shall run on specially formed guides except when in contact
with a tension device. Width of the antistatic roller shall not be less than width of the
Handrail. Appropriate action shall be taken to prevent the build up of static electricity in
the handrail. Hand and finger guards shall be provided at the point where the handrail
enters the balustrade. The clearance between the guard and handrail shall not exceed
3.0 mm to prevent trapping.
6.4.5.3 The handrail drive system shall be provided with guides immediately before and after the
drive wheel. The returning portion of the handrail shall be supported by guide rollers at
not more than 2m interval. Adequate provisions shall be provided to maintain proper

Section VI-B 25 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

tensioning throughout the service life of the handrail and prevent tightening/loosening and
excessive heating up of the handrail during operation. The temperature rise of the handrail
during operation shall not exceed 6°C above station ambient temperature.
6.4.5.4 The handrail shall overlap sufficiently with the handrail decking (top deck), to prevent
pinching and trapping fingers or hands due to running clearance. The lips at the handrail
shall be of sufficient rigidity to prevent the handrail being easily removed from the handrail
guides by a force of 300N.
6.4.5.5 Lifetime greases packed roller bearings of manufacturers, issued notice of no objection
by the Employer/Employer’s representative, are preferable for all newel wheels. However,
if non-lifetime bearings are used, greasing nipples for the wheel bearings shall be
accessible without necessitating removal of balustrade panels from the passenger side.
6.4.5.6 The newel stands shall be of sufficient rigidity and suitably braced to the main structure of
the truss to prevent undue distortion. Provision shall be made to permit checking of
alignment of the newel wheels on site.
6.4.6 Steps and Step Chains
6.4.6.1 Each step shall be supported on four wheels, two of which shall be the step chain wheels
and shall be capable of carrying the basic load with the safety factor as per clause 6.3.11
Individual step loading shall be assumed as 6000N/m2. The design of the mounting of all
wheels on the step shall ensure that the centre line of the wheel shall remain perpendicular
to the running track under all load conditions. Step dimensions shall have a tread width of
at least 400 mm deep and not more than 210 mm high.
6.4.6.2 The step shall be one piece, pressure die-cast, high wear and corrosion resistant
aluminium alloy. The step casting shall bear a marking, which clearly indicates the month
and the year of manufacture. The ingot materials for die-casting of steps shall be new and
not previously used. Certificates of origin and chemical composition for the material shall
be provided when required by the Employer/Employer’s representative.
6.4.6.3 Both sides and the rear edge of each step shall be painted with yellow demarcation lines
of at least 25mm width and the paint shall be applied on the entire surface of the step riser
and the grooves of the step tread except the walking surface shall remain unpainted in
natural aluminium finish. Yellow coloured replaceable inserts instead of paint can be
provided with the notice of no objection of Employer/Employer’s representative.
6.4.6.4 Step riser shall be of a cleat-and-groove type. The grooves shall be painted black and dull
finish except those area specified in Clause 6.4.6.3 above. Anti-static brushes at multiple
locations shall be provided to prevent the built up of static electricity in the step.
6.4.6.5 Step chains shall be of the endless roller type located on both sides of the moving step.
The chains shall be provided in matched lengths and be of high quality steel construction
incorporating links, pins, bushes, axles and rollers with three pitches between adjacent
rollers. The step rollers and Chain rollers shall be located outside the chain links and shall
be easily replaceable without dismantling the links. All chain pins shall be circlipped. Each
step chain shall be provided with an automatic tension device to ensure proper tension
under varying load conditions. A method shall be provided to shorten the chain by one
step to compensate for chain elongation.
6.4.6.6 The design of the fixing of the step to the step axle including detail of bushing, pin or any
other means, shall be of proven design and have been in used for an extended period in

Section VI-B 26 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

existing mass transit system(s) at a speed of 0.65m/s. The fixture shall permit quick and
easy removal of step without dismantling any part of the step chain and the balustrade.
6.4.6.7 Step Chain Pin Pressure
6.4.6.8 The step chain pin pressure of all Escalators shall not exceed 20N/mm2 with a design life
of at least 110,000 operating hours.
6.4.6.9 The step shall be type tested according to BS EN115 latest version
6.4.6.10 The chain rollers / wheels shall have durable elastomeric materials bonded to a metal die
case hub. The shore hardness of the tyre materials shall be 92⁰ ± 3⁰A when cured. The
bond shall have sufficient strength to avoid de-tyring under all load conditions.
6.4.6.11 The minimum diameters and width of the chain roller shall be 100mm and the Chain Roller
shall have a minimum width of 25 mm. The minimum diameter of the trailer roller shall be
75 mm and the Trailer roller shall have a minimum width of 20 mm.
6.4.6.12 The step chain tension device shall be designed and constructed to maintain the step
chains at correct tension automatically and continuously under varying load conditions by
means of compression springs. The tension device shall be located such that the same is
accessible for adjustment of bolts of the compression springs.
6.4.6.13 The step axle shall be single continuous and of the same material throughout its length.
6.4.6.14 Detection of a missing step: The operation of the escalator is permitted only when the step
band is complete. A missing step must be detected by a safety device or function provided
at the return station in each drive station as per latest EN115.
6.4.6.15 Anti-slip design determination of step tread surfaces, comb plates and floor plates shall
comply with latest EN115 standard.
6.4.7 Drive Mechanism
6.4.7.1 Each Escalator shall be independently driven by a traction machine.
6.4.7.2 The traction machine shall be of the geared type. Each traction machine shall be mounted
within the truss or the machine pit / room and connected by chain or directly coupled to
the main drive shaft of the Escalator.
6.4.7.3 Traction machines shall be easily removable from the truss i.e. without dismantling the
machines. Suitable Lifting points shall be provided.
6.4.7.4 The traction machines shall be provided with mechanically applied and electrically
released brakes. The brake shall automatically bring the Escalator to a halt whenever the
power is interrupted, or any of the operating and safety switches is operated. If more than
one brake is provided, all brakes shall operate simultaneously. The maximum stopping
distances for the various conditions are as follows: -
Description 0.5 m/s 0.65 m/s
A) Without Load 0.2 m 0.3 m
B) With Load 1.0 m 1.3 m
6.4.7.5 A device shall be provided to prevent the starting of the Escalator if the brake does not
operate properly. An indicator to indicate the wearing of the brake lining beyond
permissible limit shall also be provided.
6.4.7.6 A data plate indicating the brake torque, in Newton-metres shall be provided. Provision
for testing the brake torque shall be provided.

Section VI-B 27 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

6.4.7.7 Where chains are used to connect the traction machine to the main drive shaft, an
additional brake (auxiliary brake) shall be provided which will operate automatically on the
main drive shaft in case the chains fail.
6.4.7.8 Provisions for hand winding and the necessary tools to effect the hand winding shall be
provided for each Escalator.
6.4.7.9 Where possible, self-lubricating maintenance free sealed bearings shall be used in the
traction machine. Where regular greasing of the bearings is required, this must be
accomplished without removing any part of the traction machine and yet provide adequate
lubrication. If face-to-face roller bearings are used, matched pairs with provision for
greasing of each bearing shall be provided.
6.4.7.10 The design of the traction machine shall ensure that there shall be no oil leakage from any
part of the machine under normal operating conditions. Synthetic oil shall be used in the
gearbox. Use of circulation pump for gear oil will not be accepted.
6.4.7.11 The worms and gears of the machine shall comply with BS721 latest version.
6.4.7.12 The starting current shall not exceed 3.5 times full load current. The starting current
characteristic and the speed / torque characteristic for different duty ranges shall be
submitted for the notice of no objection by Employer/Employer’s representative.
6.4.7.13 The overall efficiency of the combined motor and gearbox shall be more than 84% at full
load. Motor efficiency shall be equivalent to class IE3 or greater as per IE60034-30 (latest
edition). The drive motor shall be protected to IP 55. The motor shall be protected with
thermal and electromagnetic overload devices as well as thermistors in the motor winding.
6.4.7.14 An oil gauge shall be provided in the gear housing to clearly indicate the oil level. An
inspection plate shall be provided to check the condition of the gear.
6.4.7.15 Vibration isolation for drive units and switching must be sufficient to ensure no measurable
increase in noise levels in local occupied areas during operation of the Escalators.
6.4.7.16 Minimum two chains or one Duplex chain for the main drive shall be provided for each
escalator. Each chain of the main drive shall be capable to run the escalator individually.
Where more than two drive motors are used, each drive system shall have minimum of
two chains, or one Duplex chain as described above. The drive chain monitoring contacts
shall be provided.
6.4.7.17 A Fly wheel cover and / or the Fan cover monitor safety switch shall be provided to ensure
that the Fan and / or the flywheel is covered before the escalator will run, even with the
maintenance handset installed eliminating any risk to the maintenance team of becoming
caught in the rotating mechanism.
6.4.7.18 Main Drive Shaft:
a) The main drive shaft shall be of high quality steel construction and shall be
designed, as far as it is possible, to avoid sudden changes in section (without
welding is preferrable).
b) The shaft shall be mounted in roller bearings, the housing of which shall be rigidly
held in position.
c) The shaft shall be stiffened sufficiently to prevent bending and torsional forces
causing misalignment of the step chain sprockets whilst under full load
conditions.
d) The design of the main drive shaft should be duplicate axle type which means a
fixed steel insert axle plus a ball-bearing-mounted rotating solid shaft.

Section VI-B 28 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

6.4.8 Lubrication System

6.4.8.1 Automatic means shall be provided to lubricate the main drive chains, step chains and
handrail drive chains efficiently and economically. Lubricants shall be selected on the
basis of maintaining the highest possible flash point consistent with effective lubrication
(separate time delay should be for handrail drive chain/main drive chain and step chain).
The duration between two successive lubrications shall be adjustable from 15 to 150 hours
of operation of the Escalator. The duration of lubrication for each individual chain shall
also be adjustable according to operational requirements. A low oil detection device based
on the principle of “oil level detection” or “oil pressure detection” shall be provided to
prevent the re-starting of the Escalator after a predetermine time as recommended by the
manufacturer but in no case more than one week when low oil is detected. Grease shall
not be used for chain lubrication. Detailed proposal shall be submitted for notice of no
objection of the Employer/Employer’s representative.
6.4.8.2 Corrosion resistant, oil tight drip pans of galvanised sheet of not less than 2.0 mm thick
shall be provided for the entire length of the truss and shall be of sufficient rigidity to
support the weight of workmen. Drip pans shall be designed to collect and drain off both
oil from the machines and water that may enter through the landings, floor plates and
exposed portions of Escalators or from fire suppression systems. All gaps shall be
properly sealed to prevent leakage. Means shall be provided to drain and collect any
excess lubricating oil from the chains to removable container(s) at the lower landing
machine pit for easy removal and cleaning. Sufficient width to be provided for the Drip pan
to proper collection of excess oil.
6.4.8.3 Guards shall be provided at the truss adjacent to the main drive chain, handrail drive chain
and step chain to reflect oil splatters from the chains back to the oil drip pan. No oil splatter
shall be allowed to get onto the truss, the back of the outer cladding panels, the outside
of the truss and brakes. There shall be no oil spillage through the outer panels, claddings
or the truss to the surrounding areas. Proper means shall be provided to prevent the
problem of oil spillage onto machinery spaces, step risers and step surfaces.
6.5 Electrical Requirements
6.5.1 Escalators shall be designed to operate on power supplies of 415 V AC + 10% / -15%, 3
phase, 50Hz, 4 wire, or 240 V AC + 10% / -15%, single phase, 50Hz. All electrical
components shall be rated to these voltages. Escalator power supply shall be provided by
the designated contractor. The Contractor shall co-ordinate with them for the appropriate
electrical requirements to be terminated with suitable fused isolators / switches installed
within each controller enclosure / closet next to the controller. Suitable provisions shall be
made for protection against single phasing, unbalance loading and any other abnormal
condition.
6.5.2 The Escalator contractor shall provide a heavy duty selector switch to bypass VVVF
drive to switch over to star-delta mode in case of VVVF failure.

6.5.3 Cables, trunking, conduits and conduit fittings necessary for the power, control and lighting
circuits shall be installed in accordance with the latest edition relevant BIS standards.
6.5.4 Trusses, machines, motors and all other non-current carrying metal parts and components
shall be effectively earthed by the Contractor to the incoming earth in the isolator provided
by designated contractor.

Section VI-B 29 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

6.5.5 Electrical safety switches and controllers shall be suitably enclosed to provide protection
against accidental contact.
6.5.6 Motors shall be of ample capacity and rated to continuously operate the Escalators
efficiently, quietly and smoothly under all conditions of load as specified. The motor
insulation and temperature shall comply with minimum class F standard in BS 2757 latest
version.
6.5.7 Controllers shall be provided to control starting, rotational direction and stopping of
Escalator motors. The controller shall bring Escalators to a stop in the event of activation
of any safety device, power failure, or normal shut down.
6.5.8 Controllers shall incorporate power supply switches (3 phase, 3 pole and one phase one
pole), main switch, selectable manual / auto resetting thermal overload, inherent low
voltage release, unbalanced and reverse phasing protection and earth leakage protection.
6.5.9 Control circuits shall be protected by fuses or equivalent means of independent protection
for the main circuits. All electronic components and relays shall be protected against
starting and voltage surges by appropriate surge suppressers / surge arresters.
6.5.10 Control system shall not depend upon the completion of an electrical circuit for the
interruption of the power supply to the drive mechanism or brake.
6.5.11 All switches, relays, timers, and all auxiliary apparatus shall be of accepted design and
labelled for identification.
6.5.12 The power and control wiring shall be laid out neatly and terminated with suitable cable
termination sleeves. All terminals and cables shall be labelled and marked for
identification. All live terminals from other sources shall be properly protected and
identified with yellow warning signs.
6.5.13 Not Used
6.5.14 The contractor will have to suitably design the layout after due interfacing with other
designated contractors and with the notice of no objection of Employer/Employer’s
representative.
6.5.15 Escalators controller shall be fixed properly. Details of Supporting / fixing arrangement
shall be submitted for notice of no objection by „Employer/Employer’s representative‟
during design stage.
6.5.16 The Controller equipment shall be designed as per design environment specified under
General Specification
6.5.17 Special Cable Requirements
Flame retardant, low smoke, halogen free materials shall meet the following requirements:
Cables shall meet the requirement of BS 7211, BS 7846, BS 6387 latest version. It shall
be reviewed during design stage with the notice of no objection of Employer/Employer’s
representative.
The above requirements shall be met without compromising the anti-termite, anti-rodent,
pest-resistant, mechanical and electrical properties of the cables both during and after
installation to meet the other requirements of this Specification.
6.5.18 Variable Speed Control / Drive
Variable speed control / drive shall be provided. The control shall be integrated with the
Escalator control. It shall be able to operate the Escalator at nominal speed of 0.65 m/s
and reduced service (rated) speed of 0.50 m/s, with all other requirements and

Section VI-B 30 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

performance remain unchanged. An easily accessible manual change-over switch, with

clear label to the Employer/Employer’s representative notice of no objection, for selecting
the normal and reduced speed, shall be provided in the controller and also speed selector
switch near to newel wheels.
When Escalators detect no load under a predetermined period, the service speed shall
decrease to the idling speed (0.2 m/s) or stop after pre-determined time (Adjustable time).
When commuter approaches the Escalator, it should start automatically and attain
nominal speed.
When Escalators detect no load or light load under a predetermined period, the service
speed shall decrease to the idling speed (0.2 m/s) or stop after pre-determined time
(Adjustable time).
To meet the above requirements, the drive shall be capable of Operating as follows:
a. Service (rated) speed -Nominal 0.65m/s and 0.5 m/s
b. Maintenance / idling speed -< 0.2m/s.
c. Stop, if No Load for predetermined time (Adjustable from 5 to 30 minutes)
6.5.19 Earthing System
All the Escalator equipment, structures and other metallic parts shall be suitably earthed
with the station earthing system as per the standard practices. The station earthing system
(double bar earthing) shall be provided by the designated E&M Contractor up to Escalator
MET and the Escalator Contractor shall make necessary arrangements to extend the
earthing connections (double earthing) up to the escalator system. Interfacing and co-
ordination with the Designated E&M Contractor will be in the scope of Escalator
Contractor.
6.6 Safety Requirements
Operating and safety devices conforming to the following requirements shall be provided:
6.6.1 Starting Switch
Spring-return key operated starting switch with running directions marked on the face plate
shall be provided at both ends of the Escalator. These switches shall be positioned to
enable the operator, when using the key to start the Escalator, to see the entire Escalator.
The key shall be removable only in the neutral position. The restarting of Escalators after
stopping due to Emergency or non-emergency condition shall not be automatic as the
restarting is required to be done in “No-Load” condition as per BS EN 115 latest version.
6.6.2 Service Stop Switch
Service switches shall be provided within the machinery spaces at both ends of the
Escalator. The switches shall be conspicuously and permanently marked and located
such that switching can be accomplished without passing or reaching over any part of the
machinery. The operation of these switches shall disconnect electrical power to the
controller and the drive mechanism and shall activate the brakes. The switch shall be
rated to interrupt the starting current of the motor and the fuses shall be rated for the
available fault current at the switch. Inspection run shall also be prohibited.
6.6.3 Emergency Stop Switch
Recessed type, momentary pressure, emergency push button stop switches with
extended sleeve to protect against accidental operation shall be provided on each
Escalator. A minimum of one switch shall be located in conspicuous and accessible
positions at the incline section as well as at the newel at both ends of the Escalator. The

Section VI-B 31 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

switch provided at the incline portion shall have protection from the dust ingress which
may restrain its operation. The distance between the switches shall not exceed 15m for
the Escalators, otherwise, additional switches shall be provided. The operation of these
switches shall disconnect electrical power to the drive mechanism and activate the
brake(s). It shall not be possible to start the drive mechanism by the use of these switches.
Proper signage shall be displayed so that the location of the switch can be easily identified.
6.6.4 Speed Governor
Speed governor shall be provided which disconnects electrical power to the drive
mechanism and activates the brake, should the speed of the steps exceed the rated speed
by more than 20%.
The speed governor is not required in cases where alternating current induction driving
motors are used, provided the slip does not exceed 10% and the motor is directly
connected to the drive mechanism.
6.6.5 Broken step Chain Safety Device
Devices shall be incorporated as part of each tension carriage which shall disconnect
electrical power to the drive mechanism and activate the brake if the step chain breaks,
or if the tension on either chain drops below (or exceeds) a predetermined value, or if the
motion of a chain is interrupted.
6.6.6 Broken Drive Device
Where the drive mechanism is connected to the main drive shaft by chains, a device shall
be provided which will disconnect electrical power to the drive mechanism and shall
activate both the operational brake, and the additional brake in the event of failure of
driving chain or detection of excessive sagging of chain.
6.6.7 Non-Reversing Device
A device shall be incorporated to detect reversal from the pre-set direction of motion and
activate the operational and auxiliary brakes to stop the Escalators.
6.6.8 Handrail Finger Guard Safety Device
Detection devices shall be provided at points where the handrails enter the Escalator
newels. These devices shall disconnect electrical power to the drive mechanism and
activate the brake in the event of an object entering the gap between the handrail and
newel.
6.6.9 Step and Skirt Safety Devices
Detection devices shall be provided in Escalator skirting panels in close proximity to the
upper and lower comb plate tips, on the track system at the upper and lower curves and
at 7.5m intervals along the incline of each Escalator. Electrical power to the drive
mechanism shall be disconnected and the brake(s) applied should any one of these
devices be activated due to the skirt panels being forced away from the steps.
6.6.10 Comb plate Safety Device
Safety devices shall be incorporated at both sides on the comb plates at each landing,
which shall disconnect electrical power to the drive mechanism and activate the brake
should any object become wedged between the comb and the step. The device shall be
able to operate in the vertical and horizontal direction.
6.6.11 Step Lowering Device
Devices shall be provided which will disconnect electrical power to the drive mechanism
and activate the brake, should a step be lowered due to excessive load or breakage. The
detection shall be effective at the left, centre and right side of the step. The device shall

Section VI-B 32 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

be located near the top and bottom curves for the Escalators. These shall be located such
that the lowered steps stop in front of the comb in order to prevent further damage.
6.6.12 Normal Stop Switch
Normal stop switch in the form of a key switch shall be provided at each landing to stop
the Escalator without activating the fault (trip) signal. Proper signage shall be displayed
so that the location of the switch can be easily identified.
6.6.13 Inspection Control
Inspection control complying with EN115 shall be provided at both landings.
6.6.14 Missing step detection device
Detection device(s) shall be provided to stop the Escalator before the missing step
opening appears on the passenger side of the Escalator.
6.6.15 Handrail Speed Detection Device
Each handrail shall be fitted with a device, which shall stop the Escalator when the handrail
speed exceeds ± 15% of the rated speed for 10 seconds.
6.6.16 Broken Handrail Device
Each handrail shall be equipped with a mechanically operated electrical safety device of
Approved design to detect undue tension, excessive elongation and handrail failure.
6.6.17 Floor/Landing Plate Safety Device
Safety switch of design subject to notice of no objection by Employer/Employer’s
Representative shall be provided underneath each hinged floor plate at both the upper
and lower landings. The Escalator shall stop when the floor plate is opened unless under
maintenance / inspection mode. If the landing plate is in multiple parts, it should have
proper mechanical interlock.
6.6.18 Step Up-thrust Device
Safety device of design subject to notice of no objection by Employer/Employer’s
Representative shall be provided at the upper and lower landings to stop the Escalator
should a step be Escalator or displaced against the “up – thrust” track at the transition
curve from incline to horizontal in the passenger carrying side of the track system.
6.6.19 Dress Guard /Skirt Brushes
Brush type deflector device shall be provided along the step nose line on the skirt panel
to keep feet and loose clothing clear of the possible trapping point. The brush bristles shall
be made of fire-resistant nylon filaments with split ends to give a soft face.
6.6.20 Brake Lining Safety Switch
Safety device of design shall be submitted for Notice of no objection by the
Employer/Employer’s representative, Safety device shall be provided at each brake shoe
of the machine brake to monitor the lining thickness and to detect any abnormal or uneven
wear of brake lining.
6.6.21 Phase Protection Device
A phase protection device shall be provided in the control cubicle to prevent setting in
motion or to stop the Escalator in the event of phase failure or phase sequence reversal
of the power supply. An illuminated visual indicator shall be provided on the control cubicle
to signify actuation of this device due to phase failure or phase sequence fault. The
indicator shall remain illuminated until the fault is rectified.

Section VI-B 33 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

The Contractor shall provide necessary equipment i.e Surge protection, EMI filters, power
filters and other necessary equipment to avoid failure of escalator equipment on account
of quality of incoming power supply.
6.6.22 Motor Overload Device
a) The driving motor shall be protected against excessive current due to either
overloading or short-circuiting by means of a suitable device to be submitted for
notice of no objection by the Employer/Employer’s representative. Such protective
devices shall be provided for each phase of the motor winding. Upon intervention
of this safety device, the power supply to the motor shall be disconnected and it
shall only be possible for a competent person to reset it back to its normal working
condition.
b) If the detection of excessive current depends upon a temperature increase in the
motor winding, such a device may be automatically reset after the fault is removed
and the winding cooled down sufficiently but shall not restart the Escalator
automatically.
c) Built-in type thermal protection, if offered, shall conform to BS 4999 Part 72 latest
version.
6.6.23 Earth Leakage Protective Device
An earth leakage protective device, or Residual Current Device, to be submitted for notice
of no objection by the Employer/Employer’s representative shall be provided such that
any dangerous earth leakage to the Escalator metalwork shall cause immediate stopping
of the driving machine and disconnection of the power supply. The return to service shall
not be possible unless manually reset by a competent person.
6.6.24 Traffic Lights- Direction Indication shall be provided on both side of newel ends (top &
bottom)
6.6.25 Escalator Signage’s and Interface with Station Signage Contractor:
The contractor shall provide signage’s and user instructions on each Escalator as per
EN115. This design shall be subject to notice of no objection by Employer/Employer’s
representative.
6.6.26 One additional Reset Switch (in addition of Reset Switch in Controller) shall be provided
on skirting/decking. Design and location shall be submitted during design stage for
employer/employer’s representative review and approval for resetting the fault(s) except
critical safety related fault(s).
6.6.27 Step chain protection guard to be provided, for throughout the section.
6.6.28 A safety protection switch shall be provided at the first Stainless Steel/Glass balustrade
panel at all four locations.
6.7 Operational Requirements
6.7.1 Monitoring and Fault Diagnostic System
6.7.1.1 A micro-processor based monitoring and fault diagnostic system to provide information on
the operation, identification and display of all faults that have caused the Escalator to stop
including emergency stops shall be provided. The system shall be able to record at least
200 events in their order of occurrence and display them sequentially in a last-in first-out
sequence. Provision shall be made to ensure the event recording will not be erased even
during power fluctuation/Power failure.

Section VI-B 34 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

6.7.1.2 LED display unit indicating the fault code and fault message shall be installed at an easily
accessible and protected location on the handrail decking at both the landings. The display
of the last fault can only be re-set, after the fault causing the stop is cleared but the
historical record shall remain in the micro-processor.
Faults that do not require the attendance of the maintenance staff shall be easily identified
to enable the operator to re-set and re-start the Escalators.
6.7.1.3 The system shall capture, display and retain the following information,
a) Record number
b) Fault / status code / alphanumeric display
c) Date
d) Time at which fault started
e) Time at which fault cleared
f) Direction of operation with starting time
g) Total operation hours with break down for “Up” and “Down” operations.
6.7.1.4 A LED display panel and means for programming the system shall be provided at the
controller.
In addition, serial interface output ports shall be provided at the controller to allow the
system to be connected to a Notebook computer/Laptop for down loading the historical
data for trend analysis. Suitable compatible driver software shall be provided to download
data for analysis and presentation using Microsoft application software.
Suitable arrangement for downloading the historical / fault data in a Hard Disk / Pen or
Flash Drive to be made in escalator control panel itself. There should be provision of an
independent data downloading port.
The power supply for the system shall be provided by Designated Contractor, but the
Contractor shall provide back-up power supply so that the data can be retained for a period
of at least 8 hours. The Contractor shall co-ordinate with the Designated Contractor on
the load requirements. This shall be taken from the same incoming isolator / switch as the
comb light.
6.7.2 Remote Monitoring System (RMS)
The Escalator contractor shall provide a PC based Remote Monitoring System (RMS) by
using IIoT with latest operating system software (in the form of RS-485 port with MODBUS
protocol type) and Integration of Monitoring and Controlling functions of all Escalators at
a Station Control Centre (SCR) in Elevated and Underground stations. It should be an
open protocol & shall be compatible with the equipment supplied by TVS VAC contractor.
The Escalator contractor shall provide/receive the following status monitoring points and
controls points to the RMS in the form of RS-485 port with MODBUS protocol. Fault data
logging should have Date & Time stamping facility.

The following monitoring function shall be provided for Remote Monitoring System.
a) Power On / Off status indicator
b) Fire Status
c) Trip (fault) indicator-For all type of faults with instructions for Operators /
Controllers about action to be taken
d) Up (Escalators) direction indicator
e) Down (Escalators) direction indicator

Section VI-B 35 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

f) Start override indicator

g) Speed of the Escalator (0.0, 0.2, 0.5 or 0.65 m/s)
h) RMS Mode / Local mode
i) Down time log
j) Maintenance support (Maintenance log, Maintenance schedule, Alarms for
overdue maintenance activities)
k) Monthly Reports
l) Equipment History (including Test-results of factory and site-commissioning
tests)
A. The trip signal shall be activated whenever the Escalator is stopped by any fault or
emergency stop button during operation and the activation of the control functions. The
signal shall be latched on until it is manually re-set by key switches located at the two
landings or remotely via the RMS. The Escalator shall only be re-started after the trip”is
cleared and the “trip” signal has been re-set. Re-starting of Escalators shall also be
allowed for those fault signals activated by safety devices without the necessities of
maintenance personnel to carry out inspection and the safety device is automatically
reset. Detail proposal shall be submitted by the Contractor for notice of no objection by
the Employer/Employers representative prior to manufacture.
B. The following control function shall be provided for Remote Monitoring System
(RMS):
a) Override control switches to prevent unauthorised starting of the Escalator for
both
normal run and inspection run locally. This shall function only when the Escalator
has
been stopped. A by-pass (Local / Remote) switch with illuminated indication which
shall by-pass this function shall be provided in the controller.
b) Remote re-setting of trip (fault) signal
c) Upon receiving egress signal command all escalators going against the direction
of
egress at that time shall stop. All escalators going in the direction of egress will
continue to operate; this feature will be submitted for review and approval by
Employer/Employer’s Representative. RMS System shall be designed in
compliance to Egress requirement defined in relevant NBC/NFPA.
d) Remote operation of escalators when no passengers on the escalator

Note: Escalators are used in Egress direction for passenger safety. Egress control to be
made as per the latest NBC/NFPA standards and CMRL operational philosophy.
Contractor shall interface with CMRL Operation team & other respective interface
contractors accordingly. All the escalators shall be designed for egress principle.
C. The Remote Monitoring System (RMS) system shall also be used jointly to operate the
functions of the Remote Monitoring and Control Systems of Escalators. The Contractor
shall integrate display requirements of different functions of Escalators into single
software. The choice of size, system of display and background shall be furnished for
the consent of the Employer or his representatives.
D. The Contractor shall connect the contacts with screen wires and terminate the data cable
for RMS at the terminals in the ITB (Interface Terminal Board) to be located at SCR. The

Section VI-B 36 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

cable for transmitting signals from individual Escalator location up to ITB in the SCR
shall be laid by the Escalator contractor. The cables shall be run in a metallic conduit in
the Escalator shaft and thereafter in the cable tray / conduit. The supply, laying and fixing
of metallic conduit and laying of cable trays / conduit from Escalators ITB to SCR shall
be in the scope of the designated Civil / E&M contractor. The Escalator Contractor shall
coordinate with the designated Civil / E&M and/or his sub-contractor in respect of
conduits routing and sizing requirements.
E. The Escalator Contractor shall integrate display requirements of different functions of
Escalators into a single software. The choice of size, system of display and background
shall be furnished for the notice of no objection of the Employer or his representatives.
The Contractor shall interface with respective contractor for integration of RMS system
with TVS VAC System. The Hardware configuration of such exclusive computers shall
be subject to the approval of the Employer/Employer’s Representatives.
F. The Escalator contractor shall provide monitoring points up to Interfacing device/Board
(ID) including ID, so that the Escalator parameters can be monitored through TVS VAC
SCADA only for Underground stations by the TVS VAC Contractor.
Monitoring Signals from RMS to TVS VAC SCADA
1. Escalator Power ON status
2. Escalator Power OFF Status
3. FIRE signal
4. Escalator Up Running
5. Escalator Down Running
6. Escalator in Maintenance
7. Escalator in Fault
G. The PC will be provided with the latest operating system software by the Escalator
Contractor shall coordinate The Escalator Contractor shall coordinate and interface with
respective VAC SCADA Contractor in respect of all matters relating to remote monitoring
of Escalators in case it is required without any additional cost to CMRL.
6.7.3 Noise Generation
Equipment shall be designed to operate quietly and smoothly. The sound level at one
metre from the balustrade of each Escalator shall not exceed 65 dBA peak value as
measured by a slow response sound level meter. The required acoustic treatment shall
be supplied and fitted as necessary to meet this requirement.
6.7.4 Energy Monitoring Device
An energy monitoring device to conserve energy when the Escalator is operated at no
load and light load shall be provided such as by means of provision of speed reducing,
load sensor and timer. When operating in the energy saving mode the device must not
cause abrupt change in speed or jerk in normal operation. The devices shall not cause
harmonic feedback to the power supply system or emit electromagnetic interference to
other systems. Provision shall be made to allow the Escalator to be operated without this
device.. The Contractor shall submit the detail calculation of saving of energy for following
options considering the MRTS load

Section VI-B 37 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

i. On no load after certain time (depending upon the travel time on Escalator) the
Escalator should come to crawling speed and then stop.
ii. On no load after certain time (depending upon the travel time on Escalator)
Escalator should come to crawling speed and remain at crawling speed of 0.2m/s.
When the Escalator is operating at no load, the quantum of energy saved with this device
should not be less than 30% as compared to operation without this device. Data and
calculation shall be provided to substantiate energy savings claimed by the Contractor for
various loading on the Escalator.
Digital Energy meter (Hour meter) shall be provided to record consumption of energy in
all the Escalators Panels, with the recording of energy per equipment with Time of Day
(TOD) facility. Suitable arrangement shall be provided to record and generate Energy
consumption log on the basis of working hours i.e., scheduled non-working hours,
breakdown hours, waiting time / hours for attention of breakdown, actual period during
breakdown maintenance done and period during which the equipment was kept working
for monitoring but not offer for service with further differentiation as per TOD.
6.7.5 Lighting
6.7.5.1 Lighting for areas surrounding Escalators will be provided by others and will emphasis
illumination on the landings. The minimum lighting level is 150 lux (under normal condition)
at the centre of the floor plate between the balustrades. The Contractor shall co-ordinate
with designated Contractor to provide adequate lighting.
6.7.5.2 The comb lights shall be provided with a UPS by the Escalator Contractor. The lighting
level of the comb light shall not be less than 50 lux at the centre of the comb. The UPS
should have adequate capacity to meet the lighting load continuously for minimum period
of 1 hr.
6.7.5.3 All the lighting fittings of the escalator shall be completely water and dust proof material.
6.8 Maintenance Requirements
6.8.1 Fault Diagnosis Procedures and Circuit Diagrams
Fault diagnosis procedures and circuit diagrams down to component level of the printed
circuit boards, detail information software and technical data shall be provided to assist in
trouble-shooting for breakdown during normal operation and maintenance.
6.8.2 Maintenance Barrier
A barrier shall be provided for both Escalator landings, which shall prevent people from
entering the pits and Escalator during maintenance. The barrier shall be lightweight and
of 900 mm height. It should be and made of rust and corrosion-proof light weight material
and shall be painted as per the colour and text scheme issued notice of no objection by
the Employer/Employer’s representative before it is delivered at site.
6.8.3 IIoT based Real time predictive maintenance solution to be provided by the Escalator
Contractor which shall predict maintenance issues before they occur and empowers the
contractor by flagging the need to replace components and systems before the end of
their lifecycle. Details of the scheme to be finalized during Design stage.
6.8.4 In addition to above, contractor will provide facility to transfer Fault Data / Log of
Escalators through Short Message Service (SMS) to designated Contact Numbers and
download to laptop/desktop/USB/External Hard disk also. The provision by means of "SD

Section VI-B 38 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

card in the PCB" could also be acceptable". Details of the scheme shall be finalised during
Design stage. Necessary Cost of SIM Card etc. shall be borne by Contractor.

6.9 Interface Requirements

Interface with Fire Protection Systems
All the Escalators shall be equipped with a sprinkler system in the landing pits and
machine rooms. The Contractor shall provide sprinkler pipes and heads inside truss for
the Escalators and shall co-ordinate with designated Contractors and make adequate
provision to incorporate all the required fire protection equipment and to get the sprinklers
provided in the landing pits and machine rooms connected to the main Fire Sprinkler /
Suppression system. Extension of water supply connection to the header of sprinkler
system for Escalators will be done by Station contractor. Necessary interface for this
purpose will be the responsibility of Escalator contractor.
6.10 Other Requirements
6.10.1 Machine Rooms / Pits and Closets
6.10.1.1 The space required for machinery and other accessories shall be provided by the Civil
Contractors in accordance with the co-ordinated requirements of the Contractor. The
accessories such as incoming isolators, ITBs, switches, shall be housed outside the truss.
Controller and inverter shall be housed inside of the truss of the Escalator. Further wiring
work including conduits / trunking from the incoming isolators to Escalator equipment shall
be provided by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall co-ordinate with Civil contractor for the layout of the equipment in the
wall recess / closet. Any recess made into the floor for laying of trough for wiring shall be
properly covered and flushed with the adjacent area of floor without degrading the
aesthetic appearance.
6.10.1.2 Each machine pit and controller enclosure shall be provided with suitably protected
permanent light fixtures, electrical outlets, mechanical or natural ventilation and suitable
access as part of this Contract. The lighting, electrical outlets and mechanical ventilation
(if required) shall be independent from the power supply to the Escalator machine and
may be fed either by a separate cable or a branch cable which is connected before the
main switch of the Escalator.
6.10.1.3 The Contractor shall provide a 15A single phase switched socket outlet and a protected
permanent lighting in the lower landing machine pit / returning station pit and upper landing
machinery space.
6.10.2 DATA PLATE
A data plate and data sticker of durable material containing all relevant technical
information essential for maintenance and replacement of parts such as rise, length, part
number, etc, shall be provided in the machine pit or the Controller of the Escalator. A data
sticker and name plate of durable material shall be reviewed without objection by the
“Employer/Employer’s Representative’s”.
6.10.3 Accessories
Each Escalator or stated otherwise shall be provided with the following accessories :

Section VI-B 39 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

a. Two sets (one set means for both upper and lower landing of one Escalator) of
maintenance barriers shall be provided for stations having less than 8 (eight)
Escalators (in one station). Four sets of maintenance barriers shall be provided
for stations having more than 7 (seven) Escalators (in one station)
b. Two Nos. of starting keys per Escalator.
c. One hand winding tool per Escalator
d. One set of hand lamp per Escalator.
e. One No. of inspection boxes with cable per Escalator.
f. One set of floor plate opening tools per Escalator.
g. Two Nos. of inner panel opening / removal tools per station.
h. Two Nos. of keys for controllers per Escalator.
i. Two Nos. of keys for each type of by-pass switch per Escalator.
j. Screen printed Instruction board on steel frame for commuters - (one on each
landing)
The contractor will submit the sample of all above mentioned materials for the approval of
Employer/Employer’s Representative’s before actually delivering them in mass quantity.
6.10.4 Additional feature for Semi-outdoor Type Escalators
The contractor shall take necessary measures while designing, manufacturing and
installing Escalators so that ingress of water or dust shall not deteriorate the performance
and reliability of Escalators and also the finish, or properties or strength of the Escalator’s
exposed parts. The contractor shall also incorporate necessary additional safety devices
required for outdoor type Escalators. The water sensors shall be provided wherever
Escalators are operating from ground level to stop the Escalator operations in the event
of flooding. All Escalators shall be semi out-door type and shall meet the following
requirements
a) The truss of Escalator shall be hot dipped galvanized (minimum thickness of 85
micro meter of galvanization to be maintained).
b) The tracks and handrail guide shall be of steel with zinc plating
c) All fasteners shall be of stainless steel .
d) Provision of galvanized drip pans below the step chains with catch tray at lower
machine space
e) Control switches shall be housed in watertight enclosures.
f) Die –cast Aluminium alloy steps with hermetically sealed bearings
g) Protective covers on all chains for drives, handrail and step chains.
h) Automatic lubricating system with lubricant reservoir of adequate capacity.
i) Oil / Water separator and provision of drainage port.
j) Provision of alarm for prevention of flooding of lower pit / machine space.
k) Control switches shall be housed in watertight enclosures - IP67.
l) All electrical components shall have minimum protection rating of IP-55.
6.11 Ride Comfort

The contractor by performing suitable tests and submitting reports for each escalator as
per ISO 18738 shall ensure satisfactory ride comfort quality.
Note: - The contractor shall submit the “Ride Comfort Report” whose acceptance shall be
subject to Employer/Employer’s Representative approval.

*************************

Section VI-B 40 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

7 QUALITY ASSURANCES AND SYSTEM ASSURANCE

7.1 General
A Quality Assurance programme shall be developed and implemented as a means of
determining compliance with the Employer's Requirements. This programme shall comply
with the requirements as set out in ISO 9001:2008 Quality Management Systems –
Requirements. The programme shall include but not be limited to the procedures
necessary to ensure that all equipment, materials, systems and sub-systems are properly
specified, designed, purchased, recorded, inspected, installed and tested at all
appropriate stages. The procedure shall also ensure that handling, storage and delivery
arrangements are satisfactory.
7.2 Quality Assurance Programme
The Contractor's quality assurance programme shall include as a minimum, the following
functions:
7.2.1 Inspection System: A system for in-process inspection of work operations and
manufacturing as well as installation processes, including observations, measurements
and tests, to ensure conformance with the requirements of the Contract.
7.2.2 Calibration System: A system for periodic calibration and control of the accuracy of
precision instrumentation and gauges.
7.2.3 Record System: Data and records essential to the operation of the quality programme
shall be maintained by the Contractor and made available to the Employer/Employer’s
representative in every Month during the CAMC. These records shall include work
performance, inspection and testing observations and the number and type of deficiencies
found. In addition, records shall be maintained for monitoring work performance,
inspection and testing which indicate the acceptability of work or products and the
remedial action taken in connection with deficiencies.
7.2.4 Supplier Control System: A system for ensuring that all supplies and services procured
from suppliers (subcontractors and vendors) conform to the requirements of the Contract.
7.2.5 Manufacturing Control System: A system for providing necessary control over
manufacturing operations to ensure that the final product conforms to all requirements of
the Contract. This system shall include controls for the following areas:
a) Materials Supplier’s materials and products shall be subject to inspection to
demonstrate conformance with the technical requirements.
b) Production Process and Fabrication: The Contractor's quality assurance
programme shall ensure that all machinery, wiring, batching, shaping and basic
production operations (of any type) together with all processing and fabricating are
accomplished through documented work instructions. These instructions shall be
the criteria for acceptable workmanship.
c) Completed Item Inspection and testing: The quality programme shall ensure that
there is a system for final inspection and testing of completed products. Such
testing shall provide a measure of the overall quality of the completed product and
be performed so that it simulates, to a sufficient degree, product end use and
functioning.
d) Statistical Quality Control and Analysis Statistical methods may be utilised for
planning, analysis, tests and quality control whenever such procedures are suitable
for maintaining the required control of quality. Sampling plans shall be subject to
the notice of no objection of the Employer/Employer’s representative prior to use.

Section VI-B 41 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

e) Indication of Inspection Status The Contractor shall maintain a positive system for
identifying the inspection status of products. Identification may be accomplished
by means of stamps, tags, routing cards, move tickets or other control devices
subject to notice of no objection by the Employer/Employer’s representative.
7.2.6 Installation Control System: A system providing necessary control, monitoring, inspection
of the progress, quality of work and protection of equipment, to ensure that the equipment
is installed according to the requirements of the contract.
The system shall include but not be limited to the following, which shall be subject to the
notice of no objection by the Employer/Employer’s representative prior to use:
a) Shop Drawings All layout and shop drawings giving detailed layout of equipment,
structural cut-outs, supports, openings, all dimensions, tolerances setting, etc.
b) Assembly Procedures and Drawings This shall show details of all installation and
assembly procedures, including tolerances, tightening torque, alignment,
precautions, etc.
c) Inspection Checklist Checklists giving all items to be checked and inspected with
tolerances setting, etc.
7.2.7 The Contractor shall submit checklists to demonstrate compliance with all applicable
standards.
7.3 Systems Assurance
The Tenderer shall demonstrate a clear understanding of all the requirements of this
Clause in his tender submission.
7.3.1 General
a) The Contractor shall develop and implement the requirements for Systems
Assurance. These requirements shall be applied also to subcontractors and
suppliers and shall be carried out during the design, manufacture, installation,
testing and commissioning phases of the Works.
b) The Contractor shall prepare and submit for notice of no objection by the
Employer/Employer’s representative a Systems Assurance Plan thirty days
after award of Contract.
c) The System Assurance Plan shall define the Contractor’s approach, procedures
and schedules for conduct of Safety Engineering, reliability Engineering and
Maintainability Engineering. Human Factors Engineering is an integral part of
Systems Assurance and shall be considered and reflected within the Systems
Assurance Plan.
d) The Contractor shall pro-actively Engineer the systems to meet the safety,
availability, reliability and maintainability performance requirements listed below
and demonstrate that the requirements have been met by the system installed.
e) In the process the potential hazards to safety, availability, reliability and
maintainability performance should be further minimised where design options
permit.
f) The deliverables listed below are intended to provide the Employer/Employer’s
representative with a sound basis for acceptance of the safety, availability,
reliability and maintainability performance; progress information; confidence that
the design is proceeding with a low risk of failing to meet the performance
requirements; information that will aid the planning of work schedules; and part of
the foundation of the safety case for operation of the line.

Section VI-B 42 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

7.3.2 Systems Assurance Plan

a) The Systems Assurance Plan shall be developed specifically for this Contract and
shall address in particular the following items:
i. Safety Engineering which shall provide analyses for the minimisation of the
magnitude and seriousness of those events or malfunctions which could result
in injury to passengers or staff and damage to equipment or property and must
eliminate category I and II hazards which are defined later in this Clause.
ii. Reliability, maintainability and availability analysis which shall ensure a high
degree of failure free operation and minimise down time during routine
maintenance and failure repair.
b) The Contractor shall formulate and document criteria to satisfy the requirements
for systems assurance through the Works.
c) The Contractor shall produce a Systems Assurance Plan that integrates the
systems assurance elements in all phases of the Works and incorporates a
disciplined approach to evaluate the Escalator system design. The Contractor shall
prepare hazard identification, assessment and resolution; prediction of unreliability;
and determination of degree of maintainability. At a minimum, this shall include:
i. Organising the Systems Assurance Plan to include specific sections for the
disciplines of safety, reliability and maintainability
ii. Describing the procedures to perform the specific tasks necessary to meet
safety, reliability and maintainability requirements.
iii. Clearly defining the responsibilities of personnel directly associated with
systems assurance policies and implementation of the programme.
iv. Describing the systems assurance organisation.
v. Identifying the authority dedicated to the systems assurance organisation and
the relationship between the assurance organisation and other organisational
components.
d) The Contractor shall co-ordinate results of systems assurance analysis with design
disciplines, particularly as the results affect design and hardware development.
The Contractor shall make recommendations for redesign or modifications
necessary to assure compliance with specified requirements including installation
of test points, built-in test capabilities and self diagnostics; utilisation of in-service
status displays to enhance fault isolation and test; the utilisation of high reliability
components with easy accessibility and quick disconnect connectors; and, the use
of mechanical keying to reduce errors during installation and repair.
e) The Contractor shall document instances where evaluations or analyses indicate
an unresolved problem area and formulate appropriate recommendations as well
as maintain records which show that follow-up action has been taken to resolve
the problem.
f) The Contractor shall ensure participation of his systems assurance organisation in
all designs.
g) The Contractor shall maintain documentation of systems assurance throughout the
design and make it available to the Employer/Employer’s representative for
examination.
h) During consideration of precedence in the control of system hazards, the
Contractor shall take in to account of human limitations as a design constraint. The

Section VI-B 43 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

Contractor shall take actions to satisfy requirements in the following order of

precedence:
i. Incorporation of fail safe or vital features which would allow the system to
transfer from a high loss or risk mode to a lower loss or risk mode upon the
occurrence of a critical failure.
ii. Reduction of the probability of occurrence of a failure by increased component
reliability or by provision of supervised redundant components.
i) The Contractor shall use safety devices to reduce the magnitude of the loss or risk
once a hazardous mode has been entered; and ensures that the safety device
does not introduce an additional hazard or system malfunction.
j) The Contractor shall use warning devices and systems which are audio / visual
portion of a vital system in which the human is the responder.
k) The Contractor shall recommend special equipment operating procedures to
reduce the probability of a hazardous event.
7.3.3 Safety
a) The Contractor shall submit as part of the safety to Employer/Employer’s
representative, the activity prepares analyses of identified potential hazards to
ensure resolution of hazards. The following analyses shall be prepared and
submitted by the Contractor:
i. Subsystem Hazard Analysis (SSHA)
ii. Interface Hazard Analysis (IHA)
iii. Operating and Support Hazard Analysis (O&SHA)
iv. Quantitative Fault Tree Analysis (FTA)
v. Failure Modes, Effects and Criticality Analysis (FMECA)
b) The Contractor shall compile a list of critical / catastrophic hazard items identified
as a result of hazard analyses, or by other means. This Safety Critical Items List
(SCIL) shall be updated as required and carried forward throughout implementation
until final resolution of identified hazards is achieved.
c) The qualitative measures of hazard severity are defined as follows:
Hazard Category I -Catastrophic: Operating conditions such that personnel error,
environment, design deficiencies, subsystem or component failure or procedural
deficiencies may cause death or system loss.
Hazard Category II -Critical: Operating conditions such that personnel error,
environment, design deficiencies, subsystem or component failure or procedural
deficiencies may cause severe injury to personnel, severe occupational illness or
major system damage.
Hazard Category III -Marginal: Operating conditions such that personnel error,
environment, design deficiencies, subsystem or component failure or procedural
deficiencies may cause minor injury to personnel, minor occupational illness or
minor system damage.
Hazard Category IV -Negligible: Operating conditions such that personnel error,
environment, design deficiencies, subsystem or component failure or procedural
deficiencies will not result in injury to personnel, occupational illness or damage to
the system.

Section VI-B 44 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

d) The Contractor shall prepare a Fire Safety Design Report for notice of no objection
by the Employer/Employer’s representative. At a minimum, this report shall contain
documentation of the specific fire handling and life safety features and attributes
the Contractor has incorporated in the Escalator design; especially those relating
to:
i) Structural fire resistivity
ii) Choice of electrical wiring and insulation for vital safety critical circuitry.
iii) Flammability, smoke emission, and toxicity characteristics of selected
materials.
e) Further, the information presented by the Contractor shall be supported by the
history of tests conducted and by approved test certificates from accredited
laboratories which attest to the materials‟ characteristics and behaviour.

7.3.4 Reliability and Maintainability

a) Reliability and maintainability requirements and goals shall be developed in terms
of Mean Time between Failures (MTBF) and Mean Time to Repair (MTTR).
b) Final reliability and maintainability predictions shall be verified by testing after
system design has been completed.
c) The subsystems and equipment shall be designed to maximise system availability
during traffic hours, to minimise the amount of maintenance required and to ensure
that any maintenance can be easily and quickly carried out at minimum cost.
d) The Contractor shall perform reliability and maintainability analyses up to the point
of interface with other systems.
e) Reliability block diagrams shall be developed which show each equipment element
that is essential to the performance of the system, including element
interrelationships. Block diagrams shall be revised to keep current with design
iterations.
f) The Contractor shall develop a reliability model consisting of reliability block
diagrams and probability of success equations. The model shall show the
relationships required for system success. The Contractor shall revise the model
to keep current with design iterations.
g) The Contractor shall provide reliability prediction and apportionment in accordance
with established techniques or standard or properly documented and verifiable field
failure data for identical or similar equipment. The standards used or the source of
field data shall be identified.
h) Quantitative maintainability assessments to all significant functional levels of the
system, subsystems or equipment shall be allocated. Maintainability analyses
during design, development and testing shall be used to evaluate the degree of
achievement of the maintainability requirements. The Contractor shall identify the
standards by which these allocations are made.
i) The Contractor shall develop predictions to judge the adequacy of the proposed
design to meet quantitative maintainability requirements and shall identify design
features requiring corrective action during early stages of design and development.
j) The Contractor may submit existing analyses which are properly documented and
verifiable for equipment and applications which are identical or manifestly similar.
The documents used for calculating the Reliability, Availability and Maintainability
shall be certified by the Customer whose data’s are used.

Section VI-B 45 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

7.3.5 Reliability and Maintainability Demonstration Tests

k) The Reliability Demonstration Testing (RDT) shall be carried out after
commissioning the Escalators. All equipment shall be included in the RDT and shall
be fully operational. The Contractor shall perform failure / incident data analyses,
component analyses and provide corrective action designs and tests. The
Contractor shall submit weekly status reports, which shall include as a minimum a
statement of failures, status of failure dispositions and achieved MTBF for each
subsystem.
l) The Maintainability Demonstration Testing (MDT) shall be conducted on
assemblies, components and subsystems jointly selected by the
Employer/Employer’s representative and the Contractor. The
Employer/Employer’s representative reserves the right to settle any disputes in the
selection of subsystems to be tested.
7.3.6 Submissions
a) The Systems Assurance Plan shall be submitted 30 days after Contract Award for
notice of no objection by the Employer/Employer’s representative.
b) The Preliminary Systems Assurance Report shall be submitted for notice of no
objection as part of the Preliminary Design submission.
c) The Final Systems Assurance Report shall be submitted for notice of no objection
as part of the Pre-Final design submission.
d) The Reliability, Maintainability and Safety Demonstration Test Plans shall be
submitted for notice of no objection as part of the Final Design submission.
e) Reliability, Maintainability and Safety demonstration test results shall be submitted
for notice of no objection 30 days after completion of the demonstrations.

**************************

Section VI-B 46 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

8 DESIGN SERVICES
8.1 Design Requirements
The Contractor shall perform all design functions necessary for the development,
manufacture, installation and site testing of Escalators as described in this Specification.
8.1.1 The design of each component shall achieve the minimum service life given below. The
failure rate of the components shall not exceed 5%. Failure rate is defined as the number
of failures (during the service life) divided by the total quantity of the components in of that
corridor.
Escalators Parts Service life(years)
i. Steps 15
ii. Relays, timers and control gear 10
iii. Handrail drive system 15
iv. Step chains and step axles 15
v. Tension carriage assembly 15
vi. Main drive assembly 15
vii. Emergency brake assembly 15
viii. Step and chain rollers 15
ix. Handrail 7
x. Ball or Roller Bearing 1,10,000 operating hours
The Service life of other equipment’s / Parts shall be defined in the design submission.
8.1.2 The Contractor shall prepare and submit drawings, which clearly illustrate details of
equipment down to sub-assembly and component level, equipment locations and
configurations. Drawings shall indicate plan views, elevations, sections, charts, tables,
schematics and diagrams with legends, dimensions, part numbers, tolerances, setting
clearances, materials, etc., as required to cover the facilities being provided under the
Contract. Drawings shall also be prepared showing circuit wiring for each of the systems
and sub-systems included in the Contract.
8.1.3 The Contractor shall prepare and submit specifications to provide a clear description of
the functional requirements such as, loading, materials, clearances, tolerances, of all
equipment and its components planned for use in the Contract. The specifications shall
indicate acceptable levels of performance, the expected normal life span, and the mean
time between failures (MTBF) for the equipment, materials and workmanship, with due
consideration given to the service and environment to which such equipment will be
subjected. The Contractor shall identify, by manufacturer and model or part number, each
component, which he plans to install under the Contract.
8.1.4 The Contractor shall prepare and submit a Quality Assurance programme in accordance
with requirements contained in the Specification.
8.1.5 The Contractor shall submit all applicable data, criteria, standards, directives and
information used as a basis for the design of the Escalators.
8.1.6 The Contractor shall comply with the drawings and graphic standards identified in the
Employer's Requirements.
8.1.7 The Contractor shall submit the design calculations for the following, to demonstrate how
the operational requirements are achieved.

Section VI-B 47 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

a) Structural loading and deflection of the Escalator truss (with and without
intermediate support).
b) The loading of the following Escalator components:
(i) Bearings
(ii) Drive chains (main drive and hand rail drive)
(iii) Step chains including safety factor and lifetime and chain pin pressure.
(iv) Steps
(v) Motor/machines.
(vi) Brakes including distance and deceleration.
(vii) Handrails
(viii) Comb plate and landing plates.
(ix) Track system
(x) Balustrades and Skirt
(xi) Main shaft static and fatigue
(xii) Main shaft bearing lifetime
c) Power requirements and efficiency of motor/machine and gear box and machine
under various load conditions.
d) Escalator brake torque and stopping distances under no load and full load
condition.
e) Any other information necessary or asked by the Employer
8.1.8 The Contractor shall submit catalogues and samples for all parts and components used
in this Contract. During the design stage some of the samples of the equipment can be
asked by the Employer for notice of no objection without any extra cost. The samples will
be released to the Contractor after commissioning of the equipments.
8.1.9 The Contractor shall prepare equipment layout plans and other documents necessary to
facilitate the design interface co-ordination with other System-wide and Designated
Contractors. These plans shall, (if necessary) be incorporated in design drawings but they
must be prepared at appropriate times and in sufficient detail to permit successful co-
ordination of space provisions for the Escalators.
8.2 Endorsement Requirement
All drawings, calculations, test certificates, technical information, data and analysis
submitted in this Contract shall be endorsed by the Contractor's registered Professional
representative.
8.3 Co-ordination with Designated Contractors
The Contractor shall co-ordinate with the Designated Contractors, shall finalise and agree
with the Designated Contractors all relevant matters relating to the equipment including
but not limited to the following:
a) space requirements, including tolerances for construction of the civil works.
b) fixing requirements
c) loading
d) interface with architectural finishes
e) cabling routes, including providing information to the Designated Contractors.

Section VI-B 48 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

f) information on embedded parts, box-outs, etc. to enable the Designated

Contractors to provide the necessary works.
g) equipment access route and temporary Lifting requirements. (In this connection,
it may be noted that no provision of Lifting hooks has been made in the civil
structure. As such, the Escalator contractor shall arrange his own alternative
method for installation of Escalators at site.)
h) lighting requirements
i) power requirements
j) ventilation requirements
k) fire protection
l) Interface with Other Contractors
8.4 Not Used

**************************

Section VI-B 49 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

9 INSTALLATION
9.1 Site preparation/Examination
9.1.1 The escalator contractor shall carry out all the handling, unloading and installation of the
escalators and equipment testing and commissioning thereof.
9.1.2 The Escalator contractor shall arrange site office and storage area on his own including
communication and other facilities within the project site.
9.1.3 Ensuring that interfaces between the contract works and other packages and building
works and services meet the requirements of the Employer/Employer’s
Representative’s.
9.1.4 The Escalator contractor shall arrange for the timely conduct of essential activities and
delivery of built-in items at the interfaces with other packages and building civil works
including, but not limited to:
a) Site survey measurements to verify and confirm the setting out of the built-in
items of the Works, including the physical interfaces
b) Setting out details, openings in slabs.
c) Supplying cast - in - place insert plates for Escalators.
d) Provide centre line for Escalator to other contractors to carry out their work.
9.1.5 Site condition inspection
a) Prior to beginning installation of Escalators, the Escalator contractor shall
examine escalator work areas. Verify that no irregularities exist, which affect
execution of work specified.
b) The Escalator contractor shall not proceed with installation until work in place
conforms to the project requirements.
9.1.6 The Escalator contractor shall organize his own transport and Lifting arrangements for
installation of the Escalators inside the Building. The live loading allowed on all slabs is
5 KN/Sqm. The Escalator contractor shall while moving his equipment and Escalators
ensure that the loading on the slab does not exceed 5 KN/Sqm. Wherever the loading
is exceeded, the Escalator contractor shall ensure adequate means of secondary
support to the slab and beams to restrict the live load on the slab and beams to 5
KN/Sqm. The use of tracked constructional equipment shall not be permitted.
9.1.7 The Escalator contractor shall be responsible for the reinstatement of any slab and
beams damaged by his material and Construction Equipment used in the execution of
the contract works.
9.1.8 The Escalator contractor shall not disrupt any other building operations in any way at all,
during the execution of any of the work undertaken as a part of the contract works.
9.1.9 The Escalator contractor shall liaise with the Employer/Employer’s Representative’s,
Other contractors and the Works Safety Officer to obtain approval and escort prior to
moving construction Equipment or transporting Escalators and components through any
restricted areas.
9.1.10 The Contractor shall be responsible for the timely and proper setting out of the Works,
which shall include verifying the positions, levels, dimensions and alignment of Escalators,
machine pits, supports, walls and floor openings, etc. Any error in the civil construction in
so far as they relate to the Works shall be immediately brought to the attention of the
Employer/Employer’s representative and the Designated Contractor to allow prompt
rectification by the Designated Contractor so as to avoid delays to the Works. The

Section VI-B 50 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

Contractor shall not be entitled to claim for any additional costs incurred by him arising out
of such errors in the civil construction if such additional costs could reasonably have been
avoided had the Contractor carried out timely and proper setting out of the Works. The
method adopted for installation shall be in accordance with relevant standards with latest
versions / amendments stated at Clause 4.16 of this specification.
9.1.11 The Contractor shall be responsible for all aspects of the Work required to install the
equipment, including the provision of all Lifting facilities such as frames, etc. where the
provision of hooks is not possible. The Contractor shall co-ordinate with the Designated
Contractors on the necessary precautions to be taken by the both the parties to prevent
damage to any part of the civil works during installation, including transportation of
various part of Escalators on rubber typed wheel and handling these with proper
equipment so that floor finishes are not damaged by the Contractor during erection of
Escalators at the stations. In case any finish is damaged by the Contractor, the same
shall be made good by the Contractor in full panel / area at his cost, so as to maintain
uniformity.
9.1.12 All equipment shall be fully protected against the ingress of grit, dust and moisture during
delivery, storage and installation.
9.1.13 Contractor have to submit the Construction and Installation plan 12 weeks before
starting of the Construction of works at site.
9.1.14 The equipment shall be delivered at Site in accordance with an accepted installation
programme with a minimum temporary storage period to avoid damage.
Access into the station will be either by train or by road depending on site environment
and constraints.
9.1.15 The Contractor shall design the equipment to comply with the Site access restrictions and
shall ensure that the largest piece of equipment can be brought into the station through
the access opening / entrances and passage ways. Method Statement of Installation shall
be submitted for Employers notice of no objection at least 30 days prior to the starting the
installation.
9.1.16 Under normal circumstances where the civil structure does not prohibit the provision of
Lifting facilities, such facilities in the form of Lifting point will be provided by the Civil
Contractors at the upper and lower landings and along the incline section of the Escalator
well ways for ease of installation. The contractor shall verify and satisfy themselves in
respect to the loading capability of the Lifting point / hooks. The load test, if Contractor
feels necessary / required, can be arranged in co-ordination with Civil contractor.
9.1.17 Where, the structure does not permit the provision of Lifting points, the Contractor shall
make his own arrangements to provide the required Lifting facilities such as “A” frames or
similar supporting arrangement to carry out installation work at no extra cost.
9.1.18 The Contractor shall be responsible for providing fencing and barricades to protect his
working areas during the installation period for the safety of his workers and other
personnel working in the station until the equipment is handed over to the CMRL.
9.1.19 The Contractor shall provide protection, such as plywood board etc., to protect the
landing plate, handrail and balustrade etc from being damaged until the equipment is
handed over at no additional cost. Any damages to the equipment is the sole
responsibility of Contractor who shall replace the damage part without any extra cost.
The equipment in full will be inspected and tested at the time of taking over of the
equipment.

Section VI-B 51 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

9.1.20 Adjust installed components for smooth, efficient operation, complying with required
tolerances and free of hazardous conditions. Lubricate operating parts, including
bearings, tracks, guides, and hardware etc. Test operating devices, Equipment, signals,
controls, and safety devices.
9.1.21 Repair damaged finishes so that no evidence remains of correction work. Return items
that cannot be refinished in the field to shop, make required repairs and refinish entire
unit, or provide new units as required.
9.1.22 Assembly: Equipment is as far as possible to be factory assembled, wired and tested.
Site work shall be limited to installation and assembly of parts dismantled at factory for
transportation, or otherwise to work not possible at factory.
9.1.23 Workmanship: Carry out work in a neat, workmanlike and efficient manner in accordance
with the specified requirements. Installation shall be performed by skilled personnel,
specialized in Escalator installation, who are in the permanent employment of the
Manufacturer.
9.1.24 Supply, installation and dismantling of scaffoldings, platforms, safety barricades & all
related items required for installation work and approved by safety department.
9.1.25 All safety protections and permits during installation, shifting, storage of all materials etc.
to be done by the Contractor.
9.1.26 Carry out all work necessarily required in connection with installation of Escalators,
including but not limited to forming or cutting chases, rebates, fixing of insert plate and
Lifting hooks, grouting, supports, steelwork, scaffolding etc.
9.1.27 Provide convenience power, lighting and other services required from assigned terminal
points to carry out construction work.
9.1.28 Escalator Machine/Pit room Equipment: Neatly touch up damaged factory-painted
surfaces with original paint colour. Protect machine-finish surfaces against corrosion.
9.1.29 Work shall be performed by competent escalator installation personnel in accordance with
codes, manufacturer's installation instructions and approved shop drawings.
9.1.30 The installation manuals received from factory along with the escalators equipment at the
time of delivery of the escalator at site shall be duly submitted by the contractor to the
Employer/ Employer/Employer’s Representative’s.
9.1.31 Supply in ample time for installation by other trades, inserts, anchors, bearing plates, and
supports including all setting templates and diagrams for placement.
9.1.32 Install all equipment and accessories to provide a quiet, smoothly operating installation,
free from side sway, oscillation or vibration.
9.1.33 Sound isolation: Mount rotating and vibrating escalator equipment and components on
vibration-absorption mounts, designed to effectively prevent the transmission of vibrations
to the structure, and eliminate sources of structure-borne noise from the escalator system.
like Step, etc
9.1.34 Alignment: Coordinate installation of escalator for accurate alignment.
9.1.35 Set escalators landings accurately aligned and slightly above finish floor.

9.2 Adjustments
9.2.1 Track Alignment: Re-align factory installed tracks if required to ensure continuous 4
point contact with step and chain rollers. Secure joints without gaps and file any
irregularities to a smooth surface.

Section VI-B 52 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

9.2.2 Lubricate all Equipment in accordance with Escalators Manufacturer’s instructions.

9.2.3 Adjust motors, brakes, controllers, stopping switches, and safety devices to achieve
required performance levels.
9.2.4 Adjust brakes and controlled descent devices to stop escalator at various loads and
speeds. Adjust handrail speed to coincide with step speed.

9.3 Cleanup
9.3.1 Keep work areas orderly and free from debris during progress of the contract works.
Remove packaging materials on a daily basis. Remove all loose materials and filings
resulting from work.
9.3.2 Before final acceptance, remove protection from finished surfaces and clean and
polish surfaces in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for type of
material and finish provided. Stainless steel shall be cleaned with soap and water and
dried with a non-abrasive surface; shall not be cleaned with bleach-based cleansers.
At completion of escalator work, remove tools, equipment, and surplus materials from
site. Clean well way equipment, truss interior, pit, balustrade, deck boards, skirt
panels, operating and signal fixtures and machine / controller room.
9.3.3 The Escalator Contractor shall provide protection, such as plywood box-up etc. with
fire retardant materials to protect the landing plate, steps, handrail and balustrade, etc.
from being damaged until the work is handed over, at no additional cost. Any damages
to the equipment will be the sole responsibility of Escalator Contractor and the firm
shall replace the damaged part without any extra cost. The complete equipment will
be inspected and tested at the time of taking over of the equipment.
9.3.4 Painting: Protect unfinished metal work by painting, unless technically undesirable.
Remove oil, grease, scale, and other foreign matter from all Equipment. Painting is to
include thorough cleaning of metal, application of rust inhibiting prime coat and two
finishing coats of approved enamel.

**************************

Section VI-B 53 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

10 TESTING AND INSPECTION

10.1 General
10.1.1 As part of the preliminary design submission the Contractor shall submit to the“Employer
/ Employer’s representative” for Notice of No objection a schedule of tests giving full
details of all tests to be carried out.
10.1.2 Tests at places of manufacture to be witnessed by the “Employer/Employer’s
representative” shall be grouped together (As far as can be arranged) so that as many
tests as possible can be witnessed on each visit.
10.1.3 The Contractor shall prepare and forward to the “Employer/Employer’s representative ”
an original and four copies of all Test Reports as soon as practicable after completion of
each test whether witnessed by the “Employer/Employer’s representative” or not. All test
data shall be certified by the Contractor’s Professional representative.
10.2 General Requirements for Type Tests and Acceptance Tests
10.2.1 The Tenderer shall provide details of any type and acceptance tests, which have been
carried out on equipment offered, or any additional tests he recommends.
10.2.2 In general, certificates of previous type tests of less than 5 years old may be accepted at
the discretion of the Employer/Employer’s representative provided that they are for
identical equipment and conditions. Where appropriate, new and / or modified
components to meet the requirements of this Specification shall be made available for
type testing.
10.2.3 Type tests on equipment shall be carried out strictly as specified in the Specification.
10.2.4 The Employer/Employer’s representative shall have right to witness tests and inspections
on individual materials, components, or sub-assemblies, and details of these shall be
agreed between the Contractor and the Employer/Employer’s representative.
10.2.5 At the conclusion of all type tests, the Contractor shall compile all the test data together
with any observations made during the tests, file them into a type test binder and submit
it to the Employer/Employer’s representative for notice of no objection and record.
10.2.6 Type Test reports should not be older than 5 years
10.2.7 Escalator Contractor shall ensure that Type Test Certificate for escalator equipment /
components should not be older than 05 years, if any certificate is older than 05 years,
the same must be revalidated from time to time during the contract period by the Escalator
Contractor at his own cost from the authorised agency/laboratory.
10.3 General Requirements for Tests during Manufacture
10.3.1 The Contractor shall carry out tests during manufacture as specified and propose any
additional tests to be carried out. These tests shall be subject to the notice of no objection
of the Employer/Employer’s representative. Routine tests shall be integrated with the
manufacturing programme. The Employer/Employer’s representative will, at his
discretion, witness the routine tests during the period of manufacture, or accept the
records of the Contractor’s in-house quality control scheme, where appropriate, as
sufficient evidence for the execution of the routine tests.
10.3.2 Routine tests shall be carried out strictly as per Industrial Practice.
10.3.3 On completion of the manufacture of items or sub-assemblies, and following completion
of the manufacturer’s own tests and inspection, the Employer/Employer’s representative

Section VI-B 54 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

shall be invited to witness such tests as he deems appropriate. The Contractor shall
schedule the routine tests to meet the manufacturing programme, irrespective of
Employer/Employer’s representative’s presence at the test sites, provided advance notice
has been served to the Employer/Employer’s representative in accordance with GS.
10.3.4 The Employer/Employer’s representative will determine and advise the Contractor of
those tests where certification by the manufacturer may be acceptable in lieu of witnessed
tests.
10.3.5 Methods of packing and shipping shall be as specified in the Employer's Requirements,
the Employer/Employer’s representative reserves the right to visit the manufacturer’s or
packer’s premises to ensure that accepted methods are employed.
10.3.6 The overall expenses (including boarding, lodging, Travelling, visas, and permits etc) to
witness the Factory Acceptance Testing in India or abroad at manufacturing facility by the
Employer / Employer representatives will be borne by the Employer.
10.4 Test Specification
10.4.1 The Contractor shall submit for acceptance by the Employer/Employer’s representative,
test specifications for type tests, routine tests, tests on site, final acceptance tests and
commissioning. The specifications shall detail the methods of conducting the tests, the
tools and instruments used. Reference to the accepted documents and drawings shall be
included in these specifications. The records / results shall be tabulated in a prescribed
format applicable to this Contract.
10.4.2 Nothing in this Specification shall prevent the Employer/Employer’s representative from
calling for extra tests.
10.4.3 These test specification shall include the design values of all quantities to be verified, with
allowable tolerance or limits. Summary drawings or diagrams shall be included with the
test specifications to show the dimensions and tolerances of all structural assemblies and
sub-assemblies. In the case of welded fabrications, key diagrams giving all weld data shall
be provided to conduct systematic inspection to take place.
10.4.4 Verification of accuracy shall be required for all tools, apparatus, testing jigs, measuring
instruments and ‘go’ or ‘no go’ gauges used for the purpose of routine tests.
10.4.5 All test instruments shall be calibrated not more than one year prior to their use. The
Contractor shall submit calibration certificate or other documents for proof of Compliance.
10.5 Testing of Materials and Details
10.5.1 Where materials or components used in this Contract are not covered by separate test
specifications, samples of such materials, or up to two per cent of such components shall,
if desired by the Employer/Employer’s representative be tested at the Contractor’s
expense at an approved laboratory.
10.5.2 The Contractor shall supply the material required for testing free of charge and shall
supply and prepare the necessary test pieces, labour and appliances for making all tests,
and for carrying out all gauging and weighing at his premises in accordance with the terms
of this Specification. If the Contractor is unable to provide approved facilities at his own
factory for making the prescribed tests, the Contractor shall bear the cost of carrying out
the tests elsewhere, at a place subject to the Employer/Employer’s representative notice
of no objection.

Section VI-B 55 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

10.5.3 The radiographic examination of welds or castings as the Employer/Employer’s

representative deems necessary shall also be carried out.
10.6 Escalator Prototype Tests
10.6.1 One complete Escalator for average rise, which is generally representative of all types,
shall be available for witnessing of tests after award of Contract.
10.6.2 A complete Escalator system including truss, track, chain, rollers, steps, controller,
handrails, balustrade, monitoring and fault diagnostic system, electrical wiring, safety
devices, supporting systems etc. shall be built at the Contractor’s works to undergo a
comprehensive running and functional testing in accordance with the approved test
specification to verify compliance with the Specification.
10.6.3 The tests shall include but not limited to the following:
a) Truss deflection shall be recorded under full load conditions;
b) Carry out a full Escalator assembly inspection as specified in Clause 10.10.13.
c) Verify the functionality of the monitoring and fault diagnostic System, all safety
devices and all other electrical switches.
d) Inspection to verify that the balustrade complies with the Specification and is
aesthetically pleasing.
e) Insulation resistance and pressure testing of all power and control circuits.
f) Drive chain strength test
g) Step Test
h) Balustrade strength test
i) Skirt strength test
j) Auxiliary brake test
k) Step chain strength test
l) Landing cover strength test
m) Comb carrier strength test
n) Combined efficiency of the motor and gearbox test
o) Any other tests required by applicable codes or asked by the Employer.
p) Carry out a 24 hours continuous running test, 12 hours in each direction, without
stopping except to change direction.
q) Record the noise levels to verify compliance with the Specification.
r) Braking Tests.
10.7 Not used
10.8 Escalator Type Tests
10.8.1 Driving Mechanism
One unit selected by the Employer/Employer’s representative for each range of duty of
the driving machines provided for this Contract.
Scope of Tests
a) Dimensional Checking: Dimensionally check gear assembly backlash and shaft end
float as follows:

Section VI-B 56 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

i) Backlash with four consecutive 90⁰ turns, in the same direction, of the input shaft.
ii) Backlash with four consecutive 90⁰ turns, in the same direction, of the output shaft.
iii) Input shaft end float where applicable.
iv) Eccentricity of shafts on ground section adjacent to glands or oil seals.
v) Output shaft end float.
b) Dynamic Tests The gears shall be “blued”, with non-oil soluble ink, in addition to the
assembly in order that the transfer mark for the contact area can be determined. The
input shaft shall be turned a sufficient number of revolutions to establish the position
of the contact area prior to the dynamic tests.
The test machine shall be driven by simulating full load conditions at contract speed
continuously for 8 hours, 4 hours in each direction.
The following temperatures are to be recorded prior to the run, during the run, at 30
minute intervals and on completion of the run:
i) Oil
ii) Input shaft bearing (drive end)
iii) Input shaft bearing (non-drive end)
iv) Output shaft bearing (output side)
v) Output shaft bearing (non-output side)
vi) Gear casing
vii) Motor casing
viii) Ambient
The temperature of the rim on the gear of the output shaft shall be recorded prior to
the run and immediately on completion in each direction.
The contact area of the gears shall be checked on completion of the run in each
direction. This shall demonstrate that the wear pattern is forming in a correct
manner.
The machine shall also be run under no load and at test load conditions at full speed
in each direction for a sufficient period to record the maximum vibration amplitudes
at:
i) Mounting points
ii) Bearings
c) Verification of Efficiency
The overall efficiency of the machine shall be verified by calculation from the results
of the tests.
10.8.2 Motor Frequency of Tests
One unit selected by the Employer/Employer’s representative for each range of motors
supplied for this Contract.
If the quantity of the same range of motor exceeds forty, an additional motor shall be
selected from the second batch by the Employer/Employer’s representative to repeat the
same tests described below.
If a separate motor is used for achieving maintenance speed, the same requirements shall
also apply to the maintenance motors.

Section VI-B 57 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

In general, all tests on motor shall be conducted in accordance with the relevant parts of
BS 4999.
Scope of Tests
a) Insulation Test
i. Insulation resistance of windings using 1000V megger shall not to be less
than 200 M ohm.
ii. Insulation resistance of thermistors subject to 1000V for 5 seconds shall not
be less than 200 M ohm. Windings shall be earthed.
iii. Main and slow speed winding shall each be pressure tested to 2000V r.m.s.
for 60 seconds. During this test, thermistor wires shall be grounded to earth.
iv. Cold resistance of both high and low speed windings shall be recorded.
b) Dynamic Tests
i. No load current and speed shall be recorded at rated voltage and frequency
for both high and low speed windings.
ii. Full load, 75%, 50% and 25% load tests shall be carried out on both high
and low speeds at rated voltage and frequency. Current and speed shall be
recorded for each. Input power, efficiency, slip and power factor shall be
established and recorded for each. For Load Test (as per EN 115 latest
version) the Escalator shall be started at No Load and subsequently the Load
will be increased incrementally to test the Motor for different loads
iii. Temperature rise test on full load shall be carried out on high speed windings
only. Voltage shall be 415V. Frequency shall be as rated.
iv. Ambient, air outlet, casing, output power and temperatures shall be recorded
at 15 minute intervals for the first two hours and 30 minute intervals
subsequently until temperature levels off.
v. Voltage, current, frequency, output power and temperatures shall be
recorded at 15 minute intervals for the first two hours and 30 minute intervals
subsequently until temperature levels off.
vi. When the temperature has levelled off, the motor shall be switched off and
the winding temperature rise shall be established using the resistance
method as specified in BS 4999 Part 101 latest version.
vii. A momentary overload of 200% full load shall be applied for 15 seconds. The
motor shall not stall or abruptly change speed.
viii. A locked rotor test shall be carried out at rated voltage and frequency for
both high and low speed windings. Current and torque shall be recorded in
both cases.
ix. The speed / torque characteristic and the starting current characteristic shall
be produced from the results obtained.
10.8.3 Main Drive Shaft
Frequency of Tests
Depending on the number of different types of main drive shaft to be provided for this
Contract at least one for each of the high and low rise range of main drive shaft shall be
selected to undergo the type tests. The Employer/Employer’s representative will
determine if the intermediate range is required for the tests.
Scope of Tests
a) Dimensional Checking

Section VI-B 58 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

Ten main drive shafts selected by the Employer/Employer’s representative shall

undergo a comprehensive checking and testing which includes but is not limited
to the following:
i. Dimensional checking of the shaft to verify conformance of the
manufacturing tolerances.
ii. Check alignment of sprocket position and parallelism of sprockets.
b) Radiographic checks or other approved non-destructive testing on the welds
shall be carried out on the shaft after completion of dimensional checks. A
certificate of the welder’s qualifications shall accompany the report to be
submitted.
10.8.4 Steps
Frequency of Test
One step shall be required to undergo the type tests as described below:
Scope of Tests
a) Static Test
The testing procedures shall conform to the requirements as described in EN115
Clause 5.3.3.1 as a minimum.
b) Dynamic Test
The testing procedures shall conform to the requirements as described in EN115
Clause 5.3.3.2 as a minimum.
10.8.5 Step Chain
Frequency of Test
One sample of each range of step chain provided in this Contract shall be required to
undergo the type test.
Scope of Tests
a) A destructive test to verify the tensile breaking strength of the chains.
b) Dimensional checks on the test sample to check the link plates, step axles and
chain pin, and to verify compliance with the manufacturing tolerance of the
components.
c) Evidence of the heat treatment of the link plate, if applicable, shall either be
provided or verified by test.
d) The method of protecting the chain for shipment shall be inspected for conformity
with the correct approved procedures.
10.8.6 Wheels/Rollers
a) Frequency of Test: Three samples each of the chain wheel and trailer wheel
from the first batch of production shall be taken for the test. Scope of Tests a)
Dimensional Checking the dimensions of the test sample shall be checked to
determine compliance with the manufacturing tolerance.
b) Hardness of the Bonding Material: The same samples as used in (a) above shall
be used to determine the hardness of the bonding material.
c) Bonding Strength: The purpose of this test is to determine the bonding strength
between the tyre and aluminium hub under a Tensometer.

Section VI-B 59 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

i. A full depth section of tyre of sufficient length shall be removed to insert a

cutting tool and detach the bond.
ii. The wheel shall be held by a pin at the stationary end of the Tensometer
and the wheel shall be free to rotate.
iii. The detached end of the tyre shall be clamped firmly between the jaws of
the operating end of the Tensometer.
iv. The load shall be applied gradually until a load of 1 kN is achieved. The
rotation of the wheel shall not be more than 40 degrees.
d) Dynamic Test
The test sample shall be mounted on test jigs and subject to simulated load
conditions to test their working life. Accelerated speed and increased loading to
shorten the testing period may be acceptable, but full details of supporting
calculations shall be provided.
Controller
Frequency of Test
One of each type of controller shall be type tested.
Scope of Tests
a) Physical Construction Checking
The construction of the control cubicle shall be checked against the approved
drawings. Facilities to padlock incoming fused isolator shall be checked.
Verification of the protection classification to IP55 shall be conducted and / or
provided.
b) Pressure Test
i. Earth leakage circuit breakers shall be tested on both poles. The current
and time required to trip shall be recorded. Similarly, the dc earth leakage
unit shall be tested and values to be recorded.
ii. Pressure testing at 2000V ac r.m.s. for 60 seconds between: phase to
phase and phase to earth.
iii. Control wiring shall be pressure tested at 1,500V ac r.m.s. for 60 seconds
between control / auxiliary wiring and frame. Insulation tests shall be
carried out before and after the above tests by a 1000V insulation tester.
The insulation resistance thus measured shall not be less than 200M ohm.
iv. All protection on electronic circuits shall be tested.
Wiring to all electronic components shall be meggered. Megger setting
shall be at the discretion of the Employer/Employer’s representative.
v. Verification of the protection circuit shall be carried out in accordance with
the approved procedures.
c) Functional Tests
i. Functional testing of the completed control cubicle shall be carried out by
simulation of the Escalator operation to verify compliance with the
Specification.
ii. Temperature rise during the tests shall be recorded and verified.
10.8.7 Tension Carriage
Frequency of Test

Section VI-B 60 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

One sample from each range of tension carriage (if different types are provided), shall
be selected to undergo the type tests.
Scope of Tests
a) Dimensional Check
The test sample assembly shall be checked thoroughly to ensure that all the
dimensions comply with the manufacturing tolerances. Check alignment of
sprocket position and parallelism of sprockets.
b) Radiographic Check
The welds on the same sample shall be checked by radiographic examination or
any other approved non-destructive method. A certificate of the welder’s
qualifications, who performed the welding of the tension carriage, shall
accompany the report to be submitted.
10.8.8 Driving Chains
Frequency of Test: One of each type of driving chains shall be required for the type tests.
Scope of Tests: Each chain selected shall undergo destructive tests to prove its breaking
strength.
10.8.9 Handrail
Frequency of Test
One sample selected from the first batch of production shall be made available for the
tests. If the mould for vulcanisation is changed due to any reason during the subsequent
manufacturing period, the same test shall be repeated, if so desired by the
Employer/Employer’s representative.
Scope of Tests
a) Physical Checking
The inner element of the test sample shall be checked against the approved
drawings before vulcanisation. The vulcanised sample shall be checked to
confirm the dimensions and manufacturing tolerances.
The inner layer shall be tested to confirm its water-repellent property. The rigidity
of the lips shall be tested to verify compliance. Two samples of the outer stock
shall be taken from the test sample and checked to verify their Shore Hardness.
b) Breaking Strength
The same sample shall be tested to confirm the minimum breaking strength. A
factory prepared joint shall also be tested to verify that its breaking strength is
not less than 85% of that of the test sample.
c) Ozone Aging Test
The rubber sample shall be tested to prove its ozone aging resistance in
accordance with the test specification.
10.8.10 Braking System
Frequency of Test: One of each type of brake provided shall be required to undergo type
testing.

Section VI-B 61 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

Scope of Test: A full dimensional check shall be carried out to verify compliance with the
manufacturing drawings and a full functional test shall be carried out. A demonstration of
brake adjustment and setting shall be carried out.
10.9 Not used
10.10 Escalator Routine Tests
The following are the minimum requirements of the routine tests.
10.10.1 Main Drive Shaft
100% Check:
Thorough dimensional checking against the accepted drawings and manufacturing
tolerances shall be conducted for every main drive shaft produced. This shall include
checking of the alignment of the sprockets on both sides of the shaft.
Random Check:
Ten main drive shafts will be selected to conduct the radiographic examination or other
approved non-destructive testing on the welds.
10.10.2 Driving Machines
Random Check:
Each set of worm and gear shall be checked to verify that the backlash and contact area
is in conformity with the accepted test specification. Test results shall be recorded for
inspection.
Verification of the insulation resistance of the windings using a 1000 Volts megger test. A
high voltage test to 2000 Volts r.m.s. for one minute of the stator winding shall be
conducted.
A dynamic test for every driving machine shall be conducted for a period of 4 hours
continuously without stopping, except for changing of direction, 2 hours in each direction,
at contract speed and 25% load conditions. The test is to ensure no undue vibration or
abnormal temperature rise occurs in any component.
10.10.3 Step Chain
100% Check:
The assembled chain shall be checked for its overall dimensions and manufacturing
tolerance, in accordance with the accepted test specification.
Random Check:
The link plates, chain pins and step axles shall be checked at random by using a “go” or
“no go” gauge. Evidence of checking shall be verified on the checklist, if required by the
Employer/Employer’s representative.
10.10.4 Wheels/Rollers
Random Check:
All wheels and bearings shall be checked at random in accordance with the accepted test
specification, to confirm the dimensions and manufacturing tolerances.
Up to two percent of the total wheels for this Contract, if required by the
Employer/Employer’s representative, shall be tested to prove their bonding strength in
accordance with the same procedures as for type tests mentioned above.

Section VI-B 62 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

A failure from the first two percent samples shall necessitate a further two percent sample
to be tested. A failure during further test shall render the complete batch to be
unacceptable.

10.10.5 Tension Carriage

Random Check:
The carriage shaft shall be checked against the accepted shop drawings to verify the
dimensions and manufacturing tolerances. The alignment of the sprockets on both sides
of the shaft shall be checked at the same time.
10.10.6 Handrail
100% Check:
All factory prepared joints shall be checked before vulcanization, in accordance with the
accepted drawings.
Random Check:
The physical dimensions after vulcanization shall be checked three times a day for, at the
beginning, mid-day and before closing of work. The lip strength shall be checked to
confirm its rigidity.
10.10.7 Floor Plates
Random Check: Selected Floor plates shall be checked to confirm their dimensions and
manufacturing tolerances, in accordance with the accepted drawings.
10.10.8 Comb Sections
Random Check: The comb sections shall be checked to confirm their dimensions and
manufacturing tolerances, in accordance with the accepted drawings. The accuracy of the
holes for the fixing screws shall be checked with a gauge. If required by the
Employer/Employer’s representative, a destructive test shall be conducted to verify the
breaking strength of the comb teeth, in accordance with the accepted test specifications.
10.10.9 Steps
Random Check:
The tread and cleared riser dimensions shall be checked against the accepted drawings.
10.10.10 Handrail Drive
Random Check:
The alignment of the sprockets on both sides of the shaft shall be checked against the
accepted drawings.
10.10.11 Control Cubicle
100% Check:
Verification of the insulation resistance of the control wiring and electronic components
shall be conducted in accordance with the accepted test specifications.
Each control cubicle shall be checked with a simulator to test for correct wiring and
termination, and the correct function of the electrical switches / relays.

Section VI-B 63 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

10.10.12 Truss
100% Check
All truss work welding shall be subjected to a visual examination to ensure there is no
surface porosity, undercuts or any other defects. Non Destructive Testing shall be carried
out on structural welds and on 10% of the remaining welds.
10.10.13 Escalator Assembly
The Contractor shall develop his own inspection checklist for the manufacturing process
and for the checking of the assembled Escalator. The results shall be properly recorded
for the inspection by the Employer/Employer’s representative or his designated
representative during factory visits.
All the components inside the truss, such as the main drive shaft, tension carriage, tracks,
wiring, safety switches, steps, and skirt panels shall be installed in position prior to the
tests.
100% Check:
All items shall be checked for correct positioning and any measurements taken shall be
recorded in the checklist. In particular the following shall be checked to ensure conformity
with the Specification.
i) Step to skirting
ii) Riser to skirting
iii) Step to guide at comb
iv) Comb to tread cleat
v) Step to step
vi) Skirt to step
vii) Carriage tension setting
viii) Carriage scale plate reading
ix) Alignment of the truss joints shall be checked in accordance with the accepted
test specifications. Through bolts shall be fitted after correct alignment and any
shims used shall be marked and identified.
x) All track joints shall be checked for alignment and smoothness. Sliding tracks shall
be fitted correctly, in accordance with accepted shop drawings.
xi) After checking of alignment and correct squareness to the centre line, the housing
of the main drive shaft bearings and the tension carriage bearings shall be drilled
and fitted with through bolts.
xii) The partially assembled Escalator shall be run under power to check for proper
clearance throughout the entire Escalator.
xiii) Wiring of the in-truss switches shall be completed and properly terminated.
xiv) For low rise Escalators, the handrail may be coiled in the upper landing and
properly secured.
xv) When the assembled Escalator is ready for dismantling and packing, the step
chains and steps shall be anchored to prevent them from movement during transit.
xvi) A list shall be prepared for parts dismantled and will be shipped together with the
Escalator sections. Those parts to follow shall be clearly shown on a separate list.

Section VI-B 64 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

xvii) Before shipment can be effective, the Employer/Employer’s representative shall

sign and issue a clearance certificate after he is satisfied with the packing
procedures.
10.11 Not used
10.12 Escalator Site Checking and Inspection
A test and inspection specification shall be prepared for each of the following critical
phases of work. Forty eight hours notice is required prior to completing these phases to
enable the Employer/Employer’s representative to carry out any checks he deems
necessary. The following are the minimum requirements:
a) Definition of datum and installation of bearing plate
b) Alignment of truss and end supports
c) Alignment of drive and reverse station
d) Alignment of track brackets
e) Alignment of incline tracks
f) Installation and alignment of upper and lower newel wheels
g) Alignment of skirting brackets and panels
h) Installation of step chain and steps
i) Installation of balustrade steelworks
j) Alignment of handrail tracks
k) Installation of top decking panels, inner panels, skirting returns and kick plates.
l) Installation of upper and lower comb plates and access floor covers.
m) Alignment of “over speed” / “under speed” detection unit drive chain, handrail
and countershaft drive chains.
n) Installation of switches and wiring.
o) Installation of lubrication system
p) Installation of wiring and cabling
q) Earthing and bonding checks
r) Installation of controller
s) Installation of Escalator cladding and decking extension.
10.13 Not used
10.14 Escalator Commissioning and Acceptance Tests [System Acceptance Testing
(SAT)
After installation, each Escalator shall be tested by the Contractor in the presence of the
Employer/Employer’s representative. The tests shall include but not limited to the
following:
10.14.1 Final Electrical
Each Escalator shall be subject to a rigorous electrical testing which will prove the
functionality of the Escalator control, safety and support systems.
a) The over speed protection devices shall be tested by operating the Escalator at
rated speeds and tripping the over speed device manually. The device shall have

Section VI-B 65 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

been separately tested and set in the factory to operate at Escalator speeds called
for in this Specification.
b) The handrail tension malfunction devices shall be tested manually.
c) The broken chain protection shall be tested by operating the Escalator at rated
speed and tripping the broken chain device by hand.
d) The device providing against sudden and unusual strains on the step chains shall
be tested by operating the device by hand.
e) All push buttons, starting switches, relays, interlocking, controls and features
required in connection with the work shall be inspected and tested to prove that
the complete Escalator functions properly under any and all conditions of
operation within the limits specified.
f) All conductors shall withstand a 1000V megger test with the voltage being applied
between each conductor and ground. Each conductor shall show an insulation
resistance to earth of not less than 3 M ohms.
10.14.2 Weight Test
The weight test for each Escalator including verification of braking distances shall be
conducted when the site testing of the Escalator has been substantially completed. Details
of the requirements shall be as follow:
a) The Escalator shall be run under a series of test load conditions.
b) b) In line with EN 115, the Escalator will be started at No Load and its Starting
Current measurement. Thereafter, the following readings shall be taken under no
load, 25%, 50%, 75% and full test load, and no load after adjustment at full test
load;
i. Running current
ii. Supply voltage
iii. Motor speed
iv. Braking deceleration measured as slip through the brake
v. Escalator and handrail speed
c) A tripping switch shall be provided to enable accurate measurements of braking
distances to be made.
d) The stopping distance versus the operation brake spring settings diagram shall be
obtained by determining the following points.
i. Brake spring setting at lower limit of stopping distance at no load.
ii. Stopping distance at full load at brake spring at d) (i).
iii. Brake spring setting at upper limit of stopping distance at full load.
iv. Stopping distance at no load at brake spring setting at d) (iii).
e) It shall be demonstrated that the brakes can be adjusted to meet the requirements
of the Specification under all conditions of load and the brake torque checked and
recorded.
f) Testing weights shall be supplied, placed in position and removed from site after
use, by the Contractor
g) Ride Quality test report by EVA meter.

10.14.3 Final Mechanical

Section VI-B 66 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

The purpose of this test is to ensure that all site test specifications are complete, all
“snagging” faults have been rectified and accepted and there is no damage to any part of
the step band following the Weight Test. In addition to the verification that all barriers,
signs and notices are provided.
10.14.4 Twenty Four Hour Run
Each Escalator shall be subjected to a 24-hour continuous running test, 12 hours in each
direction, without stopping except to change direction. This test is to ensure that there
shall be no undue noise, vibration or abnormal temperatures arising from any component
during the testing period. If any of these occur, the Escalator shall be shut down for
checking and / or repair and the same tests shall be repeated.
10.14.5 Partial Acceptance Tests (PAT):
Means the functional tests to be performed on components and parts of systems to meet
the specified criteria. Partial Acceptance Tests form part of the Tests and Inspection to be
performed under the Contract in order to achieve Employer’s Taking Over of the Works
or any Section.
10.14.6 Error! Reference source not found.:
The Contractor shall submit to the Employer’s Representative a comprehensive Integrated
Testing & Commissioning Plan including all requirements detailed in appendix 10 of
volume 3. The plan shall be submitted within the period of time laid down in this Particular
Specification of Volume-4, or, if none is given, not later than four months prior to the date
for the commencement of the Integration Testing & Commissioning.
10.15 Not used
10.16 Interface and Integrated Tests
The Contractor shall co-ordinate and carry out interfacing and integrated testing together
with other System-wide Contractors to ensure that the all integrated systems function as
desired are tested.
10.17 Completion Certificate

a) A Performance testing / trial period shall commence once the Escalator have
been commissioned, integrated with other subsystems including interfaces and
been brought into operational service. The Escalator contractor shall support
the performance testing / trial period for each Escalator including necessary
adjustments, control modification, etc. During this time the Escalator contractor
shall provide all necessary operational and technical support to the operation
of the Escalator, as required by the Employer’s Representative.
b) The performance testing program shall include as a minimum:
i) Testing of Escalator operating modes and controls.

ii) The Escalator shall operate without significant mechanical, electrical or

other equipment failure during performance trial period.

Section VI-B 67 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

c) The Escalator contractor shall provide sufficient and competent personnel to be

on site within stipulated time to carry out immediate diagnosis, adjustments and
repairs of Escalator faults during the performance trial period.
d) The final acceptance tests of each item of equipment shall be undertaken in the
presence of the Employer’s Representative, in accordance with the test
specification including Interface tests. Any defects and/or deviations discovered
without prior written approval during the tests shall be rectified at the Contractor’s
own expenses. These shall be entered into a defects list agreed between the
Contractor and the Employer/Employer’s Representative.
e) The operational acceptance tests of Escalator shall be undertaken in the presence
of the Employer/Employer’s Representative
The Certificate of Taking Over will not be issued until these tests have been
completed and the defect list substantially reduced to such an extent that the
Employer’s Representative considers that the equipment is safe for operation.
10.18 Certification
Upon completion of each Escalator the Contractor shall submit to the Employer, a
Certificate of Supervision issued by the Contractor’s Professional Employer/Employer’s
representative, in a format acceptable to the Employer/Employer’s representative.

**************************

Section VI-B 68 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

11 ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY (EMC) REQUIREMENTS

11.1 General
The requirements stated below must be read in conjunction with the other EMC
requirements mentioned in GS.
The EMC plan shall include measures to reduce conducted, induced, and radiated
emissions, especially the levels of harmonics, to acceptable values as specified by the
relevant international standards or by the concerned statutory authority.
11.2 Not Used
11.3 Inter-System EMC
11.3.1 The various electrical systems installed on the Railway system interacts with each other
by mutual coupling and therefore all plant and systems shall be designed in such a way
that there is no malfunction of any of the equipment due to interference.
11.3.2 The Contractor shall ensure that all equipment supplied shall have minimum Radio
Frequency Interference introduced onto the main network and comply with the
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) requirements of the following standards:
EN 50081-1 : EMC Generic Emission Standard
EN 50082-2 : EMC Generic Immunity Standard
BS EN 12015 : Electromagnetic compatibility- Product family standard for
Escalators, Escalators and passengers conveyors- Emission
BS EN 12016 : Electromagnetic compatibility- Product family standard for
Escalators, Escalators and passenger conveyors- Immunity
EN 115 : Standards for the Installation of Escalators.
11.4 Harmonic distortion
The total harmonic distortion (THD) caused by the Escalator equipment to the supply
mains at the power supply input terminals of the escalator shall be as per IEEE 519 latest
edition.
11.5 Installation and Mitigation Guidelines
IEC1000-5 series guidelines shall be observed wherever applicable.
11.5.1 Earthing
An earthing system should be designed to assure personnel safety and protection of
installations against damage. It should also serve as a common voltage reference and to
contribute to the mitigation of disturbances.
To achieve the primary goal of assuring personnel safety and damage control, a low
impedance path must be made available to large currents generated due to lightning or
power system fault. The potential differences (touch and step voltages) between any two
points must be as low as possible. Safety considerations also require the chassis or
enclosure to be earthed to minimise shock hazards to passengers and the maintenance
staff.
To achieve the secondary goal of providing protection for sensitive and interconnected
electronic and electrical systems, earthing should be designed to minimise the noise
voltage generated by currents from two or more circuits flowing through common earth

Section VI-B 69 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

impedance and to avoid creating earth loops susceptible to magnetic fields and
differences in earth potentials.
Earthing shall also be designed to accomplish the following minimum requirements:
i. Protect personnel and equipment from electrical hazards, including lightning,
where practical.
ii. Reduce potential to system neutrals.
iii. Reduce or eliminate the effects of electrostatic interference and
electromagnetic interference arising from within the system.
iv. Provide a single-point earthing method for all equipment enclosures, cabinets,
drawers, assemblies and sub-assemblies.
v. Provide a clean zero-volt reference point for signals in computer and related
equipment.
11.5.2 Bonding
Bonding all exposed metallic parts of all equipment and connecting them to the earthing
network is a way for meeting safety requirements and minimise noise voltages due to
potential differences.
Direct bonding should be used wherever practical. Where indirect bonding via bonding
strap is used to connect two isolated items, the bond must satisfy the following minimum
requirements and prevailing international standards, for example, IEC1000-5-2.
i. Low bonding resistance from DC to at least 2 Ω (Ohms)
ii. Low bonding inductance from DC to at least 2 L (Henry)
iii. Proper bonding procedure, including appropriate surface treatment before and
after the bonding process is adopted.
iv. Proper use of bond material to reduce electrolytic corrosion.
11.6 Reliability and Maintainability
All Escalators shall be subject to the reliability assessment as described in Clause 4.9 of
this Particular Specification. The Contractor shall ensure that the equipment’s supplied
shall achieve the availability standard as laid down in Clause 4.10 and shall always be in
good fettle within the environmental conditions prevailing in the General Specification.

**************************

Section VI-B 70 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

12 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP REQUIREMENTS

12.1 General
12.1.1 General Requirements
This Section covers general standards of workmanship, material requirement and
construction methods which are required for the execution of the Work. Any reference to
any specific material or plant does not necessarily imply that such material is included in
the Works.
The names of the manufacturers of materials and equipment proposed for incorporation
in the Works together with performance, capacities, certified test reports, notice of no
objection letters and other significant information pertaining to the same, shall be furnished
when requested by the Employer/Employer’s representative, who shall have the power to
reject any parts which in his opinion are unsatisfactory or not in compliance with the
Specification and such parts shall be replaced by the Contractor with neither cost nor
programme implications to the Employer.
Samples of equipment submitted for the notice of no objection by Employer/Employer’s
representative shall not be incorporated into the Works without getting the permission in
writing from the Employer/Employer’s representative.
The quality and workmanship of the first installation for each configuration of the Works
shall be brought to the notice of no objection of The Employer/Employer’s representative.
The installation, if there is no objection will establish the minimum acceptable standards
for the Contractor's Works.
12.1.2 Plant Design
The whole of the Works shall be designed to conform to the Employer/Employer’s
representative best practice. Manufacturer's standard designs shall be used for all items
of Plant for which standard designs are available provided that they conform to the
Specification.
The Plant shall be designed for simplicity and reliability to give economy, long continuous
service and minimum maintenance.
The whole of the Works shall be designed for neat appearance and tidy arrangement. The
style and finish shall be consistent throughout the Works. The Employer/Employer’s
representative shall decide the final colours for all paintwork and other finishes to be
applied to any part of the Works.
All parts shall be designed to withstand the maximum stresses under the most severe
conditions of service after loss of any corrosion allowance and for lifetime of not less than
30 years.
The Plant shall be designed to minimize fire risk and damage in the event fire.
The Plant shall be designed to prevent the entry of vermin and to minimize the entry of
dust and dirt. Adequate safe-guards shall be provided to prevent accidental contact with
rotating machinery, hot surfaces, electrically live parts and any other hazardous
components or content of the Plant.
12.1.3 Compliance with Standards and Local Ordinances
All materials and components to be used, whether incorporated in the Works, Plant and
Equipment at the manufacturer's Works or used for installation on Site, shall comply with

Section VI-B 71 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

the requirements of this Section and applicable Standards. These requirements shall be
minimum requirements for general purposes and they shall not relieve the Contractor from
ensuring that all his materials and components incorporated in the Works are suitable for
their intended purposes and environments.
Where no alternative Standards are stated or agreed in the Contract, all details, materials,
equipment and workmanship for which Standards have been issued by the Bureau of
Indian Standards shall be in accordance with such Standards, even though no specific
Standard may be mentioned in the Contract.
Alternatively, internationally recognized Standards such as IEC, DIN, ASME, ASTM, BS,
NEMA, JIS may be Approved by the Employer/Employer’s representative for manufacture
of equipment provided that all parameters specified can be met.
The Works shall conform to all Statutory Ordinances, Orders or Regulations in force
governed by the Indian / local laws.
Where the choice of plant, materials or equipment is affected by Indian Government
Regulations or local Ordinances, the plant materials or equipment supplied shall comply
with all relevant sections of such regulations even though no particular reference may be
mentioned in this Specification. The order of precedence in the event of conflict is stated
in this PS.
The Contractor may comply with any equivalent alternative Indian code or standards in
lieu of those mentioned in this chapter. However unless satisfactory documentary
evidence and test certificates of compliance with the relevant clauses of this Specification,
Standards, Ordinance, Regulation and the like, issued by competent, independent and
internationally reputable testing authority (ies) are submitted for "local made" materials,
including all components of locally assembled equipment and fixtures, without notice of
no objection for the use of such materials may not be considered.
12.1.4 Materials-General
All materials incorporated in the Works shall be suitable for the duty concerned and shall
be new and of best commercial quality, free from imperfections, and selected for long life
and minimum maintenance under the conditions specified.
All material used shall be of current production and well-proven application for the design
and intended usage.
As far as practicable the use of electrically dissimilar metals in contact shall be avoided,
but, where unavoidable, these metals shall be so selected that the Electro-chemical
potential difference between them does not exceed 250 milli volts. If this is not possible,
the contact surfaces of one or both of the metals shall be electroplated or otherwise
finished in such a manner that the potential difference is reduced to within the required
limits or the two metals shall be insulated from each other by a method that has got the
notice of no objection from Employer/Employer’s representative.
Where different components of equipment are interconnected to form a complete system,
their characteristics of performance and capacities shall be matched in order to ensure
efficient, economical, safe and sound operation of the complete system.
The use of asbestos and asbestos-based materials is not permitted.

Section VI-B 72 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

12.1.5 Workmanship-General
Workmanship and general finishes shall be of best quality and in accordance with best
workshop practice.
All similar items of Plant and their component parts shall be completely interchangeable.
Spare parts shall be manufactured from the same materials as used for the originals and
shall fit all similar items or plant. Where machining may be needed before fitting renewable
parts, the machining fits with their tolerances shall be shown on the drawings
accompanying the instruction manuals.
All revolving parts shall be truly balanced both statically and dynamically so that when
running at normal speeds and at any load up to the maximum there shall be no significant
vibration due to out-of-balance forces.
All parts and equipment, which are subject to, wear or damage by dust or moisture in the
environment they are installed shall be totally enclosed in housings of the appropriate
degree of protection.
All equipment shall operate without excessive vibration and with a minimum of noise.
The standard of workmanship shall be consistent throughout the Works. Unless otherwise
specified, the Employer/Employer’s representative shall decide the final colours for all
paintwork and other finishes to be applied to any parts of the Works.
12.1.6 Tropicalisation
All items of plant shall be tropicalized to suit the conditions prevailing in Chennai in general
and within the station and location where the Escalator is installed in particular. Clause
1.12 in the Section 1 of General Specification gives the climatic conditions prevailing in
Chennai above and below the ground and the Works shall be suitably designed,
manufactured and installed to meet these conditions.
In particular, the following points for tropicalisation of electrical components shall apply:
i. All components of electrical systems shall be housed in suitable cubicles or
enclosures, which provide the degree of protection as specified.
ii. Operating coils shall be vacuum impregnated with waterproof insulating varnish
or epoxy-resin encapsulated.
iii. Wire-wound resistors shall be on ceramic formers and embedded in fireproof and
damp-proof material.
iv. Current and voltage transformer windings shall be epoxy-resin encapsulated
against the ingress of moisture.
v. Equipment provided with anti-condensation heaters shall be capable of operating
without damage should the heaters be left “ON” continuously.
12.1.7 Welding-General
Full details of proposed procedures for factory and site welding of important components
shall be provided by the Contractor. Welding of important structural components shall be
subject to non-destructive testing as may be stipulated in this Particular Specification.
The design and specification of welded joints and connections, and the fabrication of
welded steel parts shall conform to the requirements of BS 5135 (For arc welding of
structural steel) and BS 7475 (for fusion welding of stainless steel) and unless otherwise
agreed by the Employer/Employer’s representative, shall also be stress relieved to an
Approved code.

Section VI-B 73 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

Members to be joined by welding shall be accurately cut to size and, where required, shall
be rolled or pressed to proper curvature in accordance with Shop / Fabrication Drawings.
Edges of members shall be suitably machined for the required type of welding and to
permit thorough penetration.
Surfaces prepared for welding shall exhibit sound metal without laminations and other
injurious defects. Surfaces of plates to be welded shall be free from rust, grease, mill scale
and other foreign matter over a distance of at least 25mm back from weld edges.
All welding operatives assigned to the Works for the manufacture, assembly or erection
on Site of pressure-tight or highly stressed components shall be qualified in accordance
with an Approved code and shall satisfy the Employer/Employer’s representative in this
respect prior to commencement of work.
If at any time, in the opinion of the Employer/Employer’s representative, the work of any
welder appears questionable; such a welder shall be required to undergo, in the presence
of the Employer or his representative, tests to determine the welder's ability to undertake
satisfactorily the type of work upon which he is engaged. Tests upon the welded
specimens shall be undertaken by an Approved examiner.
For such qualification tests and welding techniques shall be identical with those for the
work in question and the Contractor shall:
i. Furnish to the Employer/Employer’s representative all test plates and welding
electrodes
ii. Furnish to the Employer/Employer’s representative certified copies of reports of
results of physical tests
12.1.8 Materials and Ancillaries
a) Structural Steel Sections:
i. Hot rolled structural steel section shall comply with BS 4: Part 1.
ii. Corrosion protection shall be by hot dip galvanized or heavy protective finished
as specified in the Specification.
b) Mild Steel:
i. Mild steel for general purposes shall conform with the requirement of BS 4360.
ii. Unpainted steel parts shall be zinc sprayed, or zinc coated, zinc plated,
passivated cadmium plate galvanized as appropriate to Approved standards
and as specified in the Specification.
iii. Unpainted, uncoated or non-corrosion resistant steel parts shall not be used
unless otherwise got notice of no objection by the Employer/Employer’s
representative.
c) Steel Castings and Forgings:
i. All steel castings shall conform with the requirements of BS 3100. Forgings
shall be to BS 29.
ii. Before proceeding with foundry and forging work, the Contractor shall submit
drawings to the Employer/Employer’s representative of all steel castings and
forgings and all other important components, showing the proposed locations
for taking specimens for tensile, impact, fatigue, bend and any other
appropriate tests.
iii. Castings shall be true to drawings and any casting in which any dimension is
sufficiently reduced to impair its strength by more than 10% or to increase the
stresses above specified limits, shall be liable to rejection by the
Section VI-B 74 January 2022
 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

Employer/Employer’s representative. Excessive concentration of impurities or

alloys at critical points in a casting shall be sufficient cause for its rejection.
iv. Cracks or other defects noticed during cleaning or machining operations shall
be chipped or grooved out by carbon-arc air process to clean the metal and
then inspected by appropriate non-destructive method(s) to be agreed between
the Contractor and the Employer/Employer’s representative. Should removal
of metal, to uncover or remove a crack or defect, result in a reduction in stress
bearing cross-section of a component or increase the stresses above specified
limits by more than 10%, the component may, at the option of the
Employer/Employer’s representative, either be rejected or repaired.
v. In such special cases as may be decided by the Employer/Employer’s
representative, steel castings and forgings shall be subject to x-ray, gamma-
ray or other Approved form of non-destructive testing to appropriate British
Standard or such other Standards as may be Approved by the
Employer/Employer’s representative. When required by the
Employer/Employer’s representative to do so, the Contractor shall furnish
stress calculations and full details of proposed repair procedures before
receiving notice of no objection to proceed with remedial works.
vi. No repair shall be undertaken without prior notice of no objection by the
Employer/Employer’s representative. Such notice of no objection shall also
refer to the procedure for repair. Repairs by welding to steel castings and
forgings shall be undertaken only by properly qualified welders in accordance
with the approved procedure. All such repairs shall be subject to stress
relieving.
d) Corrosion Resistant Steel:
i. Unless otherwise specified or approved by the Employer/Employer’s
representative, stainless steel tubes, sheets and plates used in this Contract
shall be in accordance with the following Standards: -
Austenitic stainless steel tubes shall comply with BS 6323: Part 1 and Stainless
and heat-resisting steel plate, sheet and strip shall comply with BS 1449: Part
2, grade 304 unless otherwise specified.
ii. Stainless steel shall have good arc-welding properties and low carbon content.
Stainless steels adversely affected by welding shall not be used. There shall
be no visible welding mark on the exterior surface. All stainless steels shall be
subject to notice of no objection by the Employer/Employer’s representative.
iii. Where cladding with stainless steel is proposed, the method of application shall
be submitted to the Employer/Employer’s representative for notice of no
objection.
iv. Stainless steel protective cover shall be applied on the external surface and
retained until installation is completed. Covering materials between seams or
panel joints shall be removed before assemble. The protective cover shall be
removed by the Contractor as instructed by the Employer/Employer’s
representative, there shall be no residual covering materials left on the surface
or in between seams or panel joints after removal.

Section VI-B 75 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

e) Cast Iron:
i. Cast iron shall not be used for systems containing high-pressure air, oil or water
or for any components subject to tension or impact stresses.
ii. Where cast iron is used, grades shall not be inferior to BS 1452 Grade 150.
f) f. Aluminium and Aluminium Alloys:
i. Any aluminium used for electrical purposes shall be of the highest purity
commercially available, and the Contractor shall substantiate this by submitting
certificates of analysis stating the percentages and nature of any impurities.
Wrought aluminium and aluminium alloys for electrical purposes shall comply
with BS 2898.
ii. Unless otherwise specified, aluminium or aluminium alloy when used for
components shall either be painted or be anodised to give a deposit of not less
than 25 micron thickness. Aluminium and aluminium alloys shall not be in direct
contact with dissimilar metals. The treatment of any such paints shall be agreed
with the Employer/Employer’s representative.
iii. All die-cast aluminium components in large quantities shall bear a marking
clearly indicating the month and the year of manufacture.
iv. Aluminium die-casting shall conform to BS 1490.
g) Bronze:
Bronze castings for bearings, packing boxes, and similar applications shall be of the
phosphor bronze type to BS 1400.
h) Copper:
i. Copper tubing shall be of the seamless type to BS 2871.
ii. Copper for electrical purposes shall conform to the requirements of BS1432-4
and BS EN 1977 as appropriate for the duty.
i) Brass:
Brass tubing shall be of the heavy gauge seamless type and shall comprise 70%
copper, 29% zinc and 1% tin.
j) Wood:
The use of wood shall be avoided as far as possible. When its use is specified or
unavoidable, then it shall be fire retardant to BS 476: Part 20 to 22, thoroughly
seasoned teak or other Approved hard-wood, tantalised, free from knots and
blemishes and naturally resistant to decay. Joints shall be dove-tailed or tongued and
pinned where possible. All metal fittings shall be of non-ferrous or stainless steel.
k) Fabrics, Cork, Paper, and Similar Materials:-
Fabrics, cork, paper and all similar materials shall not be used unless such use is
unavoidable. If used, and where not subsequently protected by impregnation, all
such materials shall be adequately treated with an Approved fungicide and shall
meet the minimum performance requirements with respect to fire safety. Sleeving
and fabrics treated with linseed oil or linseed-oil varnishes shall not be used.

Section VI-B 76 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

l) Insulating Materials:
Non-impregnated paper, fabric, wood or press-palm shall not be used for insulating
purposes. Where synthetic resin bonded insulating boards are used, they shall be
fire resistant to the minimum requirements for fire safety and all cut edges shall be
sealed with an Approved varnish.
m) Adhesives:
Adhesives shall be specially selected to ensure use of types, which are impervious
to moisture, resistant to mould growth and other forms of attack or deterioration.
Synthetic resin cement only shall be used for joining wood.
12.1.9 Finishes
a. General Requirements
Exposed metal surfaces shall, after inspection and witnessed testing in the factory,
be thoroughly cleaned of all dust, oil, grease, dirt, scale and rust by grit or shot-
blasting in accordance with relevant Part of BS 7079 and then ground smooth where
necessary, immediately after which they shall be treated.
Surfaces of castings, steel work, piping and plant which are to be in direct and
permanent contact with concrete shall be properly painted and covered, prior to
dispatch from the factory, with a substantial coating of cement wash or other
Approved proprietary coating plus a lapping of an Approved weatherproof tape.
Except where otherwise specified, all non-embedded pipes and fittings located in
inaccessible positions (e.g. in pipe trenches, pits and similar locations) shall be
externally coated by dipping in acid-free hot bituminous compound.
The pipe or fitting shall then be overlapped with a layer of anti-corrosion tape,
The internal surfaces of all oil service ferrous pipes and fittings shall be carefully
inspected to ensure that all scale and other particles or contaminants have been
removed and shall then be protected in an Approved manner to prevent deterioration
during transport and subsequent erection.
The external surface of accessible ferrous pipes and fittings shall be treated with two
coats of Approved primer paint prior to dispatch from the place of manufacture.
The external surfaces of all plant or items in damp environments shall, unless made
of non-ferrous metal, be similarly coated with an Approved bituminous compound. All
access ladders and platforms and associate supporting steelwork shall be
galvanised.
All other exposed surfaces, except where otherwise specified, shall be thoroughly
cleaned of all dust, oil, grease, dirt, scale, rust or other contaminants by power tool
operated metal brush, or preferably by shot or grit blasting, and shall then be coated
immediately with one coat of an approved primer paint. After witnessing factory tests,
the rough surfaces shall be filled in and carefully dressed smooth, on completion of
which further treatment shall be done as detailed hereunder:
i. The interior surfaces of oil-filled chambers and tanks, and the external surfaces
of piping or fittings included therein, shall receive one undercoat followed by
two final coats of oil-resistant enamel paint of a colour and type agreed by the
Employer/Employer’s representative.

Section VI-B 77 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

ii. All internal surfaces of cubicles, kiosks, boxes and the like, containing wiring or
other apparatus, and the internal compartments of plant components forwarded
to Site in assembled or partially assemble condition, shall be paint-finished with
three coats of white enamel the last of which shall be an anti-condensation
finish.
iii. The external surfaces of panel suites, cubicles, kiosks, marshalling and junction
boxes, etc, shall be factory finished in stove enamel paint (minimum: 40 Micron
DFT (Dry Film Thickness ) Primer + 40 Micron DFT Undercoat + 40 Micron DFT
Top Finish, where DFT = Dry Film Thickness), and with colour in accordance
with BS 381C.
iv. All surfaces of plant and machinery shall receive protection to suit the duty
involved. In particular all surfaces forming an interior accessible compartment
shall receive one primer coat and one undercoat to be followed by two final
coats of oil-resistant enamel paint, the application of which shall be undertaken
only following completion of site erection.
v. The external surfaces of all other plant components shall have any damage to
priming or undercoats made good by the Contractor on completion of
installation and shall then be finally painted in Approved colours.
b. Galvanizing
Unless otherwise specified, all galvanized coatings shall be applied by hot dip
process to BS729 forming a smooth, clean, dull grey zinc coating free from bare
spots or other defects, and of uniform thickness complying with BS729. Sherardising,
Parkerizing, or other alternative processes shall not be used without the notice of no
objection of Employer/Employer’s representative‟.
All drilling, punching, tapping and bending of parts shall be completed and all burrs
removed before galvanizing is done.
The preparation for galvanizing and the galvanizing itself shall not adversely affect
the mechanical properties of the wire or coated material.
Unless otherwise specified, semi-finished products such as zinc sprayed, zinc
coated, zinc plated or hot dip galvanised steel sheet suitable for subsequent
fabrication shall have the following coating weights:
i. Where no paint finish is required the coating weight shall be not less than
300g/m² per surface, i.e. 600g/m² on both sides.
ii. Where paint finish is required the coating weight shall be not less than 60g/m²
per surface i.e. 120g/m² on both sides.
In the case of steel wire, the coating shall be of such thickness as to comply with the
tests of BS 443.
c. Paint Finishes for E&M Elements of the Works
i. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall apply paint finish to all
exposed metal works including supporting rods and brackets, cable trays,
trunkings, lighting fittings, pipe works, ductworks, surface conduits and
accessories and other equipment, as supplied and installed under this
Contract.
ii. Method of Application
The paint finish shall be regarded as an additional finish applied over hot dip
galvanized steel sheet or extruded aluminium surface, or other coatings

Section VI-B 78 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

already defined elsewhere in the Contract. Details shall be submitted to the

Employer/Employer’s representative for notice of no objection prior to
application.
As far as possible, paint finish shall be applied at manufacturer’s Works prior
to delivery to Site for installation.
iii. Electrostatic Painting of E&M Equipment at Manufacturer's Works
The process shall be applicable to the components which are fabricated and
pre-finished/painted at manufacturer's Works and shall include the following
steps:
1. Degreasing with alkaline liquid
2. Washing with water
3. Drying
4. Applying primer coats of 1-2 micron thick
5. Applying undercoats of 10-15 micron thick
6. Applying finish coats of 10 micron thick
7. Baking
iv. Painting of E&M Installations
The process shall be applicable to supporting rods and brackets, pipe works,
duct works and other E&M equipment which tailor-fabricated on and shall
include the following steps:
1) Preparation
Galvanized surface shall be washed with white spirit to remove dirt and
grease. Following cleansing the surface shall be washed with a Mordant
solution such as British Rail 'T wash'. If metal coating is defective,
instructions shall be obtained from the Employer/Employer’s
representative before proceeding.
Mild steel or ductile iron surfaces shall be scraped or wire-brushed to
remove rust and loose scale and welding slag or splatter. Crevices shall
be cleaned out. Oil, grease and dirt shall be removed using white spirit.
All preparation materials shall be fully cleansed from surface before
proceeding.
2) General
Colours as accepted by the Employer/Employer’s representative shall be
agreed prior to painting. For each finish colour, the colour of undercoat
recommended by the paint manufacturer shall be used.
Control Samples: notice of no objection of sample areas of each paint type
shall be obtained from the Employer/Employer’s representative before
carrying out the remainder.
3) Cleanliness
All brushes, tools and equipment shall be kept in a clean condition.
All surfaces shall be kept clean and free from dust during painting and
drying.

Section VI-B 79 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

A suitable receptacle for liquids, slops, washings etc. shall be provided.

Disposal shall be in accordance with the Environmental Protection
Department procedure.
4) Preparation of materials
Paints shall be prepared as recommended by the manufacturer.
Any paint showing impurities, lumps, skin or uneven consistency shall be
strained through fine gauze prior to application.
Different paints shall not be intermixed.
Paints shall be stirred to attain an even consistency before use.
5) Protection
Freshly applied paints shall be adequately protected from damage.
"Wet Paint" signs shall be exhibited and protective barriers shall be
provided on Site wherever necessary.
Surfaces adjacent to those being painted shall be adequately protected.
6) Application
Paints shall be applied in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations to clean, dry surfaces in dry atmospheric conditions and
after any previous coats have hardened.
7) Priming
Priming coats shall be applied by brush unless other methods are
specifically given notice of no objection by the Employer/Employer’s
representative.
Priming coats shall be to manufacturer's recommended thickness.
Any primed surfaces that have deteriorated on Site or in transit shall be
touched-up or re-primed.
Metal surfaces shall be painted on the same day they have been cleaned.
Undercoats shall be applied by brush in a wet, even film all over surfaces,
avoiding uneven thickness at edges and angles.
All priming and undercoats shall be rubbed down to a smooth surface with
abrasive paper and all dust shall be removed before applying the next coat
of paint.
Unless otherwise specified, finish coats shall be applied by brush in a wet,
even film all over surfaces, avoiding brush marks, sags, runs and other
defects. Second coat shall be applied within 48 hours of the first coat.
Surface shall be cut in neatly and clearly. Adjacent surfaces shall not be
splashed or marked.
d. Materials for Painting of E&M Elements of the Works
All coating materials for use shall be obtained only from the ISI approved
manufacturers, unless otherwise specified. Any of the other listed suppliers'
equivalent products can be substituted provided that all compatible coating materials
come from the same supplier.

Section VI-B 80 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

Coating materials shall be delivered in manufacturers sealed containers, clearly

labelled with the following information.
1) Type of material
2) Brand Name, if any
3) Intended Use
4) Manufacturer's batch numbers.
e. Paints for E&M Finishes
i. For hot-dip galvanized finish:
1) Primer shall be zinc chromate primer ICI Dulux F500-388 or equivalent
2) Undercoat shall be ICI Dulux speed undercoat A543-101 or equivalent
3) Finish coat shall be ICI Dulux gloss finish A365-line or equivalent 1 primer,
1 undercoat and 2 finish coats shall be applied
ii. For extruded aluminium surface:
1. Etch primer shall be IMP Unilite 220 or equivalent
2. Finish coat shall be polyurethane, IMP Imperite 330 or equivalent
3. 2 primers and 2 finish coats shall be applied
iii. For other finish / surface:
1. Undercoat shall be ICI Dulux speed undercoat A543-101 or equivalent
2. Finish coat shall be ICI Dulux gloss finish A365-line or equivalent 1 primer,
1 undercoat and 2 finish coats shall be applied Paint samples and
manufacturers shall be got approved by the Employer/Employer’s
representative prior to commencement of painting.
3. Touch-up proposals to make good any areas / surfaces that have been
damaged on Site or in transit shall be submitted for the notice of no objection
of Employer/Employer’s representative.
f. Paint for Conduit and Duct Systems
Bituminous paint for steel conduits and steel cable ducts shall comply with BS 3416,
type 1. Zinc chromate primer for cable duct systems shall comply with BS 4652.
Galvanizing paint for cable duct systems shall be a proprietary type given notice of
no objection by the Employer/Employer’s representative.
12.1.10 Nameplates and Labels
a) Nameplates
The Contractor shall provide and attach to each major piece of equipment a metal
name and rating plate to be given notice of no objection by the Employer/Employer’s
representative. All nameplates shall be mechanically attached (not adhered) in a
manner Approved by the Employer/Employer’s representative.
Each plate shall quote the name and address of the manufacturer, serial number, full
rating data and the date of manufacture.
b) Labels
Descriptive labels shall be provided for all instruments, gauges, devices, fuses, links,
valves, strainers, motors, cables control cubicles and panels and the main apparatus
contained therein.

Section VI-B 81 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

Labels for normal situations shall be of material given notice of no objection, suitable
for Site conditions and resistant to mechanical shock. Unless otherwise specified,
they shall have lettering not less than 6 mm high.
The designation on these labels shall be clear and shall, where practicable,
incorporate the appropriate device number along with concise descriptive wording
both in English and Tamil. The Tamil wordings will be supplied to the Contractor by
the Employer/Employer’s representative.
Labels shall be of engraved type, with durable markings, and, unless otherwise given
notice of no objection by the Employer/Employer’s representative, samples of all
labels shall be submitted for the Employer/Employer’s Representative notice of no
objection.
Electrical warning signs shall have graphic symbols and wording in red on a white
background. All such signs shall be submitted for the Employer/Employer’s
Representative notice of no objection.
All labels shall be mechanically attached with the notice of no objection of the
Employer/Employer’s representative.
12.1.11 Lubrication
a) The Contractor shall submit a schedule providing details of quantities and
recommended alternative manufacturers and grades for all oil and grease necessary
for the lubrication of plant equipment and components provided under the Contract.
From this schedule the Employer/Employer’s representative will select a supplier
from whom the Contractor shall be required to purchase and provide, sufficient oil
and grease, plus an excess of ten per cent, for flushing and initial charging of all
lubrication systems. Procedures for system flushing and charging shall be subject to
notice of no objection by the Employer/Employer’s representative.
b) Unless otherwise specified, each grease lubrication point shall be served by an
individual line and nipple. Grease nipples and their location shall be given notice of
no objection by the Employer/Employer’s representative. For each type of grease an
agreed type of nipple shall be used to prevent mixing of non-compatible lubricants.
c) Lubricating points shall be positioned so as to be fully accessible and instructions
regarding the type of lubricant to be used shall be affixed adjacent to the lubricant
point and shall be plainly visible. Oil level indicators shall be easily visible
d) All equipment shall be charged with the initial supply of lubricant before running the
equipment, and where such charging is carried out at a manufacturer’s premises or
elsewhere, the Contractor shall ensure that this has been done.
12.1.12 Protection of Works for Electrical and Mechanical Installation
a) Structures in which electrical and mechanical installations are being carried out shall
be maintained in a clean, dry condition, free from dust, during the installation, testing
and commissioning phases.
b) The dust level in all Escalator “well – way” and EMRs shall be kept to a minimum by
using industrial dust extractors of a type permitted by the Employer/Employer’s
representative during and after installation. Temporary screens shall be installed to
separate dust-affected areas from the installations or temporary covers shall be
installed around the installation as necessary.

Section VI-B 82 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

12.1.13 General Samples

a) Unless instructed otherwise by the Employer/Employer’s representative the
Contractor shall submit in accordance with the agreed Programmes, samples of all
materials and components specified and obtain the Employer/Employer’s
Representative notice of no objection prior to confirming orders, and:
i. Submit samples in sufficient time to allow inspection, examination and checking
by the Employer/Employer’s representative and not less than 4 weeks prior to
the time of required notice of no objection.
ii. Submit samples in duplicate unless otherwise instructed by the
Employer/Employer’s representative.
iii. Label or mark clearly submitted samples with the following information:
1. General Description: item and use.
2. Relevant References: as appropriate, to Drawings, Specification clauses and
Bill of Quantities.
3. Date of Submission.
4. Date of required notice of no objection.
b) Minimum size of sample board shall be 1500mmx1500mm unless agreed otherwise.
c) The sample submitted shall have markings on it showing the name of the
manufacturer or product brand name and where applicable the BS or other
recognized international standard the item is manufactured to.
d) Upon completion of the Contract and with an instruction from the
Employer/Employer’s representative, the Contractor shall handover the required
samples to the designated storage areas for the Employer/Employer’s
Representative future use.
e) The Contractor shall liaise with the Employer/Employer’s representative to allow
suitable space to accommodate samples, mock-ups and prototypes as may be
required by the Particular Specification.
Assessment of Materials and Substances

Before being brought onto Site any material proposed by the Contractor shall be assessed
by the Contractor for the human and environmental compatibility. Any material that is toxic,
explosive or flammable or may otherwise create a hazard shall wherever possible be
replaced by a less hazardous product. Where this cannot be done, the Contractor shall
conduct a risk analysis and produce a method statement specifying the safe method of
use and all associated precautions including personal protective equipment.
12.2 Mechanical Works
12.2.1 Screws, Springs and Pivots
The use of iron and steel for screws, springs and pivots in instrument and electrical relays
shall be avoided wherever possible. Steel screws when used shall be plated with zinc,
chromium or cadmium or, when tolerance limitations preclude plating, shall be of
corrosion-resistant steel. All visible fixing screws shall be of stainless steel. All non-ferrous
screws to be electro-tinned, or nickel or chromium plated finish.
Wood screws shall be of dull nickel-plated or other Approved finish. Instrument screws,
except where forming part of a magnetic circuit, shall be of brass or bronze.

Section VI-B 83 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

Springs shall be of non-rusting material (e.g. phosphor bronze or nickel silver) where
possible. Pivots or other parts for which non-ferrous material is unsuitable shall be of an
Approved corrosion-resistant material subject to notice of no objection from
Employer/Employer’s representative. .
12.2.2 Bolts, Studs, Nuts and Washers
All bolts, studs and nuts shall be to an Approved Standard and to metric dimensions and
shall generally be of bright steel. Those subject to vibration, high temperature or pressure
shall be of high tensile material to the notice of no objection of the Employer/Employer’s
representative. The use of black grade bolts shall be permitted only at locations of minor
importance subject to notice of no objection from Employer/Employer’s representative.
Bolts, studs, nuts and washers shall be made of free machining quality stainless steel
when:
i. Subject to frequent adjustment or removal, such as adjusting bolts, removable screws
or bolts, and adjustable bearings.
ii. Used for any application subject to corrosion.
Bolts, studs and nuts shall be suitably machined. Rolled threads will be considered
acceptable if conforming to an Approved standard. Washers shall be provided under all
nuts and also bolt heads where appropriate. Bolts and studs shall protrude by at least one
thread pitch beyond the outside face of nuts.
Jacking and connection screws shall all be of high tensile steel with fine threads of an
Approved form.
Nuts, bolts, tap-bolts, set pins and any other item subject to vibration shall be secured with
Approved locking devices
12.2.3 Bedplates, Alignment and Levelling
All bedplates of fabricated construction shall, prior to final machining, be fully stress-
relieved.
To facilitate the alignment and levelling of larger components, all bedplates shall
incorporate jacking screws suitably arranged to provide for movement of driving motors in
both axial and transverse directions. Motor seating pads shall be so arranged that single
piece machined packers can be inserted in place of shims of required thickness under
each foot, or pair of feet, on completion of alignment.
After final alignment checks have been completed, and the unit run at full output for not
less than six hours, the alignment shall be rechecked and the unit securely dowelled to
the bedplates.
12.3 Electrical Works
12.3.1 General
a) These requirements of this Section shall be taken to be generally applicable in
accordance with good practice, and they shall not relieve the Contractor from
ensuring that all plant, equipment and installations incorporated in the Works are
suitable for their intended purposes and environments.
b) Where detailed requirements are expressed in Section 5 of this specification they
shall take precedence over the general requirements hereunder.
c) Polarity

Section VI-B 84 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

The polarity of all apparatus shall be arranged as follows when viewed from the front of
the units:
1. for two pole apparatus the phase pole at the top (or left hand side) and the
neutral pole at the bottom (or right hand side);
2. for three or four pole apparatus-the phases in order, red, yellow, blue and
neutral reading from top to bottom or left to right in the case of vertical and
horizontal layouts respectively.
All cables shall be so connected between main switches, distribution boards, plant,
machinery and accessories such that the correct sequence or phase colours are
preserved throughout the system.
d) Enclosures for Electrical Apparatus
Cubicles shall be symmetrically arranged as far as possible with projections kept to
a minimum and extendable from either end.
The arrangements of the equipment within each cubicle shall be such that all
normal maintenance can be carried out through hinged access doors or removable
covers, from the front.
Where two or more cubicles are fitted together they shall form a flush-fronted
continuous suite of uniform height when viewed from the front.
Each suite of panels or cubicles shall be fitted with a designation label giving plant
identification number, voltage rating and duty. Such labels shall be fitted on the
front of the cubicle, and on the sides and / or rear where appropriate.
Where a number of different plant items are in close proximity, the enclosure shall
be grouped to form a single suite or a composite enclosure shall be provided.
e) Cubicle Construction
Panels shall be made of sheet steel with a minimum thickness of 2mm and suitably
braced to form a rigid structure. Exterior corners and edges shall be rounded to
give a smooth overall appearance. Interior edges shall be smooth.
A method of construction with notice of no objection from Employer/Employer’s
representative shall be employed and the use of externally visible assembly bolts
and screws will not be accepted.
Enclosures shall provide a degree of protection not less than that defined by
characteristic IP 55 in accordance with BS EN 60529.
Individual sections of the enclosures shall be fully segregated to comply with the
safety requirements of relevant Indian or British Standard specifications.
The design of cubicles shall be such as to ensure adequate ventilation and air
circulation without permitting the entry of vermin. Dust penetration shall be kept to
a minimum by the fitting of recessed rubber seals around doors and removable
panels.
The cable entries to cubicles shall be closed and made vermin proof by Approved
means such as non-magnetic, fireproof barrier plates cut away where required to
fit the cables.
All cubicle switchboards shall be in compliance with BS EN 60439-1 FORM 3 in
respect of fault segregation.

Section VI-B 85 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

All cubicles shall be suitable for floor mounting unless otherwise brought to the
notice of the Employer/Employer’s representative for notice of no objection by
them. The design of the Cubicles is subject to the notice of no objection of Employer
at design stage.
Cubicles shall be provided with flush front access doors fitted with lockable handles
and Escalator-off type hinges so arranged that one shank engages before the other
to permit ease of fitting. No instruments or relays shall be mounted on the doors
unless otherwise specified. The key of lock shall be similar for all Cubicles.
f) Switchboards and Motor Control Cubicles
Switchboards and motor control cubicles shall be fitted with lockable hinged front
doors and bolted removable panels at the rear where the removable panels give
access to primary conductors, bus bars or terminals. Where the voltage exceeds
110V d.c. or a.c., danger plates with suitable labels shall be fitted to give warning
of the potentials contained therein. Where applicable, labels shall be fixed adjacent
to the warning label advising isolation and earthing of conductors before removal
of the panel. The wording of the labels shall be subject to the notice of no objection
of the Employer/Employer’s representative.
Cubicles for multi-circuit switchboards shall be subdivided into single circuit
sections, each provided with individual access door and rear cover. All dividing
screens shall be of sheet metal, rigidly secured and arranged to segregate
individual circuits and comply with the specified safety requirements.
Control wiring within the cubicles shall be neatly loomed or contained in purpose
designed trunking unless every cable is insulated for the highest voltage present in
accordance with the requirements of BS 7671.
The front door of all cubicles shall only be opened when the functional unit is locked
off. Live panel wiring terminations shall have a protective cover and warning labels.
g) Assembly of Panels
Component layout within panels shall provide a logical arrangement of equipment
with the maximum feasible segregation between mains voltage / high current and
low voltage / low current components and wiring.
A space allowance across the whole width of panels of a minimum of 100 mm shall
be provided between the outgoing (plant) side of the terminal rail and the panel side
of the gland plate for all control and monitoring cables.
For incoming and outgoing power cabling this space shall be increased as
necessary to ensure that the bending radius of the conductors is not compromised
and segregation between power cabling and control cabling is preserved.
All components within control panels shall be either directly mounted on the back
plate by means of screws in tapped holes or onto a "DIN" type mounting rail itself
directly mounted on the back plate by means of screws in tapped holes.
h) Small Wiring and Terminations
Wiring shall be carried out in a neat and systematic manner and securely fixed by
insulated cleats or other approved methods, and arranged so that access to any
apparatus or connection point is not impeded.

Section VI-B 86 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

Where inter-panel wiring passes through panel side sheets the access hole shall
be fitted with a suitable rubber grommet.
Identification ferrules shall be fitted on all wires at both ends; numbers and letters
used shall correspond with the appropriate wiring diagram and shall read from the
terminals outwards. They shall be legible and durably marked and shall not be
affected by oil or moisture. All cables connected to any nodal point shall be
allocated with a discrete number which must not be used elsewhere in the
associated circuits.
The wires shall not be jointed or broken in between terminal points.
Terminations for screw or stud terminals shall be of the crimped-on ring type.
Termination of standard conductors to clamp type terminals shall be of the crimped-
on solid rod type.
Not more than one core of either internal or external wiring shall terminate on any
outgoing terminal. Where duplication of terminal blocks is necessary, suitable solid
bonding links shall be incorporated in the design of block selected.
Wiring for all known future equipment shall be provided and all wires shall be
terminated.
Wires of different voltages, AC or DC shall be completely separated.
Control and mains cabling shall be enclosed in slotted cable trunking with clip-on
covers. No more than 50% of the internal cross-sectional area of the trunking shall
be used in any length of trunking. Wiring outside the trunking shall be neatly set for
connection to terminals or equipment.
All equipment and terminals associated with voltages in excess of 110 shall be fully
shrouded.
i) Cubicle Electrical Safety Arrangements
All terminals, connections, relays and other components which may be "live" when
access doors are open shall be adequately screened. It shall not be possible to
obtain access to any adjacent cubicle when any door is open.
Components within each cubicle shall be fully labelled.
Where several outgoing circuits occupy a common termination chamber all copper
work, cable lugs, terminations and terminal boards shall be fully screened or
insulated to enable work on any one circuit to be carried out with other circuits live.
Isolators, clearly labelled, shall be provided in such positions and connections so
that maintenance can be carried out with maximum safety. This shall particularly
apply to control circuits fed from a remote position where it is necessary to maintain
the isolator in the "off" position, such apparatus shall be so screened and labelled
as to eliminate the possibility of accidents. Additionally, a system of removable,
insulated links isolating-type terminal blocks shall be provided to enable particular
components to be isolated for maintenance purposes whilst retaining other
essential circuits energized.
j) Cubicle Control Components

Section VI-B 87 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

All individual components of control equipment associated with any item of plant
shall be contained in a single control cubicle. Where a similar number of items of
plant are specified a composite cubicle shall be provided.
Details of electrical connectors between the control cubicles and the items of plant
shall be identified to facilitate cabling.
All instruments, relays, switches, lamps, push buttons and the like shall be arranged
on the cubicle in a neat, functional and logic manner.
Similar items shall be of the same type, style, pattern or appearance throughout.
Control and changeover selection switches for various functions shall be of the
same type of appearance but with a handle of different shape for each specific
function. They shall be fitted with facilities for locking to prevent unauthorized
operations.
Instruments, controls and relays mounted on different panel sections but having
similar functions shall be located in a physically similar position.
k) Labelling and Marking
Warning labels shall be fitted in all situations where the removal of covers or access
panels may expose live equipment operating at voltages above 50V between
circuits or to earth and shall bear the inscription Electrification symbol in red
triangular sticker, minimum heigh of the letter is 10mm.
If the cubicle contains items of equipment which may retain electrical charges after
they have been switched off, a warning label shall be provided.
All labels shall be of Formica engraving laminate or similar and Approved, of ample
size and engraved in Tamil & English characters. A permanent mechanical means
of fixing these labels shall be provided, other than by adhesives.
All equipment and apparatus, both inside and outside the switchboard, including
instruments, meters, and relays, which is not clearly identified by integral labelling,
shall be adequately labelled by means of an engraved label bearing, in White letters
on a Black background.
12.3.2 Electrical Distribution Equipment
a) Moulded Case and Miniature Circuit-breakers
Miniature circuit – breakers (MCB's) and Moulded case circuit – breakers (MCCB's)
shall comply with BS EN 60898 and BS EN 60947-2 respectively. They shall be
fitted with thermal overload and instantaneous magnetic short-circuit protection.
The instantaneous magnetic short-circuit protection shall be adjustable in MCCB's
in frame sizes above 60 amperes.
Earth leakage protection shall be of the current operated type.
Unless otherwise specified, the A.C. rated short-circuit capacity for MCB shall not
be less than 6kA, and that for MCCB shall not be less than 25kA
The maximum rating of MCB's shall be 80 amperes.
Triple pole MCB's shall be integral units and interlocked internally so that an
overload on any one phase shall trip all three phase of the breaker simultaneously.
An assembly of three single-phase units mechanically strapped together is not
acceptable.

Section VI-B 88 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

b) Residual Current Circuit Breakers with Integral Overload Protection Residual

current circuit breakers with integral overload protection shall be current-operated,
housed in a totally enclosed moulded / metal case or distribution board,
manufactured and tested in compliance with BS EN 61009.
The rated earth-leakage tripping current and time shall comply fully with the
requirements of the latest edition of IEE Wiring Regulations.
Provision shall be made for testing the automatic residual current tripping by an
integral test device.
Manually operated ON / OFF facilities shall be provided.
The rated tripping currents for various applications shall be 30mA, 100 mA, 300 mA
or 500mA.
c) Auxiliary Switches and Contacts
Auxiliary switches supplied for indication, protection, metering, control interlocking
and supervisory purposes shall be readily accessible and enclosed in a transparent
dust-proof cover. Adequate secondary disconnects shall be included to enable the
auxiliary switch to be wired to the fixed portion of the equipment.
Spare auxiliary contacts shall be provided (the number being to the nearest
manufacturer's standard design with a minimum of two normally open and five
normally closed) and shall be wired to suitably identified spare terminals.
Contacts for all applications shall be rated at 6 amperes 240V 50Hz and 110 V dc
operating current (0.4 power factor inductive load) for one million on-load
operations.
d) Volt-Free Contacts
Where volt-free contacts are specified or supplied on any equipment e.g. a circuit-
breaker or contact starter, they shall comprise of a pair of contacts operated directly
by the equipment but electrically separated such that no potential derived from the
equipment appears at the contacts. Volt-free contacts will be used to complete
external control, alarms or indication circuits, the supplies for these circuits being
obtained from an external source. Unless otherwise stated, these supplies shall be
Iow voltage ac or dc sources and auxiliary isolating poles, e.g. on starter isolators
need not be provided.
Volt-free contacts shall be readily convertible from N/O. to N/C, and vice versa by
simple field adjustment. Contacts shall be rated adequately to make and break and
carry continuously not less than 6 amps at 240V ac or 6 amps. at 110V dc, unless
specified otherwise.
e) Operating Coils
All fine wire operating coils and wire wound resistors shall be vacuum impregnated
with an approved insulating varnish.
f) Terminal Blocks
Terminal blocks shall be of the type which clamps the wire securely and without
damage between two plates by means of a captive screw and permits removal of a
terminal without disturbing any adjacent terminals. Pinch screw type terminal blocks
where the screw is in direct contact with the conductor shall not be acceptable. The
Section VI-B 89 January 2022
 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

minimum size of terminal shall be suitable for 4mm² conductors. Terminal blocks at
different voltages shall be segregated into voltage groups and terminal board
layouts shall correspond with the wiring diagrams. Where Approved barrier pattern
screws or stud-type terminal boards are used, covers of transparent, insulating
material, which do not sustain combustion shall be provided with notice of no
objection from Employer/Employer’s representative.
Terminals for voltages higher than 110V or which may be alive when the main
equipment is isolated from the main supply shall be suitably labelled to reduce the
risk of accidental contact. All terminals shall bear permanent identification number
or letter.
Terminal blocks shall be located adjacent to the point of cable entry adequate space
being allowed for terminating the cable tails on Site.
After terminating all cores (including spares) there shall be more than 10% spare
terminals still available for use.
g) Insulated Terminal Blocks
The rated voltage of terminal blocks shall be 415V between terminals, 240V to
earth.
Terminal blocks shall comprise brass tubular connectors with screw connections
contained within moulded block suitable for working temperature up to 100 deg.C.
Terminals shall be designed to clamp the conductor between metal surfaces with
sufficient contact pressure but without causing damage to the conductor. With the
largest recommended conductor in position, and tightly clamped, there shall be at
least two full threads of the screw engaging in the connector.
h) Fuses and Links
Fuses and links shall be provided to enable any circuit to be isolated as necessary
for maintenance and test purposes without isolating the whole panel. All fuses shall
be of the HRC cartridge type. Fuse carriers and solid link carriers and bases shall
be made of plastic moulded insulating material of an approved make. Other type of
materials may be used subject to the Employer/Employer’s Representative notice
of no objection. All accessible live connections shall be efficiently shrouded and it
shall be possible to change fuses with the circuit alive without danger of contact
with live metal. The fuses shall be rated to give maximum protection to the
apparatus in circuit and the rating shall be inscribed on the fuse label.
Earthing and neutral links in main supply circuits shall be of the solid copper bolted
pattern.
Fuses and links functionally associated with the same circuit shall be mounted side
by side. At least 10% spare fuses and links shall be provided.
An adequate number of spare fuse cartridges for each rating shall be supplied and
fitted in clips inside the panel.
Descriptive circuit / function labels shall be mounted adjacent to all fuses and links,
the layout of which shall correspond with the wiring diagrams.
i) Push Buttons
Push Buttons shall be coloured as follows:

Section VI-B 90 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

1. "Start" -Green;
2. "Stop" Red;
All other push buttons shall be black.
"Start" push buttons shall be effective when the selected switch is in the "local"
position. They shall not be effective when the selector switch is in the "off" or
"remote" position.
Emergency stop push buttons shall be provided and positioned in the immediate
vicinity of the associated motor drive in all cases where:
1. There is no direct line of sight between the motor and the controlling starter;
2. The distance between the motor and the controlling starter exceeds 5
metres; or
3. The level difference between the motor and the controlling starter exceeds
600mm.
Emergency stop push buttons shall be connected in the control circuits such that
they are effective under all conditions, and shall have red mushroom head push
and stay pattern. A deliberate reset action shall be required before the drive can be
put back into service, but resetting of the push button shall not restart the drive.
In addition to the contacts connected in the control circuits of the circuit-breaker of
starter, all emergency stop push buttons shall be provided with an additional contact
for remote indication purposes. This additional contact shall close when the
emergency stop push button is activated.
j) Instruments, Gauges and Meters
All instruments, gauges and meters shall be given notice of no objection by the
Employer/Employer’s representative and those which perform similar duties shall
be of uniform type and make. They shall be flush pattern, dust and moisture proof
suitable for the environment in which they are installed. Where hinged covers are
necessary they shall be provided with locks. Indicating instruments shall be of the
dial or digital type fitted with zero adjuster externally accessible from the front, have
no parallax error and have the normal maximum reading at approximately 600/6 full
scale. DiaIs shall be white with black scales and black lettering not subject to fading.
Scales shall be of such material that no peeling or discolouration takes place with
age under any conditions.
Motor ammeters shall be capable of withstanding and indicating the starting current
and shall have a compressed overload scales.
k) Control Transformers
All control circuit supplies for contactor starting shall be obtained from a 110V 50Hz
internal control transformer contained in the cubicle.
Each control transformer shall be bus bar connected and be provided with isolation
facilities and primary and secondary HRC fuses.
Transformers shall be of the double wound pattern and be provided with earth screw
button primary and secondary windings. One end of the secondary winding shall be
earthed.

Section VI-B 91 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

l) Indication Lamps
Unless otherwise given notice of no objection by the Employer/Employer’s
representative, indicating lamps on panels shall be suitable for operation on voltage
below 50V and rated to withstand not less than 20% continuous over-voltage.
Lamps shall be well ventilated and the design shall readily permit removal of lamp
glasses and bulbs from the front of the unit.
m) Control Switches
Switches for control selection, motor control and other purposes shall have spade
type handles and with key locking facilities. Contacts shall be of non-welding type.
Control switches shall comply with the requirements of BS EN 60947-5-1.
n) Current Transformers
Current transformers shall comply with BS 7626 and shall be of the bar primary
pattern where practicable. All current transformers shall have a short-time current
rating of not less than that of the switch panel in which it is incorporated. For bar
primary current transformers this rating shall be for a period of 3 seconds and for
wound primary designs the rating shall preferably be for a period of 3 seconds but
may be reduced to not less than 0.5 seconds subject to notice of no objection.
Current transformers shall have identification labels giving type, ratio rating, output
and serial numbers.
In balance circuits, the spill current with maximum stability conditions shall not
exceed one quarter of the operating current of the relay.
All protective current transformers shall be of Class '10P15' accuracy. Other
metering current transformers shall be of Class "3" accuracy.
Measuring current transformers shall be connected to test terminal blocks. The test
blocks shall be provided with easily removable links, and designed to facilitate
connection of test instruments to load without open-circuiting the current
transformers.
o) Isolating Transformers
Isolating transformers shall be of the double wound air-cooled pattern to BS EN
61558-2-23 Class Il transformer. Separate windings shall be provided for the
primary and secondary. The transformers shall be housed in double insulated
enclosures.
p) Contactors
Contactors shall generally be of the air-break type fitted with arc shields and rolling
self-cleaning double-break silver face contacts contained in a dust-tight metal case.
The units shall be complete with 240V operating coils, neutral links and HRC control
fuses.
Contactors shall be electrically held in when in the closed position and fitted with a
latch-in facility for test purposes. Each unit shall be fitted with a direct-coupled
mechanically-operated indicator to show the contactor position.

Section VI-B 92 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

q) Contactor Type Motor Starters

All contactor type motor starters shall incorporate air break contactors, triple pole
HRC fuses, over current and earth leakage protection relays, necessary auxiliary
relays, contactors, timers, auxiliary fuses, necessary wiring, main power cables and
terminals which shall be properly interconnected. Control and indication facilities
shall be provided on each starter as specified.
All low-voltage contactors shall comply with the requirements of BS EN 60947-4-1
and shall have a Utilization Category AC3 and Mechanical Endurance Class III.
Main drive motor starters shall be suitable for their required frequency duty in line
with this Particular Specification. Other motors starters shall also be suitable for
their required frequency duty but in no circumstance shall the frequency duty be
less than 40 operations per hour. Their performance shall be in accordance with BS
EN 60947-4-1.
All medium voltage starters shall incorporate a triple-pole, fully interlocked, load-
breaking, isolating switch capable of breaking the installed motors current. Starters
may be of the fixed or with-drawable pattern to the manufacturer's standard. If they
are with-drawable type, facilities shall be provided for testing started control circuits
and operation when withdrawn without the necessary for complete removal of the
starter chassis. Where control circuit supplies and interlock circuits are broken via
plugs on withdrawal of the starter at least one jumper lead and plug assembly of
each size and type shall be provided to facilitate testing in the withdrawn (isolated)
position.
All three phase motor starters shall be complete with three HRC fuses suitable for
the starting duty of the circuit for short circuit protection and a triple pole hand reset
thermal overload device with single phasing protection unless otherwise specified.
Auxiliary contacts which close on the occurrence of overload / single phasing and
remain closed until reset shall be provided for fault indications.
Where starters incorporate a number of contactors for reversing and / or assisted
starting, these shall be both electrically and mechanically interlocked.
r) Relays
Protective, control, interlock and alarm relays shall be placed in positions readily
accessible during operation of the plant. Unless otherwise given notice of no
objection, these relays shall satisfy the general requirements of BS 142: Part-2
Relays shall be contained in dust-proof cases suitable for flush mounting on panels
or cubicles, and shall not be fixed to doors without prior notice of no objection.
All metal bases and frames of relays shall be earthed except where they must be
insulated for special requirements.
The relays shall be of approved type construction and flush relay equipment shall
be of the flush with-drawable pattern and shall have protective means for retention
in the service position subject to notice of no objection from Employer/Employer’s
representative.
The contacts of all relays shall be adequate for the maximum current that can flow
in the circuit they control. They shall also be capable of breaking such currents,
unless provision is made for automatically breaking the current on contacts

Section VI-B 93 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

elsewhere in the circuits. The contact shall be of Approved material and shall be
capable of repeated operation without deterioration. Contacts for remote alarms
and indication shall be volt-free hand reset subject to notice of no objection from
Employer/Employer’s representative.
Relays shall not be adversely affected by mechanical shock or vibration, or by
external magnetic fields, consistent with the place or method of mounting.
Operation indicators shall be fitted to trip relays and such other relays or relay
equipment to enable the type of fault condition to be identified. The indicator shall
be capable of being reset without the relay case being opened.
Except when the requirements of auto-control circuits do not permit, all protection
relays which initiate tripping (excluding tripping relays) shall have not less than two
independent pairs of contacts, of which one shall operate the tripping relay directly
without the interposition of auxiliary contactors, and preferably, without the use of
reinforcing contactors.
All relays shall operate satisfactorily when the supply voltage is between 50% and
120% of the rated voltage.
All relays shall be marked for purposes of identification with the following
information:
1. Function of relay
2. Device number (BS EN 60617)
3. Voltage and phase colour of the supply (where applicable).
All contacts for control and auxiliary equipment shall be adequately rated for their
duty and subject to the notice of no objection of the Employer/Employer’s
representative.
s) Earthing Arrangement of All Plant & Equipment
A continuous copper earth terminal shall be provided for all cubicles for connections
to the metal cladding or armouring of all incoming and outgoing cables and, where
specified, to the station earthing system. The cross-sectional area of the earth
bar(s) shall not be less than the recommendations of BS 7430.
Earth bar for main earthing system shall be 300mm² tinned copper bar. No earth
terminal shall have a cross-sectional area of less than 25mm². All metal parts of the
Plant and equipment, other than those forming part of any electrical circuit, shall be
effectively connected in an approved manner on to the main earthing system
subject to notice of no objection from Employer/Employer’s representative.
The entire conduit and trunking installation shall be electrically continuous
throughout, forming a completely bonded system. All apparatus or parts thereof not
directly connected to the conduit or trunking system, shall be connected thereto by
substantial bonding clamps. The earth pin of all switch sockets and the exposed
conductive parts of all lighting fitting and all other fittings and equipment shall be
effectively earthed.
The Contractor shall test every complete earth loop circuit comprising conduits,
cable sheaths, core conductors and transformer windings. The impedance values
of the loop circuits for each section of the installation shall not exceed 0.5 ohm.

Section VI-B 94 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

12.3.3 Cable Trunking, Conducts & Fittings

a. Trunking and fittings shall comply with BS 4678, part 1. Factory fabricated bends
and tee’s shall be used.
b. Trunking shall be manufactured in mild-steel sheet and shall be hot-dip galvanised.
Trunking shall have a removable cover throughout its length with centre-screw
latch fixing, or quick-fixing device. The thickness of the sheet metal shall be 1.6mm
for trunking size up to 100mm x 100mm and 1.8mm for trunking size of 150mm x
75 mm to 150mm x 150mm. Bonding link shall be fixed on external surfaces unless
otherwise specified.
c. Unless otherwise objection by the Employer/Employer’s representative, the
minimum size shall be 50mm x 50mm.
d. All bend; tee pieces, stop ends, outlets, intersections and adapters will be of the
same manufacture as the trunking. All inside edges of trunking shall be smooth
and provision shall be made to prevent abrasion at bends.
e. All conduits, except flexible conduit, shall be heavy gauge, hot-dipped galvanised
welded steel complying with BS 4568: Part 1 Class 4. All conduit fittings and
components shall be in accordance with BS 4568: Part
f. Flexible conduit and fittings shall comply with BS 731 Part 1 and in addition shall
be of a metallic watertight pattern, over sheathed with a low smoke halogen free
material and with a separate earth wire enclosed within the conduit.
g. The minimum size of conduit used in the installation shall be 20mm diameter.
h. Separate conduits shall be provided for extra low voltage circuits.
i. Inspection-type conduit bends, elbows and tees shall not be permitted.
j. Standard conduit and draw-in boxes and covers shall comply with the appropriate
British Standard and in addition shall be galvanised malleable cast-iron or steel.
Draw-in conduit and cables entering the boxes shall be installed in accessible
positions.
k. All boxes and conduit accessories shall be fully weatherproof when used in outdoor
locations. Weatherproof boxes and conduit accessories shall also be used in
locations other than outdoors when so specified or as directed by the
“Employer/Employer’s representative”.
l. All draw boxes and junction boxes shall be of ample size to permit the cables to be
drawn in and out. They shall be made of galvanised malleable iron with jointing
surfaces machined to ensure a dust-tight joint. All circular boxes shall be provided
with long spouts, internally threaded, incorporating a shoulder for proper butting of
the conduit and a tapped 5mm hole in the base to accept a solid brass earth
terminal.
m. The ends of all conduits shall be reamed to remove all burrs or sharp edges after
the screw threads have been cut. All dirt, paint or oil on the screwed threads of the
conduit, sockets and accessories shall be removed before installation.
n. The ends of the conduit shall butt solidly in all couplings. Where they terminate in
fuse-switches, fuse boards, adaptor boxes, non-spouted switch boxes etc., they
shall be connected thereto by means of smooth bore male brass bushes,
compression washers and sockets. All exposed threads and all bends shall be

Section VI-B 95 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

painted with aluminium spirit paint after installation. Exposed metal shall be
similarly treated.
o. All conduits shall be kept 80mm clear of water, gas and other services. All
necessary equi – potential bonding shall be installed including that for piped
services, in accordance with the IEE Wiring Regulations.
p. Particular care shall be taken to ensure that no water is allowed to enter the conduit
at any time and all conduits shall be arranged with adequate ventilation and
drainage. Inaccessible junction boxes will not be allowed.
q. The ends of conduits laid or set in formwork prior to concreting shall be temporarily
sealed off with a coupler and a solid brass plug.
r. All bends are to be made on Site to suit site conditions. An adequate number of suitably
sized hot-dip galvanised cast iron draw-in boxes shall be provided in conduit runs to
enable cables to be drawn in easily and without damage. Draw-in boxes shall be fitted
after every two bends, or after a maximum straight run of 15m.
s. All conduits shall be swabbed through before wiring is commenced and cables
shall not be drawn into any section of the system until all conduits and draw boxes
for that particular section are fixed in position.
t. Where conduit crosses expansion joints, the Contractor shall allow for the
installation of expansion couplers at the position of the expansion joint and at right
angles to it. Allowance shall be made for running an earth wire between each
terminal fitted in the nearest conduit boxes at each side of the coupler. All flexible
metallic tubing shall be galvanised water-tight pattern fitted with sweated brass
adaptors. Typical details shall be given in the drawings for surface mounted conduit
installation.
u. Wiring shall be carried out on the looping-in system and no joints other than at
looping-in points will be allowed.
v. No cables installed in conduit shall be laced.
*************************

Section VI-B 96 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

13 INTERFACES
13.1 Interfaces
The Contractor shall interface the design and construction of the Works with that of other
contractors, principally the Contractors for the Designated Contracts as defined in the
General Conditions of Contract. The Contractor shall keep the Employer/Employer’s
representative fully informed in respect of such interfaces, such information being given
to the Employer/Employer’s representative in a manner and form and at such intervals as
stated in the Contract or as required by the Employer/Employer’s representative.
Contract Packages for: Signalling, Communications and Train Control
This contract provides for signalling and automatic train control systems including
equipment in the station control rooms and the Operation Control Centre (OCC) such as
train mounted control equipment, relay room equipment, independent telephone networks
including automatic switching centres and exchanges, main trunk cables, direct telephone
lines, communication equipment, emergency telephones, closed circuit television, radio
communication.
Civil (Elevated & Underground Stations):
The Contract provides for Civil and E&M works including the stations & tunnelling. The
E&M and VAC works include stations lighting, 415V AC distribution, , station air-
conditioning for all elevated stations, fire protection system etc.
The Contractor shall co-ordinate with these Contractors for design as well as installation
related issues as part of his interface responsibilities The relevant Contractors shall be
referred to as Designated Contractors in this specification.
S&T - SCADA Contract :
This contract provides for non-power SCADA systems from stations to OCC.
13.2 Interface Responsibilities
The responsibility for specification and provision of the requirements for the works which
interface with Designated Contractor's equipment are tabulated below.
The Appendix "A" describes the interface requirements between Designated Contractors,
which include Civil Contract & E&M Contract and this Contract.
This Appendix shall be read in conjunction with the relevant clauses of the Employer's
Requirements. The Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that all requirements of
the specifications pertaining to interfaces are properly satisfied.
This Appendix outlines the interfacing requirements during the execution of the Works.
However the requirements herein specified are by no means exhaustive and it remains
the Contractor's responsibility to develop, update and execute jointly an Interface
Management Plan (IMP) after the commencement of the Works and throughout the
execution of the Works to ensure that:
a) All interface issues between the contractor and the Designated Contractors are
identified and resolved satisfactorily; and
b) All the construction tolerances at the interface shall meet the requirements of the
respective specifications relating to the interface points.
Where details of the design of this contract are required to enable the Designated
Contractor to implement interface works, the Contractor shall provide the Designated

Section VI-B 97 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

Contractors with the necessary information including, but not limited to, those described
in the summary table appended to this requirement. The level of information provided shall
be in sufficient detail to enable the Designated Contractors to design and / or construct
the required interface works.
The Contractor shall take a lead in developing the Interface Management Plan. The IMP
will be prepared in conjunction with the Designated Contractors to cover all aspects of the
implementation of the interface works required. The IMP will define the interface works
necessary to complete all the works in this contract and is not limited to those listed in the
summary table attached.
Should it appear to the Employer/Employer’s representative that the progress of the
Works, Works Programme or the Three Month Rolling Programme does not conform with
the IMP, the Contractor shall be required to revise all such programmes and plans such
that they do reflect the progress of the Works, which are mutually consistent and conform
to other provisions of the Contract.
The Contractor shall review the details of interface works and notify the
Employer/Employer’s representative of any amendments to the summary table required
in the process of his works. Unless such requests are issued notice of no objection by the
Employer/Employer’s representative, the Contractor shall design and construct the works
in accordance with the provisions outlined in the Appendix "A".
13.3 Scope of Work of Interface Management Plan (IMP)
The information and scope of works to be provided by the Contractor include but not
limited to those outlined in the Appendix A. The Appendix A only defines those tasks at
the interface point and is not a complete itemisation of the Scope of Work
The Designated Contractors shall liaise with the Contractor in the design, installation,
testing and acceptance of works.
The Contractor shall provide all access and attendance necessary in accordance with the
contract requirements to enable the Designated Contractors to complete those activities
defined under the summary table attached to this interface specification in a timely
manner.
Where the Contractor’s works are identified as failing to meet the requirements of the
contract and which will impact the Designated Contractor's works, the Contractor shall
submit the proposed remedial measures to the Employer/Employer’s representative for
notice of no objection and shall furnish a copy of the same to the Designated Contractors.

**************************

Section VI-B 98 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

14 SITE ARRANGEMENTS
14.1 General
14.2.1 In addition to the general conditions and provisions of the Site as described in the General
Specification, this Section of the Specification sets out the site arrangements, conditions
and requirements for the delivery and installation of the Escalators supplied under this
Contract.
14.2.2 Methods and procedures may vary depending upon site conditions which shall be
discussed and given notice of no objection from Employer/Employer’s representative
during the planning and installation stage but the Contractor shall make provision for
alternatives in the methods and procedures provided that the basic criteria for delivery
and installation as described below remain unchanged. Method Statement shall be
submitted to Employer for notice of no objection 30 days before starting the work.
14.2.3 The conditions and requirements set out in this Section of the Specification shall not
relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to deliver the equipment in time to meet the
Approved programme as defined in Section 21 of this Particular Specification and to install
the Plant in accordance with the Specification.
14.2 Access and Power on Dates
14.2.1 The Contractor shall note that no exclusive possession of the Site will be granted. The
Contractor will be required to work with the Designated Contractors, the Interfacing
Contractors and other contractors.
14.2.2 The Contractor shall take note of the access and power on dates shown in the “Employer/
Employer’s representative’s” Preliminary Programme and Project Calendar. Except
agreed by the “Employer/Employer’s representative”, the Contractor shall not have
exclusive access to the designated areas.
14.3 Works Areas
14.3.1 The Contractor shall coordinate with the Designator Contractor for the works areas
allocated within the site in which he may erect offices, workshops and stores. The area
allocated for the Contractor and the period of availability are shown in Appendix 'C'.
14.3.2 The Contractor shall allow for transportation of all materials and equipment to the Works
Areas and from the Works Areas to the Site. The Contractor shall note that work trains
are not intended for transportation of material and equipment except to those locations
where road access would not normally be available. The Contractor shall coordinate with
the relevant Designated Civil Contractors for delivery of major equipment by road access.
General attendance and other services will be made available at the Works Areas in
accordance with the General Specification.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the cleanliness and tidiness of the Site after each
period of work.
The period within which the area will be available to the Contractor is shown in Appendix
'C'. The Works Area shall be returned to the Employer not later than the date specified for
the completion of the Works. The Contractor shall remove all facilities erected by him at
the Works Areas before returning the Works Area to the Employer.

Section VI-B 99 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

14.4 Delivery
14.4.1 General
Each Escalator shall consist of truss, track, drive unit, steps, step chains, comb plates,
handrails, driving machine, control cubicle, safety devices, balustrades, special tool kit for
operation and maintenance and all other parts required to provide a complete Escalator.
Each Escalator shall be partially assembled, tested without handrail and balustrade
decking at the Contractor's Works, and then dismantled and delivered in sections to site,
unless otherwise agreed by the Employer/Employer’s representative. Provision shall be
made to properly secure the in-truss equipment during transportation, and during access
into the Works Area. Allowance shall be made for the truss being tilted at an angle of 45
degrees to the horizontal when being delivered into the Works Area.
14.4.2 Methods of Delivery
The method of delivery of Escalator sections to site shall be by road, and access to the
Works Areas through a station entrance, and / or temporary access openings if provided,
and via a route within the Site. The Contractor shall be responsible for arranging access
into the Site with the Designated Contractors for the stations works. The Contractor shall
co-ordinate the routes and time of entry into the stations with the Designated Contractors.
The delivery route within the stations shall be agreed between the Contractor and the
Designated Contractors. The access plan of each station shall be submitted to the
Employer/Employer’s Representative for notice of no objection 30 days before starting the
work.
The locations and size of the access openings and the size of working area around each
opening will depend on site and local traffic conditions and shall be subject to notice of no
objection from Employer/Employer’s representative. The method of delivery for each
station shall be governed by the overall installation programme of Chennai Metro Rail
Project and be subject to the Employer/Employer’s Representative notice of no objection,
whose decision shall be final.
14.4.3 Delivery, Access to and Through the Site
The Contractor shall make provisions to deliver his equipment by vehicles into the working
area around the access opening. In the event that the working area is not large enough
or the local traffic conditions cannot permit any container vehicle to gain access into a
particular working area during normal working hours, the Contractor shall make
arrangements to deliver the equipment by trucks and unload the equipment within a limited
working area allocated by the Employer/Employer’s representative.
When it is unlikely that a mobile power crane can be used within the vicinity of the access
opening due to restricted site conditions, the Contractor shall arrange to manoeuvre his
Plant by smaller traction equipment from the unloading working area into the access
opening and Works Areas.
Transportation, unloading and delivery equipment such as hoisting frames, gantries,
Lifting tackles, chain blocks, trolleys etc., required for delivery, shifting and equipment
access to the Works Areas shall be provided by the Contractor, unless otherwise specified
herein or as agreed by the Employer/Employer’s representative.
The Contractor shall provide a Schedule of major deliveries of Plant for each station to
the Employer/Employer’s representative at least 2 months prior to the first delivery.

Section VI-B 100 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

Each Escalator section shall preferably be hoisted into position in the well way
immediately after delivery to Site. Long period of storage inside the station will not be
allowed, unless written permission has been received from the Employer/Employer’s
representative.
The Contractor shall provide adequate means to protect completed architectural finishes
during delivery and shall make good any damage caused by delivery of the equipment.
14.5 Installation
14.5.1 It is desirable that the installation time of Escalators on Site shall be kept to a minimum
and the proposed design shall take due account of this requirement.
14.5.2 The Contractor's attention is drawn to the restrictions in working area available onsite and
shall make his own arrangements to store materials and equipment offsite or at the Depots
until such time as they can either be incorporated into the Works or stored within the
working area assigned to him.
14.5.3 The Contractor shall co-ordinate with the Designated Civil Contractor for the hoisting
points and confirm acceptability before commencing installation. When it is not possible
to provide such hoisting points due to its particular location, the Contractor shall provide
suitable hoisting frame, gantries or the like for hoisting.
14.5.4 All other Lifting equipment such as Lifting tackles, chain blocks etc., required for
installation purposes shall be provided and installed by the Contractor.
14.6 Care of Works
14.6.1 The Contractor shall protect the equipment within his own reasonable control, particularly
in normal construction site conditions such as dust, dirt, plastering and small particles
which may possibly damage the equipment, stainless steel decking and panels, if they are
not properly protected. Such damage, if occurring, shall not relieve the Contractor of his
responsibility to repair and / or replace these parts, depending on individual conditions, so
as to obtain notice of no objection from Employer/Employer’s representative.
14.6.2 The contractor shall provide adequate protection to the Escalators during the Stop Work
Period and before handing over of the complete installation to the Employer. The
protection shall not be removed unless instructed by the “Employer/Employer’s
representative”.
14.7 Material Recovery
14.7.1 The Contractor shall remove all redundant materials and cables from Site. The Contractor
shall handle all redundant equipment with care and deliver to a location designated by the
“Employer/Employer’s representative” where it shall be stored in a neat and orderly
fashion.
14.7.2 Recovery work shall occur after the completion of every stage of the above mentioned
Works and as directed by the “Employer/Employer’s representative”.

**************************

Section VI-B 101 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

15 PACKAGING, SHIPPING AND DELIVERY

15.1 General
All the stipulations laid down in the GS shall apply.
15.2 Packaging and Shipping
15.2.1 All equipment Goods and materials shall be properly inspected to ensure that there are
no defects before shipment. An inspection tag bearing the words “INSPECTION PASSED”
giving reference number to the inspection date and details to permit verification of
inspection details shall be attached to those items inspected satisfactorily.
15.2.2 The four adjacent sides of each package shall be marked with permanent paint with the
following information:
CONSIGNEE
COMMODITY
CONTRACT No
SHIPPING MARK
15.2.3 Appropriate caution notices such as “FRAGILE”, “HANDLE WITH CARE”, “KEEP DRY”,
KEEP UPRIGHT” along with visual display symbols internationally accepted shall be
conspicuously displayed on the outside surfaces of boxes, crates and packages.
15.3 Delivery
15.3.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for transportation and delivery of materials to site or
to the approved storage space and shall continue to be responsible for its safe storage,
handling, erection and commissioning.
15.4 Insurance
Insurance of the goods / material during transit shall be responsibility of the contractor

**************************

Section VI-B 102 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

16 NOT USED

Section VI-B 103 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

17 Comprehensive Annual Maintenance Contract (CAMC) Requirements

17.1 Comprehensive Annual Maintenance Contract
17.1.1 Comprehensive Annual Maintenance Contract (CAMC) shall comprise 2 years DLP and
5 years post DLP
17.1.2 The Contractor shall provide maintenance services throughout the CAMC
period. Maintenance work shall include attendance to all service calls, preventive
maintenance and major overhaul of Escalator.
17.1.3 All defects shall be remedied either when observed on the weekly service call or on
an attendance to a service call. Service shall include all work necessary to maintain the
entire Escalator system in good working order at all times.
17.1.4 All defects in Escalator system are to be responded urgently. For this purpose,
contractor shall set up 24 x 365 basis call centre and intimate CMRL. The attendance to
service call shall include all work necessary to maintain the entire Escalator system in
good working order.
17.1.5 If the equipment is kept non – functional for more than a week on account of failure of
contractor to fulfil their obligation under the contract then the payment of CAMC for that
particular Escalator for that period shall not be done. However, if any planned shut down
for any Escalators, it shall be not covered under penalty clause. The prior permission of
CMRL is required for planned shutdown of any Escalator.
17.1.6 Employer will award Comprehensive Annual Maintenance Contract (CAMC) as specified
in Part-1, Section IV, Bidding Forms.
17.1.7 This Comprehensive Annual Maintenance Contract (CAMC) shall include cost of labour,
all spare parts, consumable, machineries, materials required and all other Contractor's
obligations and responsibilities during the CAMC period (2 years DLP and 5 years after
DLP).
17.1.8 This cover routine preventive maintenance (Daily/Weekly/Monthly/Quarterly/Half Yearly
and Yearly Maintenance schedules) including break down / corrective maintenance and
scheduled replacement components during preventative maintenance as per the
approved Maintenance Manual /Plan during CAMC (2 years DLP and 5 years after DLP)
for 24 hours x 7 days for all the days including Holiday and Sunday of the contract period.
17.1.9 The consumables shall include oil, lubricants, rubber parts, perishable parts,
cleaning devices and cleaning agents, and scheduled replacement parts as per
approved Maintenance manuals during preventive/corrective maintenance, etc.
17.1.10 The Contractor shall provide a maintenance (preventive & corrective) plan and
replacement program for major components, routine change components and limited
shelf life items for review and acceptance by the Employer/Employer’s Representative
180 days before the programmed commencement of the Defects Liability Period (DLP).
Maintenance shall include all preventive and breakdown maintenance due to any
reasons.
17.1.11 The Contractor shall dispatch competent personnel to rectify stoppages at any time
during the day or night when being called on by the Employer within a time of
half an hour (maximum). Repairs shall be carried out on a 24 hours per day, 7 days per
week basis including Holiday and Sunday until the faulty unit is put back in service during
2 years DLP and 5 years after DLP period.
17.1.12 The Contractor shall carry out periodic testing and examination of equipment and safety
devices as may be required by the provisions of any enactment in force relating thereto
or of any enactment, regulations, or by-laws of any local or other duly constituted

Section VI-B 104 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

authority which may be applicable to such tests and to provide such copies of the test
certificates, duly signed by a Registered Employer/Employer’s Representative and
Registered Escalator Contractor, as may be required. A master schedule of such
planned tests shall be submitted to the Employer at least two months before
commencement of the DLP.
17.1.13 Before the expiry of the Defect Liability Period, the Contractor shall perform a loading
and safety test for each Escalators to re-confirm that the function of the system is being
met and shall undertake corrective adjustment if necessary. This test may be
incorporated into the half- yearly equipment survey maintenance works.
17.1.14 The contractor will ensure and certify that the availability of sufficient spares in Chennai
office during the 2 years DLP and 5 years after DLP period to ensure that the
maintenance of the equipment is not affected.
17.1.15 Contractor has to submit to the Employer, the minimum Spare parts, Consumables,
Tools and Special Tools list etc. and its Quantity and shall be available all the times
during 2 years DLP period at least Three months before commencement of the DLP.
Before the expiry of DLP, the Contractor has to submit the minimum Spare parts,
Consumables, Tools and Special Tools list etc. and its Quantity and shall be available
all the times during 5 years after DLP period at Three months before completion of the
DLP.
17.1.16 During CAMC, Contractor has to maintain sufficient quantity of required
Spares, Consumables, Tools, Special Tools etc. and same to be replace as per the
Terms & Condition of the Contract without any cost to the Employer, failing which
necessary penalty shall be applicable as per Clause 11. 25.
17.1.17 The Contractor shall keep on Site, at his own cost, throughout the contract periods
stocks of T&P, Consumables and Sufficient quantities of all spare parts, to enable rapid
replacement of any item found to be defective or in any way in non-conformance
with the Technical Specifications.
17.1.18 Contractor shall not be permitted to remove any working / healthy equipment /
components/ sub-systems / systems for any reason whatsoever without specific approval
in writing from Employer.
17.1.19 Stocks of such spares, consumables and T&P etc. as per the list approved by the
employer which are available in Contractor stores will be jointly checked with
Employer/Employer’s Representative on quarterly basis. Certificate by
Employer/Employer’s Representative confirming availability of sufficient
spares/consumables and T&P in contractor stores / in Depots will be a pre-requisite for
release of interim payments of the Contractor. Necessary deduction shall be applicable
as per Clause 11.25
17.1.20 This shall be generally governed by relevant terms and conditions of Contract. The
decision of the Employer shall be Final.
17.1.21 Accommodation for Emergency Service Report Centre.
A room will be provided by the Employer. The Premise will be located on the station as
determined by the Employer. Storage Lockers/Table/Chairs etc. shall be arranged by the
Escalator Contractor during CAMC period.

Section VI-B 105 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

17.2 Employer’s Maintenance Strategy

17.2.1 Maintenance Strategy
The Contractor shall ensure that the system designed, installed and commissioned
is supportable throughout the service life of the System to address, as a minimum,
the following:
a) Design errors in the system.
b) Operational changes.
c) Environment changes; and d) Changes in infrastructure.
According to the maintenance strategy, all equipment and infrastructure supplied for the
‘Project’ must be designed for minimum or no maintenance. Maintenance activities
required must be capable of being performed with little or no impact on the train service.
In addition, the maintenance work systems shall ensure safety of personnel and
equipment.
17.2.2 The Contractor, upon noticing any defects, deficiency in quality and quantity of spares
and materials/ consumable and T&P like lubricating oil, any other oil, lubricants,
rubber parts, perishable parts, cleaning devices and cleaning agents etc./ tools shall
without delay, arrange for alternative source of supply under this contract during CAMC.
17.2.3 Minor and Major Breakdown Rectification Time during CAMC
The acceptable response & attention time also needs to be mentioned for minor &
major breakdowns. The response and attention shall be as under:
a. Service Hours: 365 days x 24 hrs.
b. Response Time: 30 min.
c. Minor Fault rectification Time: 01 Hours.
d. Major Fault rectification Time: 12 Hours.
17.3 Warranty Period during DLP
During the 2 years DLP period, the contractor shall carry out all type of maintenance
(Daily/Weekly/Monthly/Quarterly/Half Yearly and Yearly Maintenance) as per OEM
recommendation. The preventive maintenance would be done during non-traffic hours
whereas breakdown maintenance would be done whenever breakdown occurs.
The contractor should post his DLP Team at a key place on the stations as determined
by the Employer.
However, in case of any modifications due to change in the design or otherwise
(like reliability issues, maintenance issues, etc.) till completion of the DLP, the
Contractor shall be responsible to incorporate such changes in any component, item,
hardware and software etc. for the entire quantity supplied under the contract without
any additional cost to the Employer. In case of any component fails during DLP period,
then the DLP of that Escalator shall extend for another 2 years from the date of
replacement.
The Escalators contractor shall, during the defect liability/rectification period, provide
full maintenance service by skilled competent employees of the Subcontractor. Include
monthly preventive maintenance, repair or replacement of worn or defective
components, lubrication, cleaning, and adjusting as required for proper Escalators
operation at rated speed.

Section VI-B 106 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

The acceptable response & attention time also needs to be mentioned for minor & major
breakdowns.
17.4 Maintenance Management System (MMS) and Maintenance Arrangement
During non-operation time, sections of line will be closed for maintenance work.
The minimum time for possession is 4 hours. Ideally, this time shall be the free time
available for maintenance. The Contractor shall carry out the Scheduled Preventive
Maintenance as per the approved plan in this period.
17.5 Competency of Personnel
During CAMC period: The Contractor will have to engage sufficient well trained staff
round the clock including holidays and Sunday, to ensure a regular preventive
maintenance as well as the corrective/breakdown maintenance as per the requirement
to ensure trouble free service throughout the period of 2 years DLP and 5 year
after DLP. The deployment of staff shall be reviewed by the Employer as and when
required and if found the deployed staff is not competent enough, same must be
replaced by the Contractor within One (1) week.
Shift Timings: First Shift: 0600 Hrs to 1400 Hrs, Second Shift: 1400 Hrs to 2200 Hrs,
Night Shift: 2200 Hrs to 0600 Hrs, General Shift: 0830 to 1730 Hrs or as shift
timings as approved by the Employer.
17.6 Testing and Re-commissioning of System and Equipment
In the event of a failure requiring modifications to the System, the Contractor shall
undertake any testing and re-commissioning required. Any such modification shall be
submitted for review by the “Employer”.
17.7 Temporary Alterations to Restore Service
The Contractor shall undertake any temporary modifications necessary to maintain
service. Any such modification shall be submitted for review by the “Employer”.
17.8 Discrepancies between Installation and Design Records
Should the Contractor discover inconsistencies between the maintenance drawings
and documentation and the installed equipment, the Contractor shall correct all
such errors within two weeks during DLP.
17.9 Communications
The Contractor shall ensure that adequate communication facilities are provided to its
staff during CAMC period.
17.10 Location of Staff
The Contractor shall be responsible for locating staff such that the Contractor meets
his obligations.
17.11 Not Used
17.12 Scope and Hours of Coverage during CAMC
The regime and structure of corrective maintenance shall be robust in design.
The Contractor shall provide a full 24 Hrs./7 Days (including Sunday and holidays) On-
Call coverage and shall be such that initial response and rectification of failure are in
accordance with the following:

Section VI-B 107 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

a) Assistance for first line corrective maintenance within 30 minutes, upon request of
first line maintainer;
b) 12 hour from notification for second line maintenance where spare parts
replacement is involved;
c) Within 2 weeks including transportation time for third line maintenance where
replacement or repair of component from factory is involved. Any extension to this
time shall be agreed with the “ Employer” and a replacement provided.
d) If the equipment is kept non – functional for more than 2 week then the DLP may
be enhanced proportionately in the multiple of month.
All elements of First Line preventative maintenance shall be carried out and
completed during non-traffic hours without interrupting train services. Similarly, all
elements of second line & third line maintenance also needs to be completed during
non- traffic hours and the Escalator should be kept ready.
17.13 Failure Investigations
The Contractor shall conduct failure investigations.
Disputes between the Contractor and other Contractors will be resolved by the “Employer”.
The Contractor shall make available to the Employer all test and failure data as required.
17.14 Software Support
General
The Contractor shall submit to the “ Employer” for review, the software support plan at
least 90 days before commencement of software installation.
Employer will have the right, for multiple use of the Software. Employer at his discretion
may download the software on multiple PCs as per the requirement. For this purpose,
no specific password, Key Number etc. should be required from the Contractor/Software
firm.
All changes, bug fixes, updates, modifications, amendments, new versions shall not
result in any non-conformance with this Specification.
The Contractor shall submit all new versions to the “Employer” for review at least 2
weeks prior to their installation. The new versions of software shall not degrade the
operation of the System.
The software design shall be with open protocol which shall be suitably interfaced
and integrated with other systems for effective operation and maintenance.
17.15 Security Obligations
Within 14 days of the installation of any software into the Permanent Works by
the Contractor, the Contractor shall submit to the “ Engineer” for retention by the
Employer two backup copies of the software, which shall include any
specified development tools required for maintenance of the software, including, but not
limited to, editors, compilers and linkers.
Any software item delivered by the Contractor to the “Employer” pursuant to the above
Paragraph shall not be translated or modified by the Employer without the prior
consent of the Contractor unless:
a) the owner of the software becomes insolvent or has a receiving order made
against it or makes an arrangement or assignment or composition with or in
favour of its creditors (including the appointment of a committee of inspection)

Section VI-B 108 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

or goes into liquidation or commences to be wound up or has a receiver,

liquidator, trustee or similar officer appointed over all or any part of its undertaking
or assets or if distress, execution or attachment is levied on, or if an
encumbrancer takes possession of any of its assets or any proceeding or step
is taken which has an effect comparable to the foregoing in any relevant
jurisdiction; or
b) the owner of the software ceases to trade; or
c) the owner of the software assigns copyright in the software and the Contractor
fails within 60 days of such assignment to procure in favour of the Employer, a
licence from the new owner in the same terms as that required by the Contract; or
The Contractor is in breach of any of his obligations under the Contract.
17.16 Error Correction
The Contractor shall inform the “Employer” immediately when a fault is discovered
within delivered software or documentation.
On receipt of a request from the “Employer” for identification or further diagnosis of a
failure or fault, the Contractor shall provide appropriate resources.
The Contractor shall provide written details as to the nature of the proposed correction
to the “Employer”.
17.17 Training
The Contractor shall provide training for Employer's staff to enable the Employer to
make proper use of any new versions.
17.18 Fixes or Patches
The Contractor shall notify the Employer promptly of any fixes or patches that are
available to correct or patch faults.
The Contractor shall detail any effect such fixes or patches are expected to have, upon
the System.
17.19 New Versions
The Contractor shall ensure that all new versions are fully tested and validated
on the simulation and development system prior to installation. The Contractor shall
ensure that all new versions are fully tested and commissioned once installed on the
Site. The Contractor shall deliver to the Employer any new version, together with the
updated Operation Manuals and Maintenance Manuals. The Employer shall not be
obliged to use any new version and that shall not relieve the Contractor of any of its
obligations. Any effect upon the performance or operation of System that may be
caused by a new version shall be brought to the Employer's attention.
17.20 Routine and Corrective Maintenance Procedures
Routine and corrective maintenance procedures shall be supplied for all equipment. The
format shall be as follows:
a) Uniform format and layout irrespective of equipment supplier;
b) Colour coding for each activity;
c) Cross referenced to the Operation and Maintenance Manuals; and d) Document
control information.

Section VI-B 109 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

17.21 Operation Activities

All operational activities shall comply with the Employer’s safety rules, and requirements
of the Operation Manuals and Maintenance Manuals.
The Contractor shall recommend in detail the frequencies for preventive and
corrective maintenance, and what items of work are to be carried, including but not
limited to the following.
a) Step-by-Step procedure to carry out the task;
b) Diagrams and flow charts for illustration, if applicable;
c) Precautions for the maintenance personnel to follow
d) Estimated duration and manpower required.
17.22 Reliability, Availability & Maintainability Requirements: The Contractor shall
maintain the equipment in such a way so that the following parameters are achieved
during CAMC.
a) All Escalators shall be subject to the reliability assessment as described in Sub
section 4.9 of this Technical Specifications. The Contractor shall ensure that the
equipment supplied shall achieve the availability standard as laid down in
section 4.9 of this Technical Specification and shall always be under good
repair within the environmental conditions prevailing in the General
Specifications, where the Escalators will be installed.
b) RAM Analysis shall be submitted quarterly along with the other reports.
17.23 Printed maintenance Records/Books
It is the contractor’s responsibility to get the printed maintenance schedules, checklists,
logbooks & other documents printed & maintained in sufficient stock at site all the times.
The general maintenance and servicing report along with periodic performance
monitoring report for the entire system and breakdown reports shall be submitted in
triplicate which shall be also signed by the Employer/Employer’s Representative.
The Contractor will submit monthly and quarterly reports giving details of
Preventive & Corrective Maintenance carried out in each month. Such reports are to
be sent on completion of successful month. The reports shall be generated to
designated e-mail as per the Clause 5.21.4 of this Technical Specifications by the
contractor. Details of the scheme to be finalized during Design Stage.
17.24 Penalty during CAMC period:-
a) Reliability:
The reliability of equipment should be of the highest level and that it does not result
in injury / fatality of the escalator user passenger in the Escalators due to equipment
failure including escalator reversal. Any claim/ Damage/ Compensation claimed by
the effected passenger/ Escalator user on account of equipment failure shall be
recovered from the Escalator Contractor. CMRL shall impose a penalty @ INR 25,000/-
(Indian Rupees Twenty Five Thousand Only) per case. This penalty is applicable during
CAMC (including DLP and post DLP) period.
b) Availability: Escalator is kept out of service for more than 6 hr. during operational
hours due to non-availability of spares or due to lack of proper attention, Employer
shall impose a penalty of INR 25,000/- (Indian Rupees Twenty-five Thousand Only)
per day, for each such case. This penalty is applicable during CAMC (including DLP
and post DLP).

Section VI-B 110 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

If the Availability of the Escalators at each Station not achieved 99.9% as per the
Technical Specifications clause 4.9.1.2, and arrangement shall be made for
attending all the faults on the same day without any further delay as per the
condition of the contract. If it is found that the quarterly availability (Average of monthly
availability) is below 99.9% due to poor maintenance of the work, then the penalty shall
be applicable.
i. 99.9 % - 99% = 1% of CAMC of that bill (Quarterly)
ii. 98% - 99% = 2% of CAMC of that bill (Quarterly)
iii. 98% - 97% = 3% of CAMC of that bill (Quarterly)
iv. < 97% = 5% of CAMC of that bill (Quarterly)
c) Manpower/Staff Absenteeism – Escalators contractor shall depute sufficient
and skilled manpower for successful operation and maintenance of all Escalators,
round the clock basis, and shall depute required number of skilled and experienced
supervisor and skilled technician in each shift shall be provided to the Employer.
It is further agreed between the Parties that, in the event of unauthorized
absenteeism of the representatives of Escalator contractor, Escalator contractor
shall provide/deploy equally skilled or better skilled personnel on the same day and
in the event, Escalator contractor fails to provide the substitute, Employer shall have
the right to deduct amount on prorate basis, of average daily salary, from the bills
payable to Escalator contractor on Quarterly basis.
d) Call out Ratio – If the visit of Contractor engineer for non-schedule maintenance
exceeds 2 per Escalators per year and 1.5 average call out ratio exceed, a penalty
of INR 20, 000/- (Indian Rupees Twenty Thousand Only) shall be imposed for each
such visit. Penalty is applicable CAMC (including DLP and post DLP) period.

e) Non Availability of Spare Parts and Consumables etc. - If Contractor not

maintained the minimum Stock as per Clause 17.1.19, necessary deduction at rate
of 0.5 % on the service bill shall be applicable on quarterly basis.
17.25 License: The Contractor is responsible to getting license and its renewal/periodic
inspections from respective Electrical Inspector of respective authority by the Govt.
during CAMC (2 years DLP & 5 years after DLP) period. No extra cost shall be paid by
CMRL.
17.26 During the Comprehensive Annual Maintenance Contract (CAMC) period, the contractor
shall be responsible for all electrical, mechanical & civil works related to equipment. The
contractor shall ensure that all the safety system provided in the Escalator is in perfect
working order at any point of time. The Employer shall be provided all support by the
contractor to carry out checks/surprise checks as and when desired.
17.27 Safety Audit: The contractor shall conduct regular internal safety audit on both the
safety management system and the internal site conditions to ensure safe working of
equipment during 5 years after DLP period and submit the safety certificate every year.
17.28 Space for Comprehensive Annual Maintenance Contract (CAMC) staff:
Employer shall provide space if available for the staff and maintenance spares. The
contractor will store and maintain sufficient quantity of spares for speedy rectification of
faults.
17.29 The contractor shall maintain a fault log equipment wise in chronological order. Every
fault noticed/reported by the Employer shall be entered in the log together with the action

Section VI-B 111 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

taken. The fault log will be maintained as part of the permanent quality assurance record
for the Escalators and shall be subject to regular inspection by the Employer.
17.30 The contractor shall be responsible for the safety of the passengers / their staff and
Employer in no way shall be responsible for any accident attributed to Escalator.
17.31 The contractor shall arrange his own tools/special tools for carrying out routine /
corrective breakdown maintenance.
17.32 The contractor will give monthly program well in advance to Employer in line with the
approved Maintenance Manual / Plan.
17.33 In case of breakdown the contractor shall give fitness to the Employer in writing before
the equipment is offered for passenger service.
17.34 The equipment shall be maintained in such a fashion so that there is no inconvenience
to commuters.
17.35 The contractor staff shall always be in uniform with PPE and I-card while working in the
station premises.
17.36 Ride Quality Report shall be submitted every year during CAMC period.
17.37 Advance Payment: - No Advance payment of any type shall be paid.
17.38 Exit Clause: - There is no exit clause in this contract.
17.39 Safety of Personnel: - The Contractor will take full responsibility for the Safety of his
Staff, Materials etc.
17.40 Performance Security: The Contractor shall furnish to the Employer a security in the
form of a Bank Guarantee for an amount equal to 10% of the every consecutive years
for CAMC value as per the Part-1, Section IV Bidding Forms in accordance with relevant
clauses of the General Conditions of the Contract.
17.41 Any Damage/Breakage to the CMRL property during the execution of work will be at the
risk & cost of the Contractor & in this regard The CMRL’s decision will be final regarding
amount of damage/breakage etc. The amount will be deduced from contractor’s bill.
17.42 Materials identified as such by the Employer/Employer’s Representative and advised to
the contractor, shall not be dispatched from the site without written authority from the
Employer.
17.43 The Contractor if awards either partly or fully of any work covered under contract to a
Sub- contractor/OEM/Third party, he shall submit the documentary proof from the
OEM concerned, that such award will not in any way affect the performance of the
equipment/Plant, prior to the start of such work. Also, the sub-contractor firm name,
address and availability of trained manpower shall be furnished for the approval.
17.44 CMRL shall have the right to make minor alterations/additions/ substitutions in the
specifications in the scope of work or issue instructions that may be deemed necessary
during the period of the contract and contractor shall carry out the work in accordance
with the instructions which may be given to him by Authorized CMRL’ representative.
17.45 The contractor shall on request of Employer/Employer’s Representative forth with
remove from the works any person employed thereon by him who in the
opinion of Employer/Employer’s Representative may misconduct himself or suspicious
from security point of view and such persons shall not again be employed on the work
without permission of the Employer/Employer’s Representative.
17.46 General Conditions of Contract and Particular Conditional of the Contract are applicable
as per the Technical Specifications.
17.47 As per site conditions the contractor may have to carry out the work during night hours.
No extra payment shall be made on this account.

Section VI-B 112 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

17.48 Service call report for every failure/man trap shall be submitted, detailing the root cause
of failure.
17.49 Only authorized staff of Contractor having proper Photo Identity Card issued by
the Contractor and with Permission granted by CMRL, shall be permitted to work
for the contractor will have to submit the list of the Authorized staff along with a set of
the Photo Identity Cards to whom permission will be required to be issued by CMRL.
17.50 In case any Police Verification required for Entry Pass/Renewal etc. from any Govt. or
any other agencies, the Contractor shall be liable to organize the same at no extra cost
within the stipulated time during CAMC.
17.51 The Contractor during the Execution of work shall follow the Indian Electricity Rules,
Indian Electricity Act & all other Statutory Rules, Regulations & Acts as available on date
& during the period of contract.
17.52 The Contractor shall be responsible to fulfil all statutory liabilities, if any towards his staff
such as payment of minimum wages, PF, ESI and any other dues etc including
all amendments issued by the Govt. from time to time. Being a Principal Employer,
CMRL may ask to submit documents in original.
17.53 The work is to be carried out under the guidance of CMRL only.
17.54 No T&Ps shall be issued to the contractor. All T&Ps, Instruments, Machines, etc. will
be brought by the Contractor only. The cost of all these items shall be borne by the
contractor.
17.55 Labor- No labor shall be provided by CMRL.
17.56 Transport: No separate charges will be paid for transport.
17.57 The manpower can also be deployed during OFF days/ holidays / night hours as per site
requirements for which nothing shall be paid extra.
17.58 The work is to be carried out as per the recommendation of manufacturers and only
original spares /materials consumables shall be used.

Section VI-B 113 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

18 SPARES, SPECIAL TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT

18.1 General
18.1.1 The Contractor shall note the requirements stipulated in the General Specification.
18.1.2 The Contractor shall maintain all mandatory spares, consumables, Non-Consumables,
Tools & Plants (T&P) etc. to facilitate the Escalators effectively and efficiently while
ensuring their performance to a high standard of safety and reliability consistent with the
requirements as detailed in this Specification. The Contractor shall provide all such list
before 3 months starting of CAMC.
18.1.3 All spare parts shall be identical to the equivalent installed items and strictly
interchangeable, be suitable for use in place of the original parts fitted and comply with
this Particular Specification and the tests specified therein.
18.1.4 They shall be suitably marked and numbered for easy identification and shall be packed
for long storage in wooden boxes in suitable groups for easy maintenance, while
necessary parts shall be coated in protective material to prevent deterioration.
18.1.5 In the event that rectification and/or modifications are introduced to any part of the
equipment which are deemed necessary by the Employer/Employer’s representative in
order to comply with the Specification requirement, the Contractor shall modify and
replace all spare parts and/or special tools whether delivered or otherwise during DLP
18.1.6 The Contractor shall guarantee that the testing equipment shall be well calibrated in
accordance with manufacturer's instruction. Appropriate calibration certificates shall be
required by the “Employer/Employer’s Representative” for checking prior to carry out
testing and commissioning. Certificates shall be timely renewed and submitted.
18.1.7 Not Used
18.1.8 Commissioning Spares
The Contractor shall recommend and provide a list of commissioning spares with sufficient
quantities to ensure the successful completion of the testing and commissioning activities.
18.2 Spares
Commissioning Spares
The Contractor shall provide a list of commissioning spares with sufficient quantities to
ensure the successful completion of the testing and commissioning activities.
18.3 Portable Test Equipment
Portable laptop / Notebook with latest hardware configuration (as approved by the
Employer/Employer’s representative), two for each corridor shall be provided to allow
rapid verification of satisfactory operation of system, assist in trouble shooting and
isolating sub-system failures. Use of Portable lap top computer shall not require any
mechanical or electrical disconnection to or within the sub-system under tests. The
detailed specifications for Laptop/notebook shall be approved from the
“Employer/Employer’s Representative” during Design Stage.
18.4 Special Tools
18.4.1 The Contractor shall provide following tools as per Clause 6.10.3 for each Escalator at the
time of handing over of Escalator systems to Employer for trial Operations.
18.4.2 The Provision of special tools under this part of the Technical Specification shall be
deemed to have been included in the Contract and shall be handed over to the
Employer/Employer’s representative when the Escalator installations are completed.

Section VI-B 114 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

18.4.3 Certain items of these special tools shall be fixed on to a shadow board or housed in a
container mounted at an approved location inside the Escalator machine rooms. Details
of the arrangement will be given to the Contractor by the Employer/Employer’s
representative during the installation stage.
18.4.4 The Contractor shall supply one complete set of any special tools for each type of
Escalator that are necessary for routine maintenance to be carried out. These tools shall
be supplied in a suitable hard wood or steel tool box
18.5 Availability of Consumable Spares during CAMC
18.5.1 Pursuant to Clause 17.1 of this Specification, the Contractor shall ensure availability of
adequate consumable and contingent spares required to maintain all the equipment
supplied for the Works in good working order at all times during the Defects Liability
Period. Any spares consumed including but not limited to oil, grease, cleaning compound,
and light bulbs, etc., during the CAMC shall be provided by the Contractor.
18.5.2 The Contractor shall be held responsible to keep all said spares within India and shall
deliver them to the destination as soon as practicable during CAMC (including DLP and
post DLP) period.
18.6 Not used
18.7 Second Sourcing for Non-Proprietary Items
18.7.1 The Contractor shall identify principal source suppliers that can supply the Mandatory
Spares. For non proprietary items the contractor shall submit the list of alternate / second
source of suppliers.
18.7.2 The Contractor shall ensure that second-source supplier information is maintained up to
date up to a period of 10 years after taking over of whole works. The Contractor will provide
support to the Employer to a reasonable extent regarding the second-source supplier
information throughout the service life of the system.
18.7.3 The Contractor shall make the second-source supplier information available to the
Employer/Employer’s representative at the time of submission of the final design and
taking over of the works.
18.8 Long Lead Times
The Contractor shall identify the lead times for all spare parts. Parts with long lead times
shall be identified in the spares list.
18.9 Routine Change
In the event that any item of the supply requires be routinely changing or calibrating,
regardless of whether it appears in the spares list or not, it shall be identified to the
Employer/Employer’s representative together with the routine change interval.
18.10 Shelf Life
In the event that any of the spares identified have a particular life or storage requirement,
this shall be made known to the “Employer/Employer’s representative” with the
submission of the spares list, including the necessary action for disposal or storage.
18.11 Recommended Spare parts for Ten years The Contractor shall furnish the details of
recommended Spare parts needed for maintenance during the next ten years beyond the
DLP.
18.11 SPIR (Spare Parts Interchangeability and Replacement) List
Contractor have to produce detailed SPIR list.
**************************

Section VI-B 115 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

19 TRAINING
19.1 General Requirements
19.1.1 This section of the specification covers the requirements for a Training Program to train
the Employer's maintenance, operations and training personnel. The training Program
shall enable the staff to operate, service, enhance, maintain, and interact with the
hardware, software, and firmware such that the Escalator systems and associated
equipment will perform in accordance with the specifications of this contract.
The Contractor shall provide comprehensive training to the Employer’s staff, including
Employer’s training Instructors. The Employer’s staff basically consist of Executives,
senior supervisors, junior supervisors and maintainers. Some of the senior supervisors
would be nominated as Employer’s Training instructors. The Contractor shall provide
competent training instructors, training manuals, all necessary aids and materials in
support of all training courses. The training manuals shall be submitted in original plus five
hard copies and in electronic format.
The training instructors shall be qualified, competent, with sufficient years of practical
experience in the relevant fields and possesses good communication skills.
The training instructors shall be competent staff of the Contractor, or the subcontractors
or the equipment manufacturers.
19.1.2 The training shall be carried out at such locations where the greatest benefit for trainees
may be gained. This may be in India, abroad, at place of manufacture, assembly or testing,
or at such other locations as may be necessary. All places of training shall be subject to
notice of no objection by Employer/Employer’s representative.
19.1.3 The training courses and/or sessions shall include information on system performance
requirements and on all major equipment and works designed, by the Contractor.
19.1.4 The Contractor shall provide full-time on-Site management and co-ordination of the entire
training programme to ensure the continuity of classes, and proper distribution of training
materials; and proper interfacing with the instructors.
19.1.5 The training courses shall be delivered to all relevant Employer’s staff, including
instructors, operation and maintenance team and Employer/Employer’s representative
staff.
19.1.6 The training shall cover a holistic view of operation & maintenance of complete Escalator
system. It should also cover man-power requirement, job description, maintenance
infrastructure requirements including tools, test-instruments, spares etc.
19.1.7 Audio-visual aids, class room training, site visits, on the job training and Trainer’s kit for
training on trouble shooting to be used.
19.2 Scope of Training
The training shall be provided by the Contractor to the Employer’s personnel in design,
manufacturing, testing, system architecture and installation practices related to
Escalators. This will cover training in India and abroad including training at manufacturing
facilities. The overall expenses (including boarding, lodging and Travelling etc) of the
above will be borne by Contractor.
The training shall be provided by the Contractor to the Employer’s personnel for Stage-
1and 2 proportionally.

Section VI-B 116 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

19.3 Training Programme

Contractor shall submit a training programme for imparting training to Employer’s staff
with batches for Escalator systems in following areas.
Total Period
Sl.
Description (Trainer Man Remarks
No.
days)

Design of Escalators including Major All existing

1 functions, safety features, Operation 15 installation or
and Monitoring of Escalators manufacturers place
During installation
Installation and site testing practices for 25 and commissioning
2
Escalators
phase
Overall view of Escalator system,
Operation and maintenance practices
3 for Escalators, Maintenance 50 At suitable locations
infrastructure, PM & CM, CBM (vibration
etc.)

19.4 Training Plan

The Training Program shall be prepared and submitted by the Contractor as per
requirements of GS.
19.5 Training Courses
The Contractor shall provide Training Courses on all facilities, systems, equipment,
hardware, and firmware, software. Each Course shall be specific, and shall consist of
classroom, hands-on, or field training as necessary to accomplish the Course Objectives
specified in the Training Program Plan.
The Contractor shall provide training courses for each of the sub-systems, including, but
not be limited to:
i. Escalator structure and support
ii. Escalator drive and braking system
iii. Escalator Control & monitoring system
Different types of training courses of each subsystem shall be provided for staff from
different disciplines. Operations training courses shall be provided for the operations staff.
Maintenance courses shall be provided for maintenance staff. The Employer’s Training
Instructors shall attend all types of training courses such that the Employer’s Training
Instructors shall be able to subsequently train the Employer’s additional staff in future in
all aspects of operation and maintenance of the System.
Training is also required to be given to all station operating staff in emergency operations
& small recoveries and to identify the defects so that maintenance teams can be called.
19.6 Operations Training Courses
The operations training courses shall be developed to provide all necessary knowledge
and skills for operations staff of the Employer to operate the system under normal and
emergency situations and recovery from minor or simple faults. In particular, the training
course shall include the following as minimum:

Section VI-B 117 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

a) Overview of the Escalator Systems;

b) Brief description of the operation principle for each of the Subsystems;
c) Operational features and functions;
d) Familiarisation and use of all man-machine interfaces involved;
e) Reading and interpretation of system status and alarm messages or indications;
f) Normal operating procedures;
g) Operating procedures under emergency situations;
h) Procedures for recovery from minor or simple faults; and
i) Use of Operation and Maintenance Manuals and documentation.
Particular exercises shall be included in the operations training course for each trainee to
operate and manage the system under normal and emergency operating conditions and
simple fault recovery.
19.7 Maintenance Courses
The maintenance courses shall be developed to provide all necessary knowledge and
skills:
a) To perform full maintenance, including preventive/corrective maintenance and
condition based maintenance on the Escalator Systems and use of condition
monitoring techniques like vibrations.
b) To perform system management including system parameter configuration,
enhancement, adjustments and provision of new equipment and components.
c) Man-Power requirement.
d) Maintenance infra-structure requirement.
The Contractor shall determine the content of the courses and the courses shall include
the following as minimum:
a) Overview of the Escalator Systems;
b) System features and functions;
c) Operation principles;
d) Description of system components;
e) Test and commissioning procedures;
f) Use of test equipment and special tools;
g) Reading and interpretation of alarm indications, messages and print-outs;
h) Preventive and breakdown maintenance procedures;
i) Fault diagnosis, troubleshooting and corrective maintenance procedures;
j) Equipment settings and parameters configuration;
k) Use of equipment manuals, Operation and Maintenance manuals, circuit
diagrams and wiring schematics;
l) Methods and procedures to provide new circuits, system expansion and
enhancement;
m) Data, software backup and loading;
n) Use of software such as peripheral control and configuration, utility, database
structure, generation and modification.
o) Practical exercises shall be provided for each trainee to practise the following
as minimum:
p) Use of test equipment and special tools;
q) Preventive maintenance;

Section VI-B 118 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

r) Fault diagnosis and troubleshooting with induced faults set by the Contractor to
simulate real-life situation;
s) Faulty modules or cards replacement and restore the system to normal
operation.
t) Corrective Maintenance techniques.
u) Condition based maintenance (CBM), Maintenance Requirement Analysis
(MRA), Reliability centred maintenance, FMECA, RAMs etc.
19.8 Training Materials
Audio-visual Training Aids, Interactive Training Video CD (CBT- Computer Based
Tutorial), Training Materials, and Training Devices (like Trainer’s kit) shall be of durable
construction, and shall become property of the Employer on notice of no objection of the
Training Demonstration, or on notice of no objection of the Final Deliverables, as
applicable. For every lecture, training manual is to be given well in advance before
commencement of training.
The Contractor shall provide all Training Aids, Interactive Training Video CD, Training
Materials, Training Devices, Special Tools, fixtures, models, or other equipment required
to train Course participants.
Training Manuals are a convenient source document for use in the field. However for every
lecture handouts with Interactive Training Video CD, will also be required to be given.
Training Manuals shall be separate from Operation and Maintenance Manuals.
The Contractor shall prepare Training Manuals in English language as per requirement of
the project, and submit them to the Employer for notice of no objection at least 60 days
prior to the start of the Training Demonstration.
Throughout the Contract and DLP, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to supply
the Employer with all changes and revisions to the Training Manuals.
Training Manuals shall become the property of the Employer.
The Contractor shall provide the master and five hard copies of the Training Manual for
each course/subject.
The Employer reserves the right to copy all Training Manuals for use in Training Courses.
19.8.1 The Contractor shall, for each course, distribute two sets of trainer’s guides for the
trainers, one set of training handout for each trainee, two sets of trainer’s guides and three
additional sets of training handout to the Employer before the commencement of the
training course. Electronic copy of Trainer’s guide & Training manual will required to be
provided.
19.8.2 All the training materials shall be accurate and match with the actual design of the System.
19.9 Training Records
19.9.1 The Contractor shall keep records on the attendance of trainees.
19.9.2 The Contractor shall devise a system, standards in assessing the level of knowledge,
understanding of the course content and proficiency of the trainees. The system and
standards shall be submitted to the Employer for notice of no objection four weeks before
the commencement of the training course.
19.9.3 The Contractor shall issue appropriate training certificate to the trainees who pass the
assessment and have over 80-90% attendance. At the end of successful training,
contractor shall issue competency certificates to O & M staff of various levels.

Section VI-B 119 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

19.10 Training of Employer’s Training Instructors (ETI)

19.10.1 The objective of this training is to enable the Employer’s Training Instructors to be
competent to deliver future courses for other employees of the Employer.
19.10.2 The Contractor shall provide training to the Employer’s Training Instructors on the various
Systems. Aspects covered shall include, but not be limited to, the following:
Basic Operating & Features and functional principles of the Escalator Systems
System design aspects including but not limited to design standards, design criteria and
parameters, short-circuit and other calculations, insulation and protection co-ordination;
Details of major equipment and components used in the System;
System operation and maintenance management procedures;
Control and monitoring systems for Escalators;
Trouble shooting, faults, failure analysis & remedial action, Preventive Maintenance (PM),
Corrective Maintenance (CM) & Condition Based Maintenance (CBM), first level, second
level & third level maintenance.
19.11 Not Used
19.11.1 Transfer of Technology (TOT)
(In respect of installation, maintenance and support for Spares)
Contractor shall submit the detailed plan of transfer of technology along with MOU with
suitable Indian companies or company having proven track record and are working in
related areas for all major systems/subsystems.
TOT shall be essential and shall include system assembly, installation, maintenance and
software modification/customization and training of Indian Company’s personnel to
cover;
All configuration/ application program for Escalator system for:
a) Engineering of extensions and up gradations of stations.
b) Re-engineering to suit changed application conditions.
c) Incorporation of additional features.
d) Incorporation of optional facilities.
e) Addition /Modifications to equipment and components.
f) Maintenance of Escalators.
g) Change in parameters of any of the Escalators equipment in stations.
The Transfer of Technology may require involvement of Indian Company’s personnel
in design, manufacturing, testing and installation of Escalator Sub- Systems during the
Contract period. The Contractor shall undertake to supply or make arrangement
with the original manufacturer to supply additional equipment required for replacement
or up gradation of the Escalator systems in future.
The Contractor shall undertake to provide to the above Indian Company, during the life
mof the equipment ordered, the technical assistance in the form of additional drawings,
maintenance practices and technical advice.

**************************

Section VI-B 120 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

20 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION

20.1 General
20.1.1 The Contractor shall provide Operation and Maintenance manuals in English, Interactive
Training documents in Flash Pen Drive, as built drawings for use by supervisory, operating
and technical staff of Employer Requirements of submission have been furnished in
General Specification.
20.1.2 Each and every manual shall be divided into indexed sections explaining the subject
matter in logical steps. Most manuals shall consist of A4-size printed sheets bound in stiff-
cover wear-resistant binders clearly and uniformly marked with the subject matter and
reference number. Where alternative sizes are proposed, (e.g. A5/A6 pocket books of
schematic wiring diagrams) these shall be submitted for notice of no objection of
Employer/Employer’s representative. The binding shall allow for all subsequent changes
and additions to be readily effected.
20.1.3 Information shall be provided in pictorial form wherever possible and shall include step-
by-step instructions and views of the particular equipment including exploded views.
Programmable equipment shall be supplied with sufficient flow charts and fully
documented programmes to enable faults to be quickly identified and system modification
to be undertaken at any time.
20.1.4 The Contractor shall provide clarifications and amendments to the Operation and
Maintenance manuals as necessary during the CAMC. Updates shall be provided for the
originals and all copies.
20.1.5 The first draft of operation & maintenance manuals are to be provided at least 60 days
before the installation commences. This should be corrected as per employer’s comments
and finally be submitted during installation and commissioning.
20.1.6 Hard copy as well as electronic copy should incorporate colour photos, colour sketches
and drawings in pictorial form wherever possible.
20.1.7 As buit drawings (3 Nos. of A3 size Hard Copy & 1 No. in soft copy) shall be submitted
capturing the actual site details.
20.2 Operation Manuals
The Contractor shall provide operation manuals explaining the purpose and operation of
the complete system together with its component subsidiary systems and individual item
of equipment. The characteristics, ratings and any necessary operating limits of the
Equipment and Sub-systems shall be provided. The Operation Manuals shall focus on
operation aspects under normal and emergency conditions.
20.3 Maintenance Manuals
20.3.1 The Contractor shall provide particulars of operating parameters, tools for dismantling and
testing, methods of assembly and disassembly, tolerances, repair techniques and all other
information necessary to set up a repair and servicing programme.
20.3.2 The manual shall also include inspection/overhaul procedure and periodicity of various
inspection/overhaul schedules in detail including the tools, special tools/plants, and
facilities required. The manual shall be subject to notice of no objection by the
Employer/Employer’s representative.

Section VI-B 121 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

20.3.3 The maintenance manual shall also include an illustrated parts catalogue of all plant
supplied and shall contain sufficient information to identify and requisition the appropriate
part by maintenance staff. The catalogue shall comprise 2 subsections.
a) The first shall be an alphanumeric parts list, which shall include the following
information:
i. Part number
ii. Description
iii. Name of manufacturer
iv. Quantity and Unit
v. Part number of next higher assembly (usually a line replaceable unit).
vi. Cross-reference to figure number.
vii. Category: e.g. consumable, line replaceable unit, repairable.
viii. (viii)Life: Expected life, Mean time between failure or mean distance
between failure where available, Mean time between repair, Mean time
between maintenance, Reliability.
ix. General or specific purpose
b) The second is a series of illustrations to indicate the location of each replaceable
item which shall be clear and progressive with exploded views to enable parts to
be identified easily by cross-reference with the alphanumeric list.
20.3.4 Maintenance manual should cover the following ;
- Maintenance planning, Maintenance management, Maintenance Requirement
- Analysis like Reliability centred maintenance, FMCEA etc.
- PM, CM, CBM & condition monitoring techniques i.e. during installation, vibration
levels are required to be noted down which becomes reference for vibration limits.
- Maintenance infrastructure
- Man power requirement
- Job description, Comprehensive annual maintenance.

**************************

Section VI-B 122 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

21 PROGRAMME REQUIREMENTS
21.1 General
The date of commencement of the commercial services of various section of Phase-2 of
Chennai Metro Rail Project is given in General Specification.
In addition to the requirements specified in the General Specification, the Contractor shall
programme the Works in accordance with a pre-determined sequence to meet various
Key Dates and Access Dates so as to meet the Target Dates of commercial opening.
21.2 Key Dates
The work includes a number of stages. These stages are inter-related and essential to the
completion of the Escalator works to be achieved within the Key Dates.
The Key Dates indicated in the schedule of Key Dates are mentioned in terms of the time
period reckoned from the commencement of the works, and the deliverables for each Key
Date shall be achieved by the midnight of the last day of the week mentioned.
If the identified work is not achieved by the stated Key Dates, liquidated damages may
become applicable as set out in the Contract.
Each Key Date and its description are given in Part-2, Section-VI-A, Employer’s
Requirements, Appendix 2B
21.3 Access Dates
The contractor shall require Access to information as well as to various locations at
stations / depots / guide-ways etc, in stages, in order to plan his activities for time-bound
completion of his obligations under the Contract.
The dates on which such Access becomes available are indicated in terms of the time
period reckoned from the commencement of works, and shall mean guaranteed access
by the mid-night of the last day of the week mentioned.
These sequence, timings and extent access within any location will be further refined and
reflected in the Master Programme developed by the Employer/Employer’s
representative, based on the Installation Programme from the Contractor and Project
Contractors.
The exact timing to access a specific location (or any part of the location) shall then be
confirmed by the Employer/Employer’s representative in the weekly Works Meeting during
the construction stage.
Major installation works in the stations and ancillary buildings which require co-ordination
with the Civil Project and Electrical Project Contractors, shall be followed as per the Co-
ordinated Installation Programme to be prepared by the Civil Project Contractors.

Section VI-B 123 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

APPENDIX- A
Interface Matrix Lift Contract

(Elevated and Under Ground Stations)

All System Contractors to display interface issues on boards at site in suitable format, so that
concerned contractor I department and inspecting officials are aware of the interface
requirements.

Architect I DDC to ensure that interface requirements are met with while issuing GFC drawings.
All system contractors are to ensure it & sign off. Interface with concerned contractor is the
responsibility of the system contractor. Engineer will provide the contact detail of concerned
contractors to system contractor to facilitate timely interface.

The requirements mentioned below must be read in conjunction with the Interface
Management Requirements mentioned in Part-2, Employer’s Requirements, Appendix 16.

List of Interface sheets for Lifts and Escalators – C4-AES-05-L&E

Sl.No. Description Remarks

1 Lifts & Escalators AES-05 vs Elevated Package ECV-01 Refer Annexure-D,
2 Lifts & Escalators AES-05 vs Elevated Package ECV-02 Appendix 16, Interface
3 Lifts & Escalators AES-05 vs Elevated Package UG-01 Management, Section
4 Lifts & Escalators AES-05 vs Elevated Package UG-02 VI-A Employer’s
Lifts & Escalators AES-05 vs E&M (ECV-01, ECV-02 and Requirements-
5
Depot) Appendices of Part-2
6 Lifts & Escalators AES-05 vs E&M (UG-01 and UG-02)
Lifts & Escalators AES-05 vs VAC TVS SCADA (UG-01 &
7
UG-02)

Section VI-B 6B-124 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

APPENDIX - B
KEY DATES AND ACCESS DATES

(Please Refer to Part-2, Section-VI-A, Employer’s Requirements, Appendix 2B)

Section VI-B 6B-125 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

APPENDIX - C
WORKS AREA ACCESS DATES

(Please Refer Part-2, Section-VI-A, Employer’s Requirements)

Section VI-B 6B-126 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

APPENDIX - D

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

The abbreviations used in this Specification are as follows:

1 AC Alternating Current
2 ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
3 BCC Back-up Control Centre
4 BIS Bureau of Indian Standards
5 BS British Standards
6 CBM Condition Based Maintenance
7 CM Condition Monitoring / Corrective Maintenance
8 CPWD Central Public Works Department
9 DC Direct Current
10 DDC Detail Design Consultants
11 DFT Dry Film Thickness
12 DLP Defects Liability Period
13 E&M Electrical and Mechanical
14 EMC Electro Magnetic Compatibility
15 EMI Electro Magnetic Interference
16 EMR Escalator machine room
17 EMU Electrical Multiple Unit
18 EN European Standard
19 FMECA Failure Mode Effect Critical Analysis
20 G Gravitational acceleration
21 GCC General Conditions of Contract
22 GS General Specification
23 IEC International Electro Technical Commission
24 IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers
25 IMP Interface Management Plan
26 IS Indian Standards
27 ITB Interface Terminal Board
28 LCD Liquid Crystal Display
29 LED Light Emitting Diode
30 LMR Escalator machine room
31 LT Low tension
32 M Metre
33 MCB Miniature Circuit Breaker
34 MCCB Moulded Case Circuit Breaker
35 mm milli metre
36 MMS Maintenance Management System
37 MRA Maintenance Requirement Analysis
38 MRT Mass Rapid Transit
39 N Newton
40 N/C Contactor or relays with normally close contacts
41 N/m2 Newton per square metre
42 N/O Contactor or relays with normally open contacts
43 NFPA National Fire Protection Association, USA
44 OCC Operations Control Centre
Section VI-B 6B-127 January 2022
 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

45 PM Preventive Maintenance
46 PS Particular Specification
47 RAM Reliability, Availability and Maintainability
48 SCADA Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition
49 SCC Special Conditions of Contract
50 SCR Station Control Room
51 TOT Transfer of Technology
52 UPS Un-interruptible Power Supply
53 VVVF Variable Voltage Variable Frequency

Section VI-B 6B-128 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

APPENDIX - E
NOT USED

Section VI-B 6B-129 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

APPENDIX - F
STATION WISE REQUIREMENT OF ESCALATORS FOR STAGE 1 & 2

Station-wise Escalators for Stage - 1

Travelling
Quantity
Sl. No. Station From (Level) To (Level) Height
(No’s)
(m)
Poonamallee Street Concourse 9 4
1 Bypass
Concourse Platform 7 4
Street Concourse 8 1
2 Poonamallee Street Concourse 4 4
Concourse Platform 7 4
Street Concourse 7 2
3 Mullai Thottam
Concourse Platform 4 2
Street Concourse 7 9
4 Karayan Chavadi
Concourse Platform 7 2
Street Concourse 8 6
5 Kumanan Chavadi
Concourse Platform 4 2
Street Concourse 7 2
6 Kattupakkam
Concourse Platform 4 2
Street Concourse 7 2
7 Iyyapanthangal
Concourse Platform 4 2

Street Concourse 7 4
87 Th 8 Thelliyaragaram
Concourse Platform 4 2

Street Concourse 8 2
Porur Bypass
9
Crossing
Concourse Platform 7 2

Street Concourse 10 1
10 Porur Junction
Concourse Platform 7 4

Street Concourse 7 2

11 Alapakkam Concourse Lower Platform 4 2

Lower Platform Upper Platform 7 4

Section VI-B 6B-130 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

Station-wise Escalators for Stage - 1

Travelling
Quantity
Sl. No. Station From (Level) To (Level) Height
(No’s)
(m)
Street Concourse 7 2

12 Karambakkam Concourse Lower Platform 4 2

Lower Platform Upper Platform 8 4

Street Concourse 7 1

13 Valasaravakkam Concourse Lower Platform 4 2

Lower Platform Upper Platform 7 4

Street Concourse 7 1

14 Alwarthiru Nagar Concourse Lower Platform 4 2

Lower Platform Upper Platform 7 4

Street Concourse 7 2
15 Avichi School
Concourse Platform 4 2

Street Concourse 7 2
16 Saligramam
Concourse Platform 4 2

Street Lower Concourse 9 2

17 Vadapalani Lower Concourse Upper Concourse 7 5

Upper Concourse Platform 7 4

Kodampakkam Street Concourse 7 2

18
Power House Concourse Platform 7 4
Total 118
Note:
Street Level to Concourse with SS Balustrade
Concourse to Other/Platform Level with Glass Balustrade

Section VI-B 6B-131 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

Station-wise Escalators for Stage - 2

Travelling Quantity
Sl. No. Station From (Level) To (Level)
Height (m) (No’s)
Ground Mid Landing 5 1
Kodambak
1 Mid Landing Concourse 4 1
kam Flyover
Concourse Platform 6 2
Ground Mid Landing 6 1
Kodambak
2 Mid Landing Concourse 4 1
kam
Concourse Platform 12 4

Panagal Ground Concourse 9 3

3
Park Concourse Platform 6 4
Ground Mid Landing 5 1

Ground Existing Station 5 1

Existing Station Mezzanine 1 5 1

Mid Landing Mezzanine 1 5 1

Existing Station
Mid Landing 3 2
Intermediate
Mid Landing above Mid Landing above
4 Nandanam 3 2
Mezzanine 1 Mezzanine 2
Mid Landing above
Mezzanine 2 4 2
Mezzanine 2
Mid Landing Mezzanine 2 6 2

Mezzanine 2 Mezzanine 1 6 1

Mezzanine 2 Concourse 6 4

Concourse Platform 6 2
Ground Mid Landing 5 2
4 1
5 Boat club Mid Landing Concourse
5 1
Concourse Platform 6 2
Ground Concourse 8 2
Concourse Upper Platform 6 2
Bharathidas Upper Platform Technical 8 2
6
an Road
2
Technical Lower Platform 6

Section VI-B 6B-132 January 2022

 Contract C4-AES-05-L&E
Part 2: Employer’s Requirements
Section VI-B: Technical Specifications: Escalators

Station-wise Escalators for Stage - 2

Travelling Quantity
Sl. No. Station From (Level) To (Level)
Height (m) (No’s)
Ground Concourse 8 2
Concourse Upper Platform 6 2
7 Alwarpet
Upper Platform Technical 8 2
Technical Lower Platform 6 2
Ground Mid Landing 5 1
Mid Landing Concourse 4 1
Kutchery Concourse Upper Platform 6 2
8
Road Upper Platform Mid Landing 4 2
Mid Landing Technical 3 2
Technical Lower Platform 6 2
8 1
Ground Mid Landing
7 2
9 Light House 7 1
Mid Landing Concourse
10 1
Concourse Platform 8 2
Total 75
Note:
Street Level to Concourse with SS Balustrade
Concourse to Other/Platform Level with Glass Balustrade

**************************

Section VI-B 6B-133 January 2022